Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 217-253 [2012-31269]
Download as PDF
Vol. 78
Wednesday,
No. 1
January 2, 2013
Part V
Department of the Treasury
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage;
Proposed Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
218
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301
[REG–138006–12]
RIN 1545–BL33
Shared Responsibility for Employers
Regarding Health Coverage
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
and notice of public hearing.
AGENCY:
This document contains
proposed regulations providing
guidance under section 4980H of the
Internal Revenue Code (Code) with
respect to the shared responsibility for
employers regarding employee health
coverage. These proposed regulations
would affect only employers that meet
the definition of ‘‘applicable large
employer’’ as described in these
proposed regulations. As discussed in
section X of this preamble, employers
may rely on these proposed regulations
for guidance pending the issuance of
final regulations or other applicable
guidance. This document also provides
notice of a public hearing on these
proposed regulations.
DATES: Written or electronic comments
must be received by March 18, 2013.
Outlines of topics to be discussed at the
public hearing scheduled for April 23,
2013, at 10:00 a.m., must be received by
April 3, 2013.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to:
CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–138006–12),
Internal Revenue Service, room 5203,
POB 7604, Ben Franklin Station,
Washington, DC 20044. Submissions
may be hand-delivered Monday through
Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and
4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–138006–
12), Courier’s Desk, Internal Revenue
Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW.,
Washington, DC. Alternatively,
taxpayers may submit comments
electronically via the Federal
eRulemaking Portal at https://
www.regulations.gov (IRS REG–138006–
12). The public hearing will be held in
the Auditorium, Internal Revenue
Building, 1111 Constitution Avenue
NW., Washington, DC.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Concerning the proposed regulations,
call Kathryn Bjornstad at (202) 927–
9639; concerning submissions of
comments, the hearing, and/or to be
placed on the building access list to
attend the hearing, call Oluwafunmilayo
Taylor at (202) 622–7180 (not toll-free
numbers).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
Background
This document contains proposed
Pension Excise Tax Regulations (26 CFR
part 54) under section 4980H of the
Code. Section 4980H was added to the
Code by section 1513 of the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act,
enacted March 23, 2010, Public Law
111–148, and amended by section 1003
of the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010, enacted
March 30, 2010, Public Law 111–152,
and further amended by the Department
of Defense and Full-Year Continuing
Appropriations Act, 2011, Public Law
112–10 (125 Stat. 38, (2011)),
(collectively, the Affordable Care Act).
Section 4980H is effective for months
beginning after December 31, 2013.
I. Section 4980H
In General
Section 4980H generally provides that
an applicable large employer is subject
to an assessable payment if either (1) the
employer fails to offer to its full-time
employees (and their dependents) the
opportunity to enroll in minimum
essential coverage 1 (MEC) under an
eligible employer-sponsored plan and
any full-time employee is certified to
the employer as having received an
applicable premium tax credit or costsharing reduction (section 4980H(a)
liability), or (2) the employer offers its
full-time employees (and their
dependents) the opportunity to enroll in
MEC under an eligible employersponsored plan and one or more fulltime employees is certified to the
employer as having received an
applicable premium tax credit or costsharing reduction (section 4980H(b)
liability). Generally, section 4980H(b)
liability may arise because, with respect
to a full-time employee who has been
certified to the employer as having
received an applicable premium tax
credit or cost-sharing reduction, the
employer’s coverage is unaffordable
within the meaning of section
36B(c)(2)(C)(i) or does not provide
minimum value within the meaning of
section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii).1 As noted, an
employer may be liable for an assessable
payment under section 4980H(a) or (b)
only if one or more full-time employees
are certified to the employer as having
received an applicable premium tax
credit or cost-sharing reduction.
The assessable payment under section
4980H(a) is based on all (excluding the
first 30) full-time employees, while the
1 See section III of the Background section of the
preamble for a discussion of MEC, minimum value
and affordability.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
assessable payment under section
4980H(b) is based on the number of fulltime employees who are certified to the
employer as having received an
applicable premium tax credit or costsharing reduction with respect to that
employee’s purchase of health
insurance for himself or herself on an
Exchange. In contrast, an employee’s
receipt of a premium tax credit or cost
sharing reduction with respect to
coverage for a dependent will not result
in liability for the employer under
section 4980H. Under section 4980H(b),
liability is contingent on whether the
employer offers minimum essential
coverage under an eligible employersponsored plan, and whether that
coverage is affordable and provides
minimum value, as determined by
reference to the cost and characteristics
of employee-only coverage offered to the
employee. Section 4980H(c)(4) provides
that a full-time employee with respect to
any month is an employee who is
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week. An applicable large
employer with respect to a calendar year
is defined in section 4980H(c)(2) as an
employer that employed an average of at
least 50 full-time employees on business
days during the preceding calendar
year. For purposes of determining
whether an employer is an applicable
large employer, full-time equivalent
employees (FTEs), which are statutorily
determined based on the hours of
service of employees who are not fulltime employees, are taken into account.
II. Previous Guidance
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have published four notices addressing
issues under section 4980H. Each
notice, briefly summarized in this
section of the preamble, outlined
potential approaches to future guidance,
and each requested public comments.
See Notice 2011–36 (2011–21 IRB 792),
Notice 2011–73 (2011–40 IRB 474),
Notice 2012–17 (2012–9 IRB 430), and
Notice 2012–58 (2012–41 IRB 436).
Notice 2012–58 also provided guidance
that taxpayers may rely upon for periods
specified in the notice. Extensive public
comments were submitted in response
to each of the four notices. See
§ 601.601(d)(2).
A. Notice 2011–36
Notice 2011–36 addressed the
definitions of employer, employee, and
hours of service. The notice also
specifically described and requested
comments on a possible approach that
would permit employers to use an
optional ‘‘look-back/stability period safe
harbor’’ to determine whether ongoing
employees (that is, employees other
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
than new employees) are full-time
employees for purposes of determining
and calculating assessable payments
under section 4980H. (In the proposed
regulations and the remainder of this
preamble, this optional safe harbor
method generally is referred to, for
convenience, as the ‘‘look-back
measurement method.’’) This method
may not be used for purposes of
determining status as an applicable
large employer, which is prescribed by
the statute.
Under this method, an employer
would determine each ongoing
employee’s status as a full-time
employee by looking back at a defined
period of not less than three but not
more than 12 consecutive calendar
months, as chosen by the employer (the
measurement period), to determine
whether during that measurement
period the employee was employed on
average at least 30 hours of service per
week. If the employee were determined
to be employed on average at least 30
hours of service per week during the
measurement period, then the employee
would be treated as a full-time
employee during a subsequent period
(the stability period), regardless of the
employee’s hours of service during the
stability period, so long as he or she
remained an employee. For an employee
who has been determined to be
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week during the
measurement period, the stability
period would be a period that followed
the measurement period, and the
duration of which was at least the
greater of six consecutive calendar
months or the length of the
measurement period. If the employee
were employed on average less than 30
hours per week during the measurement
period, the employer would be
permitted to treat the employee as not
a full-time employee during a stability
period that followed the measurement
period, but the length of the stability
period could not exceed the length of
the measurement period.
Notice 2011–36 also outlined
potential approaches under section
4980H for determining whether an
employer is an applicable large
employer, including calculating the
number of the employer’s full-time
employees and full-time equivalents,
defining employer and employee, and
calculating the number of hours of
service completed by an employee.
B. Notice 2011–73
Notice 2011–73 addressed the
requirement that, in order to avoid a
potential assessable payment under
section 4980H(b), the coverage offered
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
be affordable, generally meaning that
the employee portion of the self-only
premium for the employer’s lowest cost
coverage that provides minimum value
not exceed 9.5 percent of the employee’s
household income. Recognizing the
inability of employers to ascertain their
employees’ total household incomes,
Notice 2011–73 described a potential
safe harbor under which coverage
offered by an employer to an employee
would be treated as affordable for
section 4980H liability purposes if the
employee’s required contribution for
that coverage was no more than 9.5
percent of the employee’s wages from
the employer reported in Box 1 of the
Form W–2 (Form W–2 wages) instead of
household income. This potential
affordability safe harbor would apply in
determining whether an employer is
subject to the assessable payment under
section 4980H(b), but would not affect
an employee’s eligibility for a premium
tax credit under section 36B.
C. Notice 2012–17
Notice 2012–17 stated that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
intended to incorporate the look-back
measurement method described in
Notice 2011–36 and the affordability
safe harbor described in Notice 2011–73
into upcoming proposed regulations or
other guidance.
Notice 2012–17 also described and
requested comments on a potential
approach for determining the full-time
status of a new employee. Under that
approach, if, based on the facts and
circumstances at the date the employee
began providing services to the
employer (the start date), a new
employee was reasonably expected to be
employed an average of 30 hours of
service per week on an annual basis and
was employed full-time during the first
three months of employment, the
employer’s group health plan would be
required to offer the employee coverage
as of the end of that period in order to
avoid a potential section 4980H
assessable payment for periods after the
end of that three-month period. In
contrast, if, based on the facts and
circumstances at the start date, it could
not reasonably be determined whether
the new employee was expected to be
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week because the
employee’s hours were variable or
otherwise uncertain, employers would
be given three months or, in certain
cases, six months, without incurring an
assessable payment under section
4980H, to determine whether the
employee was a full-time employee.
In response to Notice 2012–17, many
commenters requested that employers
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
219
be allowed to use a measurement period
of up to 12 months to determine the
status of new employees, similar to the
potential approach outlined in Notice
2011–36 to determine the status of
ongoing employees (although some
commenters were not in favor of
allowing a measurement period of up to
12 months for new employees).
D. Notice 2012–58
Notice 2012–58 provided employers
reliance, through at least the end of
2014, on the guidance contained in that
notice and on the following approaches
described in the prior notices discussed
in this section of the preamble: (1) For
ongoing employees, an employer will be
permitted to use measurement and
stability periods of up to 12 months; (2)
for new employees who are reasonably
expected to be full-time employees, an
employer that maintains a group health
plan that meets certain requirements
will not be subject to an assessable
payment under section 4980H for failing
to offer coverage to the employee for the
initial three months of employment; and
(3) for all employees, an employer will
not be subject to an assessable payment
under section 4980H(b) for failure to
offer affordable coverage to an employee
if the coverage offered to that employee
was affordable based on the employee’s
Form W–2 wages and otherwise
provided minimum value.
Notice 2012–58 also announced and
provided similar reliance on a revised
optional look-back measurement
method for new employees with
variable hours and new seasonal
employees that more closely resembled
the optional method for ongoing
employees described in Notice 2011–36.
The expanded method provides
employers the option to use a
measurement period of up to 12 months
to determine whether new variable-hour
employees or seasonal employees are
full-time employees, without being
subject to an assessable payment under
section 4980H for this period with
respect to those employees. Under this
approach, a new employee is a variable
hour employee if, based on the facts and
circumstances at the employee’s start
date, it cannot be determined that the
employee is reasonably expected to be
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week.
In addition, Notice 2012–58 proposed
and provided similar reliance on an
option for employers to use specified
administrative periods (in conjunction
with specified measurement periods) for
ongoing employees and certain new
employees, and facilitated a transition
for new employees from the
determination method the employer
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
220
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
chose to use for new employees to the
determination method the employer
chose to use for ongoing employees.
Notice 2012–58 provided employers
reliance for these options, through at
least the end of 2014.
III. Minimum Essential Coverage,
Minimum Value and Affordability
Under section 4980H, an applicable
large employer member 2 may be subject
to an assessable payment under section
4980H(a) if the employer fails to offer its
full-time employees (and their
dependents) the opportunity to enroll in
MEC under an eligible employersponsored plan. Also, under section
4980H(b), an applicable large employer
member may be subject to an assessable
payment if its offer of MEC under an
eligible employer-sponsored plan is
unaffordable (within the meaning of
section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i)) or does not
provide minimum value (within the
meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii)). The
determinations of MEC, minimum value
and affordability are all determined by
reference to other statutory provisions,
but also all relate to the determination
of liability under section 4980H, as
described in this section of the
preamble.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
A. Minimum Essential Coverage—In
General
MEC is defined in section 5000A(f).
Section 5000A(f)(1)(B) provides that
MEC includes coverage under an
eligible employer-sponsored plan.
Under section 5000A(f)(2), an eligible
employer-sponsored plan is a group
health plan or group health insurance
coverage offered by an employer to an
employee that is a governmental plan
(within the meaning of section
2791(d)(8) of the Public Health Service
Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–91(d)(8))), any
other plan or coverage offered in the
small or large group market, or a
grandfathered plan offered in the group
market. Section 5000A(f)(3) provides
that MEC does not include health
insurance coverage which consists of
coverage of excepted benefits described
in section 2791(c)(1) of the Public
Health Service Act, or sections
2971(c)(2), (3) or (4) of the Public Health
Service Act if the benefits are provided
under a separate policy, certificate, or
contract of insurance. Future regulations
under section 5000A are expected to
provide further guidance on the
2 For explanation of applicable large employer
and applicable large employer member, see section
I.A.2. and section III.A. of the preamble. If the
applicable large employer consists of only one
entity, rather than a controlled group of entities,
then the applicable large employer member is the
applicable large employer.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
definition of MEC and eligible
employer-sponsored plans. These
regulations under section 5000A are
expected to provide that an employersponsored plan will not fail to be MEC
solely because it is a plan to reimburse
employees for medical care for which
reimbursement is not provided under a
policy of accident and health insurance
(a self-insured plan).
B. Minimum Value—In General
If the coverage offered by an
applicable large employer fails to
provide minimum value, an employee
may be eligible to receive a premium tax
credit. Under section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii), a
plan fails to provide minimum value if
the plan’s share of the total allowed
costs of benefits provided under the
plan is less than 60 percent of those
costs. Section 1302(d)(2)(C) of the
Affordable Care Act sets forth the rules
for calculating the percentage of total
allowed costs of benefits provided
under a group health plan or health
insurance plan. Notice 2012–31 (2012–
20 IRB 906) requested comments on
potential approaches for determining
minimum value.
On November 26, 2012, the
Department of Health and Human
Services (HHS) issued proposed
regulations providing guidance on
methodologies for determining
minimum value (77 FR 70644). Those
HHS proposed regulations provide that
the percentage of the total allowed cost
of benefits will be determined using one
of the main methodologies described in
those proposed regulations and Notice
2012–31. These methodologies include
a minimum value calculator which will
be made available by HHS and the IRS.
The proposed regulations also provide
that minimum value for employersponsored self-insured group health
plans and insured large group health
plans will be determined using a
standard population that is based upon
large self-insured group health plans.
Also, as there is no requirement that
employer-sponsored self-insured and
insured large group health plans offer
all categories of essential health benefits
or conform to any of the essential health
benefit benchmarks, the proposed
regulations describe how to take
account of a benefit that an employer
offers that is outside the parameters of
the minimum value calculator. The
Treasury Department and the IRS intend
to propose additional guidance under
section 36B with respect to minimum
value. All comments received in
response to Notice 2012–31 are being
considered in connection with the
development of that guidance.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
C. Affordability—In General
For purposes of eligibility for the
premium tax credit, coverage for an
employee under an employer-sponsored
plan is affordable if the employee’s
required contribution (within the
meaning of section 5000A(e)(1)(B)) for
self-only coverage 3 does not exceed 9.5
percent of the employee’s household
income for the taxable year. See section
36B(c)(2)(C)(i) and § 1.36B–1(e).
Household income for purposes of
section 36B is defined as the modified
adjusted gross income of the employee
and any members of the employee’s
family (including a spouse and
dependents) who are required to file an
income tax return. Section 36B(d)(2)(A).
Modified adjusted gross income means
adjusted gross income (within the
meaning of section 62) increased by (1)
amounts excluded from gross income
under section 911, (2) the amount of any
tax-exempt interest a taxpayer receives
or accrues during the taxable year, and
(3) an amount equal to the portion of the
taxpayer’s social security benefits (as
defined in section 86(d)) which is not
included in gross income under section
86 for the taxable year. See section
36B(d)(2)(B) and § 1.36B–1(e)(2).
Explanation of Provisions
The proposed regulations generally
incorporate the provisions of Notice
2012–58, as well as many of the
provisions of Notices 2011–36, 2011–73,
and 2012–17, with some modifications
in response to comments. The
regulations also propose guidance on
additional issues. Employers will be
permitted to rely on these proposed
regulations to the extent described in
the section X of this preamble.
The proposed regulations are
organized as follows: definitions
(proposed § 54.4980H–1), rules for
determining status as an applicable
large employer and applicable large
employer member (proposed
§ 54.4980H–2), rules for determining
full-time employees (proposed
§ 54.4980H–3), rules for determining
assessable payments under section
4980H(a) (proposed § 54.4980H–4),
rules for determining whether an
employer is subject to assessable
payments under section 4980H(b)
(proposed § 54.4980H–5), and rules
relating to the administration and
assessment of assessable payments
under section 4980H (proposed
§ 54.4980H–6).
3 TD 9590 (77 FR 30377) reserved the rules under
section 36B on determining affordability of
coverage under an eligible employer-sponsored
plan for individuals eligible for coverage because of
a relationship to an employee.
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
I. Determination of Applicable Large
Employer Status
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
A. Identification of Employer and
Employees
1. In General
Only applicable large employers may
be liable for an assessable payment
under section 4980H. Section
4980H(c)(2) defines an applicable large
employer with respect to a calendar year
as an employer that employed an
average of at least 50 full-time
employees (taking into account FTEs)
on business days during the preceding
calendar year. The proposed regulations
adopt the position outlined in Notice
2011–36 under which an employee is an
individual who is an employee under
the common law standard, and an
employer is the person that is the
employer of an employee under the
common law standard. Under the
common law standard, an employment
relationship exists when the person for
whom the services are performed has
the right to control and direct the
individual who performs the services,
not only as to the result to be
accomplished by the work but also as to
the details and means by which that
result is accomplished. Under the
common law standard, an employment
relationship exists if an employee is
subject to the will and control of the
employer not only as to what shall be
done but how it shall be done. In this
connection, it is not necessary that the
employer actually direct or control the
manner in which the services are
performed; it is sufficient if the
employer has the right to do so. See
§§ 31.3121(d)–1(c), 31.3231(b)–1(a)(2),
31.3306(i)–1(b), and 31.3401(c)–1(b).
Several commenters responding to
Notice 2011–36 asked that the definition
of employer in the Fair Labor Standards
Act be used instead of the common law
employer. However, the term employer,
as generally used in the Code, refers to
the common law employer. Further, use
of the common law standard is
consistent with the definition of
employer generally applied in Title I of
the Affordable Care Act (which includes
section 4980H). Specifically, section
1551 of the Affordable Care Act
provides that ‘‘unless specifically
provided otherwise, the definitions
contained in section 2791 of the Public
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–91)
shall apply with respect to this title.’’
Section 2791 of the Public Health
Service Act provides that the term
employer has the meaning given that
term in section 3(5) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA)
(29 U.S.C. 1002(5)), that is, the common
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
law employer. For these reasons, the
proposed regulations do not adopt this
comment and instead use the common
law standard for determining an
employee’s employer.
As noted in Notice 2011–36, section
414(n), which treats leased employees
(as defined in section 414(n)(2)) as
employees of the service recipient for
various purposes, does not crossreference section 4980H (and is not
cross-referenced by section 4980H) and
accordingly does not apply for section
4980H purposes. In addition, for
purposes of section 4980H, a sole
proprietor, a partner in a partnership, or
a 2-percent S corporation shareholder is
not an employee; but an individual who
provides services as both an employee
and a non-employee (such as an
individual serving as both an employee
and a director) is an employee with
respect to his or her hours of service as
an employee.
The identification of full-time
employees for purposes of determining
status as an applicable large employer
under section 4980H is, by statute,
performed on a look-back basis using
data from the prior year, taking into
account the hours of service of all
employees employed in the prior year
(full-time employees and non-full-time
employees). Therefore, the look-back
measurement method that may be used
to identify full-time employees for
purposes of determining potential
section 4980H(a) or (b) liability does not
apply for purposes of determining status
as an applicable large employer. Instead,
the determination of whether an
employer is an applicable large
employer for a year is based upon the
actual hours of service of employees in
the prior year. But see section IX.E. of
this preamble for transition relief
allowing use of a shorter look-back
period in 2013 for purposes of
determining applicable large employer
status for 2014.
2. Application of Aggregation Rules
For purposes of counting the number
of full-time and full-time equivalent
employees for determining whether an
employer is an applicable large
employer, section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(i)
provides that all entities treated as a
single employer under section 414(b),
(c), (m), or (o) are treated as a single
employer for purposes of section 4980H.
Thus, all employees of a controlled
group under section 414(b) or (c), or an
affiliated service group under section
414(m), are taken into account in
determining whether the members of
the controlled group or affiliated service
group together constitute an applicable
large employer.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
221
Section 4980H applies to all common
law employers, including an employer
that is a government entity (such as
Federal, State, local or Indian tribal
government entities) and an employer
that is an organization described in
section 501(c) that is exempt from
Federal income tax under section
501(a). The proposed regulations reserve
on the application of the section 414(b),
(c), (m), and (o) aggregation rules in
section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(i) to government
entities and churches, or a convention
or association of churches (as defined in
§ 1.170A–9(b)). Until further guidance is
issued, government entities, churches,
and a convention or association of
churches may rely on a reasonable, good
faith interpretation of section 414(b), (c),
(m), and (o) in determining whether a
person or group of persons is an
applicable large employer.
Several commenters asked for
clarification of whether the aggregation
rules used in determining applicable
large employer status also applied for
purposes of determining liability for,
and the amount of, an assessable
payment. The proposed regulations
clarify that for a calendar year during
which an employer is an applicable
large employer, the section 4980H
standards generally are applied
separately to each person that is a
member of the controlled group
comprising the employer (with each
such person referred to as an applicable
large employer member) in determining
liability for, and the amount of, any
assessable payment. For example, if an
applicable large employer is comprised
of a parent corporation and 10 wholly
owned subsidiary corporations, each of
the 11 corporations, regardless of the
number of employees, is an applicable
large employer member. For a
discussion of the related information
reporting requirements for applicable
large employer members under section
6056, see section VII of this preamble.
3. Foreign Employers and Foreign
Employees
Some commenters on Notice 2011–36
requested guidance on whether foreign
employees working for foreign entities
are excluded in determining status as an
applicable large employer, and in
determining any potential liability
under section 4980H. For example,
commenters asked whether a large
foreign corporation with a small U.S.
presence (under 50 employees) would
be subject to section 4980H. These
proposed regulations generally address
these issues through the definition of
hours of service, discussed in section
II.B.2. of this preamble.
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
222
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
4. Successor Employers
Section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(iii) provides
that, for purposes of determining
applicable large employer status, an
employer includes a predecessor
employer. The regulations reserve, and
therefore do not address, the specific
rules for identifying a predecessor
employer (or the corresponding
successor employer). Rules for
identifying successor employers have
been developed in the employment tax
context for determining when wages
paid by a predecessor may be attributed
to a successor employer (see
§ 31.3121(a)(1)–1(b)). The Treasury
Department and the IRS anticipate that
rules similar to this provision may form
the basis for the rule on identifying a
predecessor or successor employer for
purposes of the section 4980H
applicable large employer
determination, and invite comments on
whether these employment tax rules are
appropriate and whether any
modifications of the rules may be
necessary. Until further guidance is
issued, taxpayers may rely upon a
reasonable, good faith interpretation of
the statutory provision on predecessor
(and successor) employers for purposes
of the applicable large employer
determination.
For purposes of assessment and
collection, and not for purposes of the
applicable large employer
determination, State law may provide
for liability of a successor employer for
a section 4980H assessable payment
which has been, or could have been,
imposed on a predecessor employer. In
that case, the liability could be assessed,
paid, and collected from the successor
employer in accordance with section
6901.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
5. New Employers
Section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(ii) and these
proposed regulations provide that an
employer not in existence during an
entire preceding calendar year is an
applicable large employer for the
current calendar year if it is reasonably
expected to employ an average of at
least 50 full-time employees (taking into
account FTEs) on business days during
the current calendar year. One
commenter suggested that a new
employer be exempted from any
potential assessable payment under
section 4980H, or alternatively, that the
standard should be a minimum period
of operations in the preceding calendar
year. The proposed regulations do not
adopt this suggestion because it is
inconsistent with the statutory
provision addressing new employers in
section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(ii). However,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
comments are requested on whether the
final regulations should adopt any safe
harbors or presumptions to assist a new
employer in determining whether it is
an applicable large employer.
6. Seasonal Workers
Section 4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) provides
that if an employer’s workforce exceeds
50 full-time employees for 120 days or
fewer during a calendar year, and the
employees in excess of 50 who were
employed during that period of no more
than 120 days were seasonal workers,
the employer is not an applicable large
employer. Notice 2011–36 provided
that, for this purpose only, four calendar
months would be treated as the
equivalent of 120 days. In response to
comments, and consistent with Notice
2011–36, these proposed regulations
provide that, solely for purposes of the
seasonal worker exception in
determining whether an employer is an
applicable large employer, an employer
may apply either a period of four
calendar months (whether or not
consecutive) or a period of 120 days
(whether or not consecutive). Because
the 120-day period referred to in section
4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) is not part of the
definition of the term seasonal worker,
an employee would not necessarily be
precluded from being treated as a
seasonal worker merely because the
employee works, for example, on a
seasonal basis for five consecutive
months. In addition, the 120-day period
referred to in section 4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii)
is relevant only for applying the
seasonal worker exception for
determining status as an applicable
large employer, and is not relevant for
determining whether an employee is a
seasonal employee for purposes of the
look-back measurement method
(meaning that an employee who
provides services for more than 120
days per year may nonetheless qualify
as a seasonal employee). See section
II.C.2. of this preamble for a discussion
of the application of the look-back
measurement method to seasonal
employees.
For purposes of the definition of an
applicable large employer, section
4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) defines a seasonal
worker as a worker who performs labor
or services on a seasonal basis, as
defined by the Secretary of Labor,
including (but not limited to) workers
covered by 29 CFR 500.20(s)(1) and
retail workers employed exclusively
during holiday seasons. This definition
of seasonal worker is incorporated in
these proposed regulations. The
Department of Labor (DOL) regulations
at 29 CFR 500.20(s)(1) to which section
4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) refers, and that
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
interpret the Migrant and Seasonal
Agricultural Workers Protection Act,
provide that ‘‘[l]abor is performed on a
seasonal basis where, ordinarily, the
employment pertains to or is of the kind
exclusively performed at certain seasons
or periods of the year and which, from
its nature, may not be continuous or
carried on throughout the year. A
worker who moves from one seasonal
activity to another, while employed in
agriculture or performing agricultural
labor, is employed on a seasonal basis
even though he may continue to be
employed during a major portion of the
year.’’
After consultation with the DOL, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the term seasonal
worker, as incorporated in section
4980H, is not limited to agricultural or
retail workers. Until further guidance is
issued, employers may apply a
reasonable, good faith interpretation of
the statutory definition of seasonal
worker, including a reasonable good
faith interpretation of the standard set
forth under the DOL regulations at 29
CFR 500.20(s)(1) and quoted in this
paragraph, applied by analogy to
workers and employment positions not
otherwise covered under those DOL
regulations.
Several commenters suggested that
seasonal workers not be counted in
determining whether an employer is an
applicable large employer. However,
because section 4980H(c)(2) requires the
inclusion of seasonal workers in the
applicable large employer determination
(and then excludes them only if certain
conditions are satisfied), this suggestion
is not adopted.
7. Full-Time Equivalent Employees
Solely for purposes of determining
whether an employer is an applicable
large employer for the current calendar
year, section 4980H(c)(2)(E) provides
that the employer must calculate the
number of full-time equivalent
employees (FTEs) it employed during
the preceding calendar year and count
each FTE as one full-time employee for
that year. The proposed regulations
apply this provision using the
calculation method for FTEs that was
included in Notice 2011–36. Under that
method, all employees (including
seasonal workers) who were not fulltime employees for any month in the
preceding calendar year are included in
calculating the employer’s FTEs for that
month by (1) calculating the aggregate
number of hours of service (but not
more than 120 hours of service for any
employee) for all employees who were
not employed on average at least 30
hours of service per week for that
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
month, and (2) dividing the total hours
of service in step (1) by 120. This is the
number of FTEs for the calendar month.
In determining the number of FTEs
for each calendar month, fractions are
taken into account. For example, if for
a calendar month employees who were
not employed on average at least 30
hours of service per week have 1,260
hours of service in the aggregate, there
would be 10.5 FTEs for that month.
However, after adding the 12 monthly
full-time employee and FTE totals, and
dividing by 12, all fractions would be
disregarded. For example, 49.9 full-time
employees (including FTEs) for the
preceding calendar year would be
rounded down to 49 full-time
employees (and thus the employer
would not be an applicable large
employer in the current calendar year).
Some commenters suggested that the
definition of FTE in section 45R be
used, that equivalencies be used, or that
employees not averaging at least 30
hours of service per week be counted at
fractions of their hours of service.
Because section 4980H(c)(2)(E)
prescribes specific definitions and steps
in computing FTEs, these suggestions
have not been adopted.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
II. Identifying Full-Time Employees for
Section 4980H Purposes
A. General Rule
Section 4980H(c)(4) provides that, for
purposes of section 4980H, a full-time
employee is an employee who was
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week. One commenter
suggested that the proposed regulations
use the term ‘‘hours of service’’ instead
of, for example, ‘‘hours worked’’ (a term
sometimes used in Notice 2012–58),
noting that ‘‘hours of service’’ is the
statutory term and includes not only
hours when work is performed but also
hours for which an employee is paid or
entitled to payment even when no work
is performed. This suggestion has been
adopted. In addition, various
commenters responding to Notice 2011–
36 suggested that, for purposes of
section 4980H, the term ‘‘full-time
employee’’ should be defined by
reference to a higher threshold, for
example 32, 35, or 40 hours of service
per week. Because section
4980H(c)(4)(A) defines a full-time
employee as an employee employed on
average at least 30 hours of service per
week, these suggestions have not been
adopted.
Pursuant to the approach initially
described in Notice 2011–36, these
proposed regulations would treat 130
hours of service in a calendar month as
the monthly equivalent of 30 hours of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
service per week ((52 × 30) ÷ 12 = 130).
This monthly standard takes into
account that the average month consists
of more than four weeks. Some
commenters argued that the 130 hour
monthly standard is not an appropriate
proxy for 30 hours per week during
certain shorter calendar months.
However, the 130 hour monthly
standard may also be lower than an
average of 30 hours per week during
other longer months of the calendar year
(for example, the seven calendar months
that consist of 31 days) and, therefore,
any effect of this approximation will
balance out over the calendar year (for
example, over a 12-month measurement
period, over two successive six-month
measurement periods, or over four
successive three-month measurement
periods). Accordingly, in the interest of
administrative simplicity, the proposed
regulations retain the 130-hour standard
as a monthly equivalent of 30 hours per
week.
Several commenters suggested that
rather than calculating hours of service
on a monthly basis, employers be
permitted to determine hours of service
on a payroll period basis using
successive payroll periods as
approximations of calendar months.
This approach would be problematic,
however, because payroll periods
generally are not evenly divisible by the
twelve calendar months. For example,
treating two successive standard twoweek payroll periods as equivalent to a
calendar month generally would leave
two payroll periods per year
unassigned, requiring the arbitrary
assignment of those two extra payroll
periods to two calendar months.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
anticipate that a significant majority of
employers will use some form of the
optional look-back measurement
method described in these proposed
regulations to identify full-time
employees. Because the measurement
periods must extend for at least three
months, and may extend for as many as
twelve months, the use of payroll
periods to approximate months
generally will not be necessary.
However, for those using payroll
periods, an adjustment may be needed
at the beginning and end of the
measurement period. The proposed
regulations address this by permitting
adjustments for cases in which the
measurement period begins or ends in
the middle of a payroll period. See
section II.C.1. of this preamble.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
223
B. Hours of Service Rules
1. In General
Hours of service are used in
determining whether an employee is a
full-time employee for purposes of
section 4980H, and in calculating an
employer’s FTEs. Section 4980H(c)(4)(B)
provides that the ‘‘Secretary, in
consultation with the Secretary of
Labor, shall prescribe regulations, rules,
and guidance as may be necessary to
determine the hours of service of an
employee’’, including for employees
who are not compensated on an hourly
basis. Notice 2011–36 suggested rules
for determining hours of service for
purposes of section 4980H. As required
by section 4980H(c)(4)(B), the Treasury
Department and the IRS consulted with
the DOL about the definition of hours of
service in developing the rules
described in Notice 2011–36 and these
proposed regulations. Consistent with
existing DOL regulations and other
guidance under the Affordable Care Act
(for example, Notice 2010–44 (2010–22
IRB 717)), and with Notice 2011–36, the
proposed regulations provide that an
employee’s hours of service include the
following: (1) Each hour for which an
employee is paid, or entitled to
payment, for the performance of duties
for the employer; and (2) each hour for
which an employee is paid, or entitled
to payment by the employer on account
of a period of time during which no
duties are performed due to vacation,
holiday, illness, incapacity (including
disability), layoff, jury duty, military
duty or leave of absence (29 CFR
2530.200b–2(a)).
Several comments requested that the
definition of hours of service exclude all
hours of service for paid leave. The
proposed regulations do not adopt these
suggestions because they are not
consistent with the DOL regulations or
the general concept of when employees
are credited with hours of service.
Notice 2011–36 described a potential
rule providing that, for any single
continuous period during which the
employee was paid or entitled to
payment but performed no duties, no
more than 160 hours of service would
be counted as hours of service. A
number of commenters on Notice 2011–
36 requested that the 160-hour limit be
removed because they viewed it as
restrictive, and expressed concern about
the potential negative impact on
employees who are on longer paid
leaves, such as maternity or paternity
leave. In response, these proposed
regulations remove the 160-hour limit
on paid leave, so that all periods of paid
leave must be taken into account.
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
224
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
For purposes of calculating an
employee’s average hours of service
under the look-back measurement
method, the proposed regulations would
limit the number of hours that an
employer that is an educational
organization is required to take into
account in a calendar year with respect
to most periods of absence with zero
hours of service (as described in section
II.C.4 of this preamble). The limit is 501
hours based on a longstanding 501-hour
limit that applies in a different but
related context under the service
crediting rules applicable to retirement
plans which are familiar to and
administered by many employers.
For purposes of calculating an
employee’s hours of service, the
proposed regulations provide rules for
hourly employees and non-hourly
employees, generally consistent with
the approach outlined in Notice 2011–
36. For employees paid on an hourly
basis, employers must calculate actual
hours of service from records of hours
worked and hours for which payment is
made or due for vacation, holiday,
illness, incapacity (including disability),
layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave
of absence. For employees not paid on
an hourly basis, employers are
permitted to calculate the number of
hours of service under any of the
following three methods: (1) Counting
actual hours of service (as in the case of
employees paid on an hourly basis)
from records of hours worked and hours
for which payment is made or due for
vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
(including disability), layoff, jury duty,
military duty or leave of absence; (2)
using a days-worked equivalency
method whereby the employee is
credited with eight hours of service for
each day for which the employee would
be required to be credited with at least
one hour of service under these service
crediting rules; or (3) using a weeksworked equivalency of 40 hours of
service per week for each week for
which the employee would be required
to be credited with at least one hour of
service under these service crediting
rules. These equivalents are based on
DOL regulations (29 CFR 2530.200b–
2(a)), modified as described in this
preamble and in the proposed
regulations.
Although an employer must use one
of these three methods for counting
hours of service for all non-hourly
employees, under these proposed
regulations, an employer need not use
the same method for all non-hourly
employees. Rather, an employer may
apply different methods for different
classifications of non-hourly employees,
so long as the classifications are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
reasonable and consistently applied. In
addition, an employer may change the
method of calculating non-hourly
employees’ hours of service for each
calendar year. For example, for all nonhourly employees, an employer may use
the actual hours worked method for the
calendar year 2014, but may use the
days-worked equivalency method for
counting hours of service for the
calendar year 2015.
However, consistent with Notice
2011–36, these proposed regulations
prohibit use of the days-worked or
weeks-worked equivalency method if
the result would be to substantially
understate an employee’s hours of
service in a manner that would cause
that employee not to be treated as a fulltime employee. For example, an
employer may not use a days-worked
equivalency in the case of an employee
who generally works three 10-hour days
per week, because the equivalency
would substantially understate the
employee’s hours of service as 24 hours
of service per week, which would result
in the employee being treated as not a
full-time employee. Rather, the number
of hours of service calculated using the
days-worked or weeks-worked
equivalency method must reflect
generally the hours actually worked and
the hours for which payment is made or
due.
For purposes of identifying the
employee as a full-time employee, all
hours of service performed for all
entities treated as a single employer
under section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o)
must be taken into account.
2. Services Performed Outside of the
United States
The proposed regulations provide that
hours of service do not include hours of
service to the extent the compensation
for those hours of service constitutes
foreign source income, consistent with
the rules of Federal taxation for
determining whether compensation for
services is attributable to services
performed within or outside the United
States. Thus, hours of service generally
do not include hours of service worked
outside the United States. This rule
applies without regard to the residency
or citizenship status of the individual.
Therefore, employees working overseas
generally will not have hours of service,
and will not qualify as full-time
employees either for purposes of
determining an employer’s status as an
applicable large employer or for
purposes of determining and calculating
any potential liability under section
4980H. However, all hours of service for
which an individual receives U.S.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
source income are hours of service for
purposes of section 4980H.
3. Teachers and Other Employees of
Educational Organizations
Several comments were submitted on
behalf of teachers and other employees
of schools, colleges, universities, and
other educational organizations in
response to the look-back measurement
method. The comments noted that
educational organizations present a
special situation compared to other
workplaces because they typically
function on the basis of an academic
year, which involves various extended
periods in which the organization is not
in session or is engaged in only limited
classroom activities. Because the
services of many of the employees of
these educational organizations follow
the academic year, many of the
employees, while typically employed
for at least 30 hours of service per week
during the active portions of the
academic year, are precluded from
working (or from working normal hours)
during periods when the organization is
entirely or largely closed. The
commenters were concerned that use of
a 12-month measurement period for
employees who provide services only
during the active portions of the
academic year could inappropriately
result in these employees not being
treated as full-time employees. The
concern is that employees’ average
hours of service for the 12-month
measurement period would be distorted
(and employees therefore would be
inappropriately treated as not full-time
employees) by averaging in the periods
during or outside of the academic year
(such as, typically, the summer months)
during which teachers and other
similarly situated employees of
educational organizations may have no
hours or only a few hours of required
workplace attendance, because the
institution is not in session or is
engaged in only limited classroom
activities. Traditional breaks in the
academic or school year such as winter
or spring breaks will often be periods of
paid leave; in those cases employees
will be required to be credited with
hours of service under the general hours
of service rules under the look-back
measurement method. See section II.B.1
of this preamble.
These proposed regulations address
these special issues presented by
educational institutions by providing an
averaging method for employment break
periods that generally would result in
an employee who works full-time
during the active portions of the
academic year being treated as a fulltime employee for section 4980H. See
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
section II.C.4. of the preamble.
Comments are invited on any remaining
issues relating to teachers, other
educational organization employees, or
industries with comparable
circumstances.
4. Employees Compensated on a
Commission Basis, Adjunct Faculty,
Transportation Employees and
Analogous Employment Positions
One commenter expressed concern
the hours of service framework
underlying the measurement and
stability periods did not reflect the wide
variety of workplaces, schedules, and
specific work patterns in different
industries and sectors of the economy,
and that, consequently, the look-back
method could be misused to treat
employees long considered full-time
employees as not full-time employees. A
number of commenters requested
special rules for employees whose
compensation is not based primarily on
hours and employees whose active work
hours may be subject to safety-related
regulatory limits (for example,
salespeople compensated on a
commission basis or airline pilots
whose flying hours are subject to limits).
Generally, the commenters suggest
determining whether such employees
are full-time employees for purposes of
section 4980H by using hourly
standards that, for the relevant
industries or occupations, would be
equivalent to the 30-hour and 130-hour
standards applicable to other
employees. Thus, for example, some
commenters noted that educational
organizations generally do not track the
full hours of service of adjunct faculty,
but instead compensate adjunct faculty
on the basis of credit hours taught.
Some comments suggested that hours of
service for adjunct faculty should be
determined by crediting three hours of
service per week for each course credit
taught. Others explained that some
educational organizations determine
whether an adjunct faculty member will
be treated as a full-time employee by
comparing the number of course credit
hours taught by the adjunct faculty
member to the number of credit hours
taught by typical non-adjunct faculty
members working in the same or a
similar discipline who are considered
full-time employees. Commenters on
behalf of airline pilots noted that the
number of hours of service that a pilot
is permitted to operate an aircraft is
limited under Federal law. The
commenters requested that the guidance
provide lower hourly standards for
pilots that would be treated as
equivalent to the 30-hour per week or
130-hour per month standard, or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
alternatively establish a special rule
treating pilots as full-time employees
regardless of their hours of service.
The rules for counting hours of
service and applying equivalents
contained in the proposed regulations
should assist in addressing some of the
concerns raised in the comments. The
Treasury Department and the IRS are
continuing to consider, and invite
further comment on, how best to
determine the full-time status of
employees in the circumstances
described in the preceding paragraph
and in other circumstances that may
present similar difficulties in
determining hours of service. Further
guidance to address potentially common
challenges arising in determining hours
of service for certain categories of
employees may be provided in the final
regulations, or through Revenue
Procedures, or other forms of
subregulatory guidance.
Until further guidance is issued,
employers of employees in positions
described in the first paragraph of this
section II.B.4. of this preamble (and in
other positions that raise similar issues
with respect to the crediting of hours of
service) must use a reasonable method
for crediting hours of service that is
consistent with the purposes of section
4980H. A method of crediting hours
would not be reasonable if it took into
account only some of an employee’s
hours of service with the effect of
recharacterizing, as non-fulltime, an
employee in a position that traditionally
involves more than 30 hours of service
per week. For example, it would not be
a reasonable method of crediting hours
to fail to take into account travel time
for a travelling salesperson compensated
on a commission basis, or in the case of
an instructor, such as an adjunct faculty
member, to take into account only
classroom or other instruction time and
not other hours that are necessary to
perform the employee’s duties, such as
class preparation time.
C. Look-Back Measurement Method for
Determination of Full-Time Employees
As described in section III.A. of this
preamble, the assessable payment under
section 4980H(a) and section 4980H(b)
is computed for each applicable large
employer member. The potential section
4980H(a) liability of an applicable large
employer member is determined by
reference to the number of full-time
employees employed by that member
for a given calendar month, and its
potential section 4980H(b) liability is
determined by reference to the number
of full-time employees of that member
with respect to whom an applicable
premium tax credit or cost-sharing
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
225
reduction is allowed or paid for a given
calendar month. Section 4980H(c)(4)(A)
provides that ‘‘[t]he term ‘‘full-time
employee’’ means, with respect to any
month, an employee who is employed
on average at least 30 hours of service
per week.’’ As explained in Notice
2011–36 and subsequent notices,
determining full-time employee status
on a monthly basis may cause practical
difficulties for employers, employees,
and Affordable Insurance Exchanges
(Exchanges). For employers, these
difficulties include uncertainty and
inability to predictably identify which
employees are full-time employees to
whom coverage must be provided to
avoid a potential section 4980H
liability. This problem is particularly
acute if employees have varying hours
or employment schedules (for example,
employees whose hours vary from
month to month). A month-by-month
determination may also result in
employees moving in and out of
employer coverage (and potentially
Exchange coverage) as frequently as
monthly. This result would be
undesirable from both the employee’s
and the employer’s perspective, and
would also create administrative
challenges for the Exchanges.
To address these concerns, and to give
employers flexible and workable
options and greater predictability,
Notice 2011–36, Notice 2012–17, and
Notice 2012–58 outlined a potential
optional look-back measurement
method as an alternative to a month-bymonth method of determining full-time
employee status. See the discussion in
the Background section of this
preamble. The response to this lookback measurement method generally
was favorable. Most commenters
supported the general structure of the
method, although, some expressed
concern that the potential difficulties in
identifying full-time employees were
overstated, that the look-back
measurement method might be
manipulated by employers, and that
there was a need to prescribe rules that
would address special workplace
situations to ensure that certain classes
of employees would be treated as fulltime employees even though their hours
might not result in full-time employee
treatment under the look-back
measurement method described in
Notice 2012–58. After considering all of
the comments on the notices, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
incorporated in the proposed
regulations the optional look-back
measurement method described and
cross-referenced in Notice 2012–58,
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
226
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
with modifications as described in this
preamble. See § 601.601(d)(2).
While the look-back measurement
method prescribes minimum standards
to facilitate the identification of fulltime employees, employers always can
treat more employees as eligible for
coverage, or otherwise offer coverage
more widely, than would be required to
avoid an assessable payment under
section 4980H, assuming they do so
consistent with any other applicable
law.
1. Look-Back Measurement Method for
Ongoing Employees
The proposed regulations define an
ongoing employee as, generally, an
employee who has been employed by an
employer for at least one standard
measurement period. For ongoing
employees, the proposed regulations,
consistent with Notice 2012–58, provide
that an applicable large employer
member has the option to determine
each ongoing employee’s full-time
status by looking back at a measurement
period (a defined time period of not less
than three but not more than 12
consecutive months, as chosen by the
employer). The measurement period
that the employer chooses to apply to
ongoing employees is referred to as the
standard measurement period. If the
employer determines that an employee
was employed on average at least 30
hours of service per week during the
standard measurement period, then the
employer treats the employee as a fulltime employee during a subsequent
stability period, regardless of the
employee’s number of hours of service
during the stability period, so long as he
or she remains an employee. The
applicable large employer member, at its
option, may also elect to add an
administrative period between the
measurement period and the stability
period as part of this method.
For an employee whom the employer
determines to be a full-time employee
during the standard measurement
period, the stability period would be a
period that immediately followed the
standard measurement period (and any
applicable administrative period), the
duration of which would be at least the
greater of six consecutive calendar
months or the length of the standard
measurement period. If the employer
determines that the employee did not
work full-time during the standard
measurement period, the employer
would be permitted to treat the
employee as not a full-time employee
during the immediately following
stability period (which may be no longer
than the associated standard
measurement period).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
Generally, the standard measurement
period and stability period selected by
the applicable large employer member
must be uniform for all employees;
however, the applicable large employer
member may apply different
measurement periods, stability periods,
and administrative periods for the
following categories of employees: (1)
Each group of collectively bargained
employees covered by a separate
collective bargaining agreement, (2)
collectively bargained and noncollectively bargained employees, (3)
salaried employees and hourly
employees, and (4) employees whose
primary places of employment are in
different states. Notice 2012–58 had also
included ‘‘employees of different
entities’’ as a separate category of
employees. However, because section
4980H generally is applied on an
applicable large employer member-bymember basis, including the method of
identifying full-time employees, there is
no need for a distinct category for
employees of different entities, as each
such member is a separate entity. The
applicable large employer member may
change its standard measurement period
and stability period for subsequent
years, but generally may not change the
standard measurement period or
stability period once the standard
measurement period has begun.
Comments have included requests
that, in the interest of administrative
convenience, the regulations permit
employers to adjust the starting and
ending dates of their three-to-twelvemonth measurement periods in order to
avoid splitting employees’ regular
payroll periods. The proposed
regulations accommodate these requests
to begin and end measurement periods
with the beginning and ending of
regular payroll periods if each of the
payroll periods is one week, two weeks,
or semi-monthly in duration. Pursuant
to this accommodation, employers may
make certain adjustments at the
beginning and end of the measurement
period. For example, an employer using
the calendar year as a measurement
period could exclude the entire payroll
period that included January 1 (the
beginning of the year) if it included the
entire payroll period that included
December 31 (the end of that same
calendar year), or, alternatively, could
exclude the entire payroll period that
included December 31 if it included the
entire payroll period that included
January 1.
Because employers may need time
between the end of the standard
measurement period and the beginning
of the associated stability period to
determine which ongoing employees are
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
eligible for coverage, and to notify and
enroll employees, the proposed
regulations, consistent with Notice
2012–58, allow an applicable large
employer member the option of having
an administrative period between the
end of a measurement period and the
start of a stability period. The
administrative period may last up to 90
days. However, any administrative
period between the standard
measurement period and the stability
period may neither reduce nor lengthen
the measurement period or the stability
period. Also, to prevent this
administrative period from creating any
potential gaps in coverage, it must
overlap with the prior stability period,
so that, for ongoing employees, during
any such administrative period
applicable following a standard
measurement period, those employees
who are enrolled in coverage because of
their status as full-time employees based
on a prior measurement period will
continue to be covered.
2. New Employees
These proposed regulations also
provide rules for determining the fulltime employee status of new employees,
including an optional look-back
measurement method for certain new
employees generally based upon the
approach outlined in Notice 2012–58.
The methods for new employees vary
depending upon whether the new
employees are reasonably expected to
work full-time (and are not seasonal) or
are variable hour employees or seasonal
employees.
a. New Full-Time Employees
The proposed regulations provide
that, for an employee who is reasonably
expected at his or her start date to be
employed on average 30 hours of service
per week (and who is not a seasonal
employee), an employer that sponsors a
group health plan that offers coverage to
the employee at or before the conclusion
of the employee’s initial three calendar
months of employment will not be
subject to an assessable payment under
section 4980H by reason of its failure to
offer coverage to the employee for up to
the initial three calendar months of
employment. This rule continues the
approach outlined in Notice 2012–17
and Notice 2012–58.
Notice 2012–58 requested comments
on whether the Treasury Department
and the IRS should develop additional
guidance for determining whether an
employee is reasonably expected, as of
the employee’s start date, to be
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week or whether the
employee is a variable hour employee.
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
The commenters suggested that the
following factors could be used to
determine whether an employee is
reasonably expected to be employed on
average at least 30 hours of service per
week: (1) Whether the employee is
replacing an employee who is a fulltime employee; and (2) whether the
hours of service of ongoing employees
in the same or comparable positions
actually vary. The Treasury Department
and the IRS are continuing to consider
whether such factors are appropriate or
useful and welcome any additional
comments on this issue.
b. Look-Back Measurement Method for
New Variable Hour and Seasonal
Employees
If an applicable large employer
member uses the look-back
measurement method for its ongoing
employees, the employer may also use
the optional method for new variable
hour employees and for seasonal
employees. The proposed regulations,
consistent with Notice 2012–58, provide
that a new employee is a variable hour
employee if, based on the facts and
circumstances at the start date, it cannot
be determined that the employee is
reasonably expected to be employed on
average at least 30 hours per week. A
new employee who is expected to be
employed initially at least 30 hours per
week may be a variable hour employee
if, based on the facts and circumstances
at the start date, the period of
employment at more than 30 hours per
week is reasonably expected to be of
limited duration and it cannot be
determined that the employee is
reasonably expected to be employed on
average at least 30 hours per week over
the initial measurement period.
Effective as of January 1, 2015, and
except in the case of seasonal
employees, the employer will be
required to assume for this purpose that
although the employee’s hours of
service might be expected to vary, the
employee will continue to be employed
by the employer for the entire initial
measurement period; accordingly, the
employer will not be permitted to take
into account the likelihood that the
employee’s employment will terminate
before the end of the initial
measurement period. See section IX.G.
of the preamble for transition relief for
the effective date of the rule described
in the immediately preceding sentence.
Notice 2012–58 provides that, through
at least 2014, employers are permitted to
use a reasonable, good faith
interpretation of the term ‘‘seasonal
employee’’ for purposes of this notice.
Notice 2012–58 also requested
comments on the definition of ‘‘seasonal
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
worker’’ as set forth in section
4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) for purposes of
determining status as an applicable
large employer. Specifically, the request
for comments asked about the
practicability of using different
definitions for different purposes (such
as for determining status as an
applicable large employer versus
determining the full-time employee
status of a new employee); and whether
other, existing legal definitions should
be considered in defining a seasonal
worker under section 4980H (such as
the safe harbor for seasonal employees
in the final sentence of § 1.105–
11(c)(2)(iii)(C)).
The proposed regulations reserve the
definition of seasonal employee, and
provide that, as set forth in Notice
2012–58, employers are permitted,
through 2014, to use a reasonable, good
faith interpretation of the term seasonal
employee for purposes of section
4980H. It is not a reasonable good faith
interpretation of the term seasonal
employee to treat an employee of an
educational organization, who works
during the active portions of the
academic year, as a seasonal employee.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
contemplate that the final regulations
may add to the definition of seasonal
employee a specific time limit in the
form of a defined period. For example,
the limit specified in the current safe
harbor for treatment as a seasonal
employee under regulations for selfinsured medical reimbursement plans
(see final sentence of § 1.105–
11(c)(2)(iii)(C)) could be adapted to the
definition of seasonal employee in the
final regulations by prescribing, in the
interest of simplicity and clarity, a
specific time limit of not more than six
months. Comments are requested on
this approach, including any necessary
modifications for purposes of section
4980H and any alternative approaches
that should be considered.
As provided in Notice 2012–58, in
general, an employer may use both an
initial measurement period of between
three and 12 months (the same as
allowed for ongoing employees) and an
administrative period of up to 90 days
for variable hour and seasonal
employees. However, the initial
measurement period and the
administrative period combined may
not extend beyond the last day of the
first calendar month beginning on or
after the one-year anniversary of the
employee’s start date (totaling, at most,
13 months and a fraction of a month).
If the employer complies with these
requirements, no assessable payment
under section 4980H will be due with
respect to the variable hour or seasonal
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
227
employee during the initial
measurement period or the
administrative period. Note that an
employee or related individual is not
considered eligible for minimum
essential coverage under the employer’s
plan (and therefore may be eligible for
a premium tax credit or cost-sharing
reduction through an Exchange) during
any period when coverage is not offered,
including any measurement period or
administrative period prior to when
coverage takes effect, even if the
employer is not subject to an assessable
payment for this period.
During the initial measurement
period, the employer measures the
hours of service for the new employee
or seasonal employee and determines
whether the employee was employed an
average of 30 hours of service per week
or more during this period. The stability
period for that employee must be the
same length as the stability period for
ongoing employees. As in the case of a
standard measurement period, if an
employee is determined to be a full-time
employee during the initial
measurement period, the stability
period must be a period of at least six
consecutive calendar months that is no
shorter in duration than the initial
measurement period and that begins
immediately after the initial
measurement period (and any
associated administrative period).
If a new variable hour or seasonal
employee is determined not to be a fulltime employee during the initial
measurement period, the employer is
permitted to treat the employee as not
a full-time employee during the stability
period that follows the initial
measurement period. This stability
period must not be more than one
month longer than the initial
measurement period and, as explained
herein, must not exceed the remainder
of the standard measurement period
(plus any associated administrative
period) in which the initial
measurement period ends. In these
circumstances, allowing a stability
period to exceed the initial
measurement period by one month is
intended to give additional flexibility to
employers that wish to use a 12-month
stability period for new variable hour
and seasonal employees and an
administrative period that exceeds one
month. To that end, such an employer
could use an 11-month initial
measurement period (in lieu of the 12month initial measurement period that
would otherwise be required) and still
comply with the general rule that the
initial measurement period and
administrative period combined may
not extend beyond the last day of the
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
228
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
first calendar month beginning on or
after the one-year anniversary of the
employee’s start date.
For purposes of applying the lookback measurement method, the
proposed regulations provide that an
employee’s start date is the first date for
which the employee would be required
to be credited with at least one hour of
service under the hours of service rules.
See section II.B.1. of this preamble for
a discussion of those rules. See also
section II.C.4. of this preamble for a
description of the proposed rules on
when an employee who has experienced
a period with no hours of service is
treated as a newly rehired employee
rather than as a continuing employee.
As indicated, this rule applies solely for
purposes of determining the employee’s
start date for determining hours of
service under section 4980H, and not for
determining the beginning of an
employment relationship for any other
purpose under the Code or other
applicable law.
3. Change in Employment Status
The proposed regulations address the
treatment of new variable or seasonal
employees who have a change in
employment status during the initial
measurement period (for example, in
the case of a new variable hour
employee who is promoted during the
initial measurement period to a position
in which employees are reasonably
expected to be employed on average 30
hours of service per week). The
proposed regulations define a change in
employment status as a material change
in the position of employment or other
employment status that, had the
employee begun employment in the
new position or status, would have
resulted in the employee being
reasonably expected to be employed on
average at least 30 hours of service per
week. The proposed regulations provide
that a new variable hour or seasonal
employee who has a change in
employment status during an initial
measurement period is treated as a fulltime employee under section 4980H as
of the first day of the fourth month
following the change in employment
status or, if earlier and the employee
averages more than 30 hours of service
per week during the initial
measurement period, the first day of the
first month following the end of the
initial measurement period (including
any optional administrative period
applicable to the initial measurement
period). The change in employment
status rule only applies to new variable
hour and seasonal employees. A change
in employment status for an ongoing
employee does not change the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
employee’s status as a full-time
employee or non full-time employee
during the stability period.
4. Employees Rehired After Termination
of Employment or Resuming Service
After Other Absence
An employee might work for the same
applicable large employer on and off
during different periods. For example,
an employee’s employment could
terminate but the employee could later
be rehired by the same employer.
Alternatively, even without a
termination of employment, there might
be a continuous period during which an
employee is not credited with any hours
of service under the hours of service
rules described in these proposed
regulations (for example, in the case of
a period of unpaid leave of absence).
When such an employee is rehired or
returns from unpaid leave, this raises
the issue of whether the employee may
be treated as a new employee. A number
of commenters requested clarification
regarding how to treat rehired
employees, in particular whether
employees who are rehired during a
measurement period are treated as new
hires or whether their prior service must
be taken into account in determining
their status. In addition, several
commenters expressed concern that
employers might terminate an employee
with an intent to later rehire that
employee in order to delay offering
health coverage to employees working
full-time.
The proposed regulations include
rules designed to prevent this type of
period without credited hours of service
from inappropriately restarting an
employee’s initial measurement period,
or causing the employee to be subject to
a new 90-day waiting period for new
full-time employees. For example, a
variable hour employee terminated near
the end of his or her initial
measurement period and then rehired
shortly thereafter, if treated again as a
new variable hour employee, could be
left out of coverage for an entire new
initial measurement period without
resulting in 4980H liability.
Under the proposed regulations, if the
period for which no hours of service is
credited is at least 26 consecutive
weeks, an employer may treat an
employee who has an hour of service
after that period, for purposes of
determining the employee’s status as a
full-time employee, as having
terminated employment and having
been rehired as a new employee of the
employer. The employer may also
choose to apply a rule of parity for
periods of less than 26 weeks. Under the
rule of parity, an employee may be
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
treated as having terminated
employment and having been rehired as
a new employee if the period with no
credited hours of service (of less than 26
weeks) is at least four weeks long and
is longer than the employee’s period of
employment immediately preceding
that period with no credited hours of
service (with the length of that previous
period determined with application to
that period of these rules governing
employee rehires or other resumptions
of service). For example, under the
optional rule of parity if an employee
works three weeks for an applicable
large employer, terminates employment,
and is rehired by that employer ten
weeks after terminating employment,
that rehired employee is treated as a
new employee because the ten-week
period with no credited hours of service
is longer than the immediately
preceding three-week period of
employment.
Note that this rule applies solely for
purposes of determining the full-time
employee status for employers using the
look-back measurement method and not
for any other purpose under the Code or
other applicable law (including for
determining status as an applicable
large employer and for applying the 90day waiting period limitation under
section 2708 of the Affordable Care Act).
For an employee who is treated as a
continuing employee (as opposed to an
employee who is treated as terminated
and rehired), the measurement and
stability period that would have applied
to the employee had the employee not
experienced the period of no credited
hours of service would continue to
apply upon the employee’s resumption
of service. For example, if the
continuing employee returns during a
stability period in which the employee
is treated as a full-time employee, the
employee is treated as a full-time
employee upon return and through the
end of that stability period. For this
purpose, the proposed regulations
provide that a continuing employee
treated as a full-time employee will be
treated as offered coverage upon
resumption of services if the employee
is offered coverage as of the first day
that employee is credited with an hour
of service, or, if later, as soon as
administratively practicable.
The proposed regulations propose a
method for averaging hours when
applying the look-back measurement
method to measurement periods that
include special unpaid leave. This
method applies only to an employee
treated as a continuing employee upon
the resumption of services, and not to
an employee treated as terminated and
rehired. For this purpose, special
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
unpaid leave refers to a period of
unpaid leave subject to the Family and
Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA),
Public Law 103–3, 20 U.S.C. 2601 et
seq., unpaid leave subject to the
Uniformed Services Employment and
Reemployment Rights Act of 1994
(USERRA), Public Law 103–353, 38
U.S.C. 4301 et seq., and unpaid leave on
account of jury duty.
Under this proposed averaging
method, the employer determines the
average hours of service per week for
the employee during the measurement
period excluding special unpaid leave
period and uses that average as the
average for the entire measurement
period. Alternatively, the employer may
choose to treat employees as credited
with hours of service for special unpaid
leave at a rate equal to the average
weekly rate at which the employee was
credited with hours of service during
the weeks in the measurement period
that are not special unpaid leave.
Additional requirements apply to
employment break periods for
employees of an educational
organization (meaning an organization
described in § 1.170A–9(c)(1), whether
or not described in section 501(c)(3) and
exempt under section 501(a), and an
educational organization owned,
controlled, or operated by a government
entity (as defined in § 54.4980H–
1(a)(20)). For this purpose, an
employment break period is a period of
at least four consecutive weeks
(disregarding special unpaid leave)
during which an employee is not
credited with an hour of service. As
noted above, educational organizations
are different than other workplaces
because they typically function on the
basis of an academic year, which
involves various extended periods in
which the organization is not in session
or is engaged in only limited classroom
activities. The proposed regulations
provide that the educational
organization must apply one of the
methods in the preceding paragraph to
employment break periods related to or
arising out of non-working weeks or
months under the academic calendar.
Accordingly, the educational
organization must either determine the
average hours of service per week for
the employee during the measurement
period excluding the employment break
period and use that average as the
average for the entire measurement
period, or treat employees as credited
with hours of service for the
employment break period at a rate equal
to the average weekly rate at which the
employee was credited with hours of
service during the weeks in the
measurement period that are not part of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
an employment break period. However,
the educational organization is not
required to credit an employee in any
calendar year with more than 501 hours
of service for any employment break
period (although this 501-hour limit
does not apply to, or take into account,
hours of service required to be credited
for special unpaid leave). The rules
governing employment break period for
educational organizations apply only to
an employee treated as a continuing
employee upon the resumption of
services, and not to an employee treated
as terminated and rehired.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are considering whether final
regulations should extend the
employment break period rules
described in the preceding paragraph to
all employers (not only educational
organizations) and request comments.
Any such extension of the rule would
not take effect prior to 2015. Comments
are invited in particular on how the
proposed averaging methods should
apply to employment break periods or
other periods of absence, how the
proposed approach would affect
employees and employers, and whether
the proposed treatment of employment
break periods would be appropriate.
The proposed regulations also contain
an anti-abuse rule to address practices
that have the effect of circumventing or
manipulating the application of the
employee rehire rules.
5. New Short-Term Employees
Notice 2012–58 requested comments
on the application of section 4980H to
employees hired for short-term periods
but expected to be employed on average
30 hours of service per week or more for
the duration of the short-term
employment. Section 4980H would not
apply to full-time employees employed
for three months or less because, if the
applicable large employer member were
otherwise offering coverage, the section
4980H assessable payment would not
apply to a failure to offer coverage
during that period. However, section
4980H issues may arise for short-term
employment exceeding three months.
Some comments were received
requesting special rules for determining
the full-time employee status of shortterm employees. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have been
concerned that the potential for abuse
and manipulation of any special rules
addressing short-term employees might
outweigh the considerations of avoiding
churning and inefficiency associated
with offering coverage to employees
whose employment is anticipated to
last, for example, no more than four or
five months. Commenters that wish to
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
229
submit additional comments on whether
any special rules would be appropriate
with respect to short-term employees,
and if so, whether there are any
methods that could be used to
determine the full-time status of these
employees that are consistent with the
provisions of section 4980H, are
requested to take these concerns into
account.
6. New Employees Hired Into HighTurnover Positions
Notice 2012–58 also requested
comments on the application of section
4980H to new hires of full-time
employees in high-turnover positions.
An employer that otherwise offers
coverage is not subject to a section
4980H assessable payment with respect
to an employee whose employment
terminates within three months of the
employee’s start date. However, some
commenters raised concerns that
employers with employees working fulltime in typically high-turnover
positions who, because of the high
turnover, have a high probability of not
being employed for the entire
measurement period (for example,
employees, a significant portion of
whom are expected to remain employed
for more than three months, but not
more than six months) will be required
to offer coverage for only a relatively
brief period of time for a significant
portion of the high-turnover employees.
The proposed regulations do not
contain special rules for high-turnover
positions for several reasons. As noted
by comments in response to Notice
2012–58, ‘‘high-turnover’’ is a category
that would require a complex definition
(for example, how to define classes of
employees and how much turnover of
employment would be required over
what period) and that could be subject
to manipulation. In addition, any
special treatment that is provided for
employees hired into a high-turnover
position could provide an incentive for
employers to terminate employees to
ensure that the position remains a highturnover position under whatever
standard was used to make that
determination. Commenters who wish
to provide additional comments on this
issue are requested to address the
concerns identified in this paragraph.
D. Temporary Staffing Agencies
1. Application of Rules to Temporary
Staffing Agencies
The Treasury Department and the IRS
recognize that the application of section
4980H may be particularly challenging
for temporary staffing agencies because
of the distinctive nature of their
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
230
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
employees’ work schedules. In
particular, several commenters
discussed the challenges involved in
applying the look-back measurement
method to employees of temporary
staffing agencies. It is anticipated that
many new employees of temporary
staffing agencies will be variable hour
employees under the rules in these
proposed regulations because, based on
the facts and circumstances, their
periods of employment at 30 or more
hours per week are reasonably expected
to be of limited duration with the
potential for significant gaps between
assignments, and there is often
considerable uncertainty as to the
likelihood and duration of assignments
and as to whether an individual will
accept any given assignment and will
continue in it. For instance, as
illustrated in Example 12 in
§ 54.4980H–3(c)(5) of the proposed
regulations, if an individual hired by a
temporary staffing agency as its
common law employee can be expected
to be offered one or more assignments
with different clients each generally
lasting no more than two or three
months, and if the agency can expect
the clients to have different requests
with respect to hours of service (some
above and some below 30 hours of
service per week) and for there to be
gaps of time between assignments
during which the employee is not
requested to provide services, then the
employee generally would be a variable
hour employee. For these and other
reasons, it often cannot be determined
that the employees are reasonably
expected to be employed on average at
least 30 hours per week over the initial
measurement period.
Some commenters have suggested
that, in view of the structure of the
employment relationship, employees of
temporary staffing agencies should be
deemed to be variable hour employees,
or at least that a presumption of status
as a variable hour employee be
established in the regulations. While, as
noted, the Treasury Department and the
IRS agree that many employees of
temporary staffing agencies will likely
be variable hour employees, we do not
anticipate that all employees of a
temporary staffing agency are inherently
variable hour employees (especially
employees on longer-term assignments
with predictable requests for hours of
service, as may be the case, for example,
with particularly high-skilled technical
or professional workers). In addition,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
are concerned that such a conclusion or
presumption could lead employers to
purport to use temporary staffing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
agencies (or other staffing agencies that
may attempt to fit within such a
presumption) in situations in which the
employer ‘‘client’’ is the individual’s
common law employer and the staffing
agency is inserted solely in an attempt
to avoid application of section 4980H.
For these reasons, comments are
invited on whether and, if so, how a
special safe harbor or presumption
should or could be developed with
respect to the variable hour employee
classification of the common law
employees of temporary staffing
agencies that would contain restrictions
or safeguards intended to address these
concerns while still providing useful
guidance for employers and employees
in this industry. More generally, further
comments are invited on whether
special rules for identifying full-time
employees or any other issues relating
to section 4980H may be necessary in
the case of temporary staffing agencies,
especially in light of the employment
break period rules proposed in these
regulations.
For purposes of this discussion, a
temporary staffing agency refers only to
an entity that is the common law
employer of the individual that is
providing services to a client of the
temporary staffing agency. For an
illustration of the facts and
circumstances under which a temporary
staffing agency (rather than its client) is
the individual’s common law employer,
see Rev. Rul. 70–630 (1970–2 CB 229).
In considering any requests for special
consideration for temporary staffing
agencies or other staffing agencies, the
Treasury Department and the IRS will
take into account the factual nature of
the common law analysis in
determining who is the common law
employer of the workers providing the
services and the potential implications
for other Code sections, including
employment tax liability provisions, for
which the determination of common
law employer status is necessary. See
§ 601.601(d)(2).
2. Separation From Service and
Employment Break Period Rules
Commenters have also noted that,
because of the intermittent nature of
temporary staffing agency assignments,
including employees’ ability to accept
or decline such assignments and the fact
that some individuals are on multiple
temporary staffing agencies’ lists of
potential workers, a temporary staffing
agency may not be able in all cases to
readily determine the date on which the
individual separated from service as an
employee of the agency. For instance, an
individual may remain on an agency’s
list of potential workers even after the
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
individual has decided (without
necessarily informing the agency) not to
take any further assignments from that
agency. The Treasury Department and
the IRS request comments on particular
situations involving temporary staffing
agencies that these proposed rules fail to
address and on whether special
consideration may be needed.
3. Anti-Abuse Rules
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are aware of various structures being
considered under which employers
might use temporary staffing agencies
(or other staffing agencies) purporting to
be the common law employer to evade
application of section 4980H. In one
structure, the employer (referred to in
this section as the ‘‘client’’) would
purport to employ its employees for
only part of a week, such as 20 hours,
and then to hire those same individuals
through a temporary staffing agency (or
other staffing agency) for the remaining
hours of the week, thereby resulting in
neither the ‘‘client’’ employer nor the
temporary staffing agency or other
staffing agency appearing to employ the
individual as a full-time employee. In
another structure, one temporary
staffing agency (or other staffing agency)
would purport to employ an individual
and supply the individual as a worker
to a client for only part of a week, such
as 20 hours, while a second temporary
staffing agency or other staffing agency
would purport to employ the same
individual and supply that individual as
a worker to the same client for the
remainder of the week, thereby resulting
in neither the temporary staffing
agencies or the other staffing agencies,
nor the client, appearing to employ the
individual as a full-time employee. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
anticipate that only in rare
circumstances, if ever, would the
‘‘client’’ under these fact patterns not
employ the individual under the
common law standard as a full-time
employee. Rather, the Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that the
primary purpose of using such an
arrangement would be to avoid the
application of section 4980H.
It is anticipated that the final
regulations will contain an anti-abuse
rule to address the situations described
in this section of the preamble. Under
that anticipated rule, if an individual
performs services as an employee of an
employer, and also performs the same or
similar services for that employer in the
individual’s purported employment at a
temporary staffing agency or other
staffing agency of which the employer is
a client, then all the hours of service are
attributed to the employer for purposes
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
of applying section 4980H. Similarly, to
the extent an individual performs the
same or similar services for the same
client of two or more temporary staffing
agencies or other staffing agencies, it is
anticipated that all hours of service for
that client are attributed to the client, if
the client is the common law employer,
or, if not, one of the temporary staffing
agencies (or other staffing agencies) that
purports to employ the individual with
respect to services performed for that
client.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
III. Compliance With Section 4980H—In
General
A. No Aggregation in Determining
Liability of an Applicable Large
Employer Member
The proposed regulations address the
application of section 4980H to an
applicable large employer member. As
noted in section I.A.2. of this preamble,
under section 4980H(c)(2), the
determination of applicable large
employer status is made on a controlled
group basis applying the aggregation
rules under section 414(b), (c), (m), and
(o). Section 4980H(c)(2)(D) provides
that, in calculating the liability under
section 4980H(a), the applicable large
employer, as determined applying these
same aggregation rules, is permitted one
reduction of 30 full-time employees,
and that the reduction must be allocated
ratably among the members of the
applicable large employer based on each
member’s number of full-time
employees.
The proposed regulations provide
that, although applicable large employer
status and the 30-employee reduction is
determined on an aggregated basis, the
determination of whether an employer
is subject to an assessable payment and
the amount of any such payment is
determined on a member-by-member
basis. Therefore, the liability for, and
the amount of, any assessable payment
under section 4980H is computed and
assessed separately for each applicable
large employer member, taking into
account that member’s offer of coverage
(or lack thereof) and based on that
member’s number of full-time
employees. For example, if a parent
corporation owns 100 percent of all
classes of stock of 20 subsidiary
corporations, and the controlled group
is an applicable large employer, each of
the 21 members of this controlled group
(the parent corporation plus 20
subsidiary corporations) is considered
separately in computing and assessing a
section 4980H payment. In addition,
each of the 21 group members is liable
only for its separate section 4980H
assessable payment.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
B. Certification of Payment of Subsidy
Under section 4980H, an applicable
large employer member is subject to an
assessable payment if at least one fulltime employee of that member has been
certified to the member under section
1411 of the Affordable Care Act as
having enrolled in a qualified health
plan with respect to which a premium
tax credit is allowed or paid. Section
1411(a) of the Affordable Care Act gives
the Secretary of Health and Human
Services the authority to determine
whether individuals are eligible to
enroll in qualified health plans through
the Exchange and whether they are
eligible for a premium tax credit. It is
anticipated that, in upcoming
regulations to be proposed under
section 1411(a) of the Affordable Care
Act, the Department of Health and
Human Services (HHS) will establish a
process under which employees who
have enrolled for a month in a qualified
health plan with respect to which an
applicable premium tax credit or costsharing reduction is allowed or paid
with respect to the employee will be
certified to the employer and that,
pursuant to the proposed regulations,
the certification to the employer will
consist of methods adopted by the IRS
to provide this information to an
employer as part of its determination of
liability under section 4980H. Existing
HHS regulations also provide for a
separate process for notification of
employers.
IV. Compliance With Section 4980H(a)
A. In General
Section 4980H(a) provides that an
applicable large employer is liable for
an assessable payment under section
4980H(a) if, for any month, any full-time
employee is certified to receive an
applicable premium tax credit (section
4980H(c)(3)) or cost-sharing reduction
and the applicable large employer fails
to offer its full-time employees (and
their dependents) the opportunity to
enroll in minimum essential coverage
(MEC) (as defined in section 5000A(f))
under an eligible employer-sponsored
plan. If an employer offers MEC under
an eligible employer-sponsored plan to
its full-time employees (and their
dependents), it will not be subject to the
penalty under section 4980H(a),
regardless of whether the coverage it
offers is affordable to the employees or
provides minimum value. For any
calendar month, an applicable large
employer member may be liable for an
assessable payment under section
4980H(a) or under section 4980H(b), but
cannot be liable under both section
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
231
4980H(a) and section 4980H(b) for the
same calendar month.
B. Offer of Coverage to the Employee
and the Employee’s Dependents
Under section 4980H(a), an applicable
large employer member is subject to an
assessable payment if the member fails
to offer its full-time employees (and
their dependents) the opportunity to
enroll in MEC under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan and any fulltime employee receives a premium tax
credit or cost-sharing reduction.
Commenters have asked whether
coverage must be offered to the
employee’s dependents, and if so, to
which individuals the term
‘‘dependents’’ refers. Some commenters
argued that an offer of dependent
coverage is not required under section
4980H because the statutory reference to
dependents is in parentheses, and
others noted that the liability under
section 4980H is triggered only by a fulltime employee receiving a premium tax
credit (regardless of whether any
dependents are eligible for, or receive, a
premium tax credit).
The fundamental rules of statutory
construction provide that effect must be
given, to the extent possible, to every
word, clause and sentence. See 2A
Sutherland Statutory Construction 46:6
(7th ed. 2007). Applying these
principles to the words ‘‘employees
(and their dependents),’’ the language
cannot be construed to mean only
employees. To accept the commenters’
argument that the statute requires an
offer of coverage only to full-time
employees would require ignoring the
words ‘‘and their dependents’’ in their
entirety. Accordingly, the proposed
regulations provide that the words ‘‘and
their dependents’’ in section 4980H
refer to an offer of coverage to
dependents.
Section 4980H does not contain a
statutory definition of the term
dependents for purposes of the
references to dependents in section
4980H(a) and (b). The proposed
regulations define an employee’s
dependents for purposes of section
4980H as an employee’s child (as
defined in section 152(f)(1)) who is
under 26 years of age. A child attains
age 26 on the 26th anniversary of the
date the child was born. For example, a
child born on April 10, 1986 attained
age 26 on April 10, 2012. Employers
may rely on employees’ representations
concerning the identity and ages of the
employees’ children. The term
dependents, as defined in these
proposed regulations for purposes of
section 4980H, does not include any
individual other than children as
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
232
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
described in this paragraph of the
preamble, including an employee’s
spouse. Thus, an offer of coverage to an
employee’s spouse is not required for
purposes of section 4980H because
section 4980H refers only to dependents
(and not spouses). This definition of
dependents applies only for purposes of
section 4980H and does not apply for
purposes of any other section of the
Code. But see section IX.F. of the
preamble for transition relief with
respect to the requirement to offer
coverage to dependents.
C. Offer of Coverage
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
1. In General
For an employee to be treated as
having been offered coverage for a
month (or any day in that month), the
coverage offered, if accepted, must be
applicable for that month (or that day).
These regulations clarify that if an
applicable large employer member fails
to offer coverage to a full-time employee
for any day of a calendar month during
which the employee was employed by
the employer, the employee is treated as
not being offered coverage during that
entire month. However, in a calendar
month when a full-time employee
terminates employment, if the employee
would have been offered coverage for
the entire month if the employee had
been employed for the entire month, the
employee is treated as having been
offered coverage during that month.
Several commenters requested
clarification of what an employer would
be required to provide to adequately
demonstrate that it had offered coverage
to an employee. These regulations do
not propose any new specific rules for
demonstrating that an offer of coverage
was made. The otherwise generally
applicable substantiation and
recordkeeping requirements in section
6001 would apply, including Rev. Proc.
98–25 (1998–1 CB 689), (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter). In
addition, the provision of the offer
generally could be made electronically.
Section 1.401(a)–21 provides a safe
harbor method for use of electronic
media. See also Notice 99–1 (1999–1 CB
269).
However, these regulations provide
that if an employee has not been offered
an effective opportunity to accept
coverage, the employee will not be
treated as having been offered the
coverage for purposes of section 4980H.
The employee must also have an
effective opportunity to decline an offer
of coverage that is not minimum value
coverage or that is not affordable. Thus,
an employer may not render an
employee ineligible for a premium tax
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
credit by providing an employee with
mandatory coverage (that is, coverage
which the employee is not offered an
effective opportunity to decline) that
does not meet minimum value. For an
analogous provision relating to the
effective opportunity to participate (or
refuse participation) in an employee
benefit arrangement, see § 1.401(k)–
1(e)(2)(ii).
2. Offer of Coverage in the Case of
Nonpayment or Late Payment of
Premiums
Some commenters noted that in
certain instances the employee share of
the premium is not collected through
withholding from the employee’s salary
but instead is billed to the employee.
This may arise, for example, with
respect to tipped employees, and may
apply with respect to employees who
were full-time employees during a
measurement period but who work very
few hours during the corresponding
stability period. These commenters
stated that in some instances employees
do not pay their share of the premium
on a timely basis and requested
guidance on whether the employer
would still be required to continue to
provide coverage to those employees to
avoid potential liability under section
4980H. The proposed regulations
provide that, if an employee enrolls in
coverage but fails to pay the employee’s
share of the premium on a timely basis,
the employer is not required to provide
coverage for the period for which the
premium is not timely paid, and that
employer is treated as having offered
that employee coverage for the
remainder of the coverage period
(typically the remainder of the plan
year) for purposes of section 4980H. The
regulations generally adopt the
provisions applicable for purposes of
payment for COBRA continuation
coverage under Q&A–5 of § 54.4980B–8,
which generally provides a 30-day grace
period for payment and also provides
rules with respect to timely payments
that are not significantly less than the
amount required to be paid and for
responding to requests by health care
providers for confirmation of coverage
during the grace period.
D. Section 4980H(a) Relief for Failure
To Offer Coverage to a Limited Number
of Full-time Employees
Section 4980H(a) liability is
predicated on an applicable large
employer member failing to offer its
full-time employees (and their
dependents) the opportunity to enroll in
minimum essential coverage under an
employer-sponsored plan. If section
4980H(a) liability is triggered, the
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
amount of the assessable payment is
determined by reference to a member’s
total number of full-time employees
(including full-time employees offered
employer-sponsored coverage). The
Treasury Department and the IRS
contemplate that the assessable payment
should not apply in the case of a
member that intends to offer coverage to
all its full-time employees, but fails to
offer coverage with respect to a few fulltime employees. Notice 2011–36
initially addressed this issue by
indicating that the Treasury Department
and the IRS were contemplating
providing in the proposed regulations
that an employer offering coverage to
all, or substantially all, of its full-time
employees would not be subject to a
section 4980H(a) assessable payment.
Commenters generally welcomed the
prospect of some flexibility or margin in
lieu of an absolute standard that the
employer offer coverage to all full-time
employees (and their dependents).
Many comments supported a
‘‘substantially all’’ standard, but many
requested that the regulations prescribe
a more definitive rule, specifying a
particular percentage of full-time
employees and their dependents (with
comments suggesting various
percentages) who need not be offered
coverage for this purpose.
After further study and consideration
of the comments, the Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that
they should exercise their
administrative authority to allow
recognition of a margin of error
consistent with an intent to recognize
the possibility of inadvertent errors
together with the specificity and
administrability of a specific percentage,
and therefore have concluded that a
clear and definitive 95 percent standard
would be an administrable and
appropriate interpretation of the
statutory provision. Accordingly, the
proposed regulations provide that an
applicable large employer member will
be treated as offering coverage to its fulltime employees (and their dependents)
for a calendar month if, for that month,
it offers coverage to all but five percent
or, if greater, five of its full-time
employees (provided that an employee
is treated as having been offered
coverage only if the employer also
offered coverage to that employee’s
dependents). The alternative margin of
five full-time employees (and their
dependents), if greater than five percent
of full-time employees (and their
dependents), is designed to
accommodate relatively small
applicable large employer members
because a failure to offer coverage to a
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
handful of full-time employees (and
their dependents) might exceed five
percent of the applicable large employer
member’s full-time employees. This
relief applies to a failure to offer
coverage to the specified number or
percentage of employees (and their
dependents), regardless of whether the
failure to offer was inadvertent.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
E. Application of the Section
4980H(c)(2)(D) 30-Employee Reduction
Section 4980H(c)(2)(D)(i) provides
that the number of individuals
employed by an applicable large
employer as full-time employees during
any month shall be reduced by 30 solely
for purposes of calculating the
assessable payment under section
4980H(a) and the overall limit on the
liability under section 4980H(b)(2) for
any calendar month (which is equal to
the product of the applicable payment
amount described in section 4980H(c)(1)
and the number of individuals
employed by the employer as full-time
employees during that calendar month).
Section 4980H(c)(2)(D)(ii) further
provides that in the case of persons
treated as a single applicable large
employer under the aggregation rules,
only one 30-employee reduction is
allowed with respect to those persons
and the reduction is allocated among
them ratably on the basis of the number
of full-time employees employed by
each. If an applicable large employer
has more than 30 applicable large
employer members, with some or all of
the applicable large employer members
receiving a ratable allocation of more
than zero but less than one full-time
employee, the proposed regulations
provide that the applicable large
employer member’s share of the 30employee reduction will be rounded up
to one full-time employee (which may
result in an overall reduction to all
members of the applicable large
employer of more than 30 employees).
F. Section 4980H(a) Assessable Payment
Amount
The assessable payment amount
under section 4980H(a) equals, with
respect to any calendar month, the
number of full-time employees of the
applicable large employer member
(reduced by the allocable share of the
30-employee reduction) multiplied by
the section 4980H(a) applicable
payment amount. The initial section
4980H(a) applicable payment amount
for a calendar month equals 1/12th of
$2,000. For subsequent years, that
amount is adjusted for inflation
pursuant to section 4980H(c)(5) based
upon the premium adjustment
percentage (as defined in section
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
1302(c)(4) of the Affordable Care Act)
for the calendar year, rounded down to
the next lowest multiple of $10.
V. Section 4980H(b) Liability
A. In General
If an applicable large employer
member offers its full-time employees
(and their dependents) the opportunity
to enroll in MEC under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan but
nonetheless one or more full-time
employees have been certified for the
payment of an applicable premium tax
credit or cost-sharing reduction, the
employer generally is liable for a section
4980H(b) penalty based on the number
of its full-time employees receiving an
applicable premium tax credit or costsharing reduction. This may occur
because (1) the coverage under the plan
is unaffordable within the meaning of
section 36(B)(c)(2)(C)(i) for the
employee (and the employer does not
meet the requirements of any of the
affordability safe harbors described in
section V.B.2. of this preamble), (2) the
coverage under the plan does not
provide minimum value within the
meaning of section 36(B)(c)(2)(C)(ii), or
(3) the employer offers coverage to at
least 95 percent (or, if greater, five) but
less than 100 percent of its full-time
employees (and to those employees’
dependents) and one or more of those
employees who are not offered coverage
receive a premium tax credit or costsharing reduction. See section IV of the
preamble; see also section 36B(c)(2)(C)
and § 1.36B–2(c)(3). Regulations under
section 36B were published on May 23,
2012 (77 FR 30377), as corrected on July
13, 2012 (77 FR 41270).
B. Affordable Coverage
1. In General
Generally, section 4980H(b) liability
may arise because, with respect to a fulltime employee who has been certified to
the employer as having received an
applicable premium tax credit or costsharing reduction, the employer’s
coverage is unaffordable within the
meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i) or
does not provide minimum value within
the meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii).
Therefore, section 4980H(b) effectively
creates an affordability test based on
section 36B affordability. For purposes
of eligibility for the premium tax credit,
coverage for an employee under an
employer-sponsored plan is affordable if
the employee’s required contribution
(within the meaning of section
5000A(e)(1)(B)) for self-only coverage
does not exceed 9.5 percent of the
employee’s household income for the
taxable year. See sections 36B(c)(2)(C)(i)
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
233
and 36B(d)(2), and section III.C. of the
preamble.
As noted in of the Background section
of the preamble, Notice 2011–73 (2011–
40 IRB 474) outlined a proposed
affordability safe harbor (referred to as
the Form W–2 safe harbor) in
connection with the assessable payment
under section 4980H(b) and requested
comments on other potential safe
harbors. The comments with respect to
the proposed safe harbor generally were
favorable and some commenters
outlined other potential safe harbors
they argued could assist employers in
their efforts to determine affordability of
coverage for purposes of section 4980H.
See also Notice 2012–58 regarding
reliance on the Form W–2 safe harbor
for 2014. In response to the comments,
the proposed regulations provide for the
Form W–2 safe harbor and two
additional safe harbors for determining
affordability, as described in section
V.B.2. of the preamble.
2. Affordability Safe Harbors
The three section 4980H(b)
affordability safe harbors, as described
in this preamble and incorporated into
the proposed regulations, would apply
only for purposes of determining
whether an employer’s coverage
satisfies the 9.5 percent affordability test
for purposes of the assessable payment
under section 4980H(b). The section
4980H(b) safe harbors do not apply for
purposes of determining the assessable
payment under section 4980H(a). The
safe harbors also would not affect an
employee’s eligibility for a premium tax
credit under section 36B, which would
continue to be based on the cost of
employer-sponsored coverage relative to
an employee’s household income.
Accordingly, in some instances, the
effect of the safe harbor could be to treat
an employer’s offer of coverage to an
employee as affordable (based on Form
W–2 wages or one of the other
affordability safe harbor standards) for
purposes of determining whether the
employer is subject to an assessable
payment under section 4980H(b), while
that same offer of coverage could be
treated as unaffordable (based on
household income) for purposes of
determining whether the employee is
eligible for a premium tax credit under
section 36B.
These safe harbors are all optional. An
employer may choose to use one or
more of these safe harbors for all its
employees or for any reasonable
category of employees, provided it does
so on a uniform and consistent basis for
all employees in a category.
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
234
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
a. Form W–2 Safe Harbor
The proposed regulations provide a
safe harbor under which an employer
could determine affordability for
purposes of section 4980H(b) liability by
reference to an employee’s wages from
that employer. Under this proposed
regulation, wages for this purpose
would be the total amount of wages as
defined in section 3401(a), which is the
amount required to be reported in Box
1 of Form W–2, Wage and Tax
Statement (referred to in this preamble
as Form W–2 wages).
For the proposed Form W–2 wages
safe harbor to apply, an employer must
meet certain requirements, including:
(1) That the employer offers its full-time
employees (and their dependents) the
opportunity to enroll in minimum
essential coverage under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan; and (2) that
the required employee contribution
toward the self-only premium for the
employer’s lowest cost coverage that
provides minimum value (the employee
contribution) not exceed 9.5 percent of
the employee’s Form W–2 wages for that
calendar year. For this purpose, an
employer may count wages paid to its
employees by a third party that are
reported on a Form W–2 that reflects the
third party’s EIN, for example because
the Form W–2 was filed by an agent
designated under section 3504 of the
Code, or because the third party paying
the wages was treated as the employer
for employment tax purposes under
section 3401(d)(1). If the employer
satisfies both of these requirements for
a particular employee (as well as any
other conditions for the safe harbor), the
employer will not be subject to an
assessable payment under section
4980H(b) with respect to that particular
employee, even if that employee
receives a premium tax credit or cost
sharing reduction because the
employee’s actual household income
was less than the Form W–2 wages and,
based on that household income, the
coverage offered was not affordable.
Application of this safe harbor is
determined after the end of the calendar
year and on an employee-by-employee
basis, taking into account the
employee’s Form W–2 wages from the
employer and the employee
contribution. So, for example, the
employer determines whether it met the
Form W–2 safe harbor for 2014 for an
employee by looking at that employee’s
2014 Form W–2 wages (meaning the
wages reported on the 2014 Form W–2
that generally is furnished to the
employee in January 2015) and
comparing 9.5 percent of that amount to
the employee’s 2014 employee
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
contribution. Although the
determination of whether an employer
actually satisfied the safe harbor is made
after the end of the calendar year, an
employer could also use the safe harbor
prospectively, at the beginning of the
year, to set the employee contribution at
a level so that the employee
contribution for each employee would
not exceed 9.5 percent of that
employee’s Form W–2 wages for that
year (for example, by automatically
deducting 9.5 percent, or a lower
percentage, from an employee’s Form
W–2 wages for each pay period). See
also the rate of pay affordability safe
harbor and the Federal poverty line safe
harbor, discussed in section V.B.2. of
this preamble.
In response to Notice 2011–73, several
commenters noted that Box 1 of the
Form W–2 excludes elective deferrals
that an employee makes into a section
401(k) plan or section 403(b) plan, and
excludes amounts that an employee
elects to contribute to a section 125
cafeteria plan through salary reduction
(for example, for health insurance
premiums,4 health flexible spending
arrangements, dependent care
assistance, or health savings accounts).
The commenters contended that the
measure of an employee’s total
compensation for purposes of the
affordability safe harbor calculation
should include the employee’s elective
deferrals to a retirement savings plan or
cafeteria plan. The proposed regulations
do not adopt this comment. The
determination of whether employersponsored coverage is affordable for an
employee under section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i)
is based on modified adjusted income
and does not take into account any
elective deferrals to a section 401(k),
section 403(b) or cafeteria plan. Given
that these amounts are not taken into
account in determining the affordability
of coverage for purposes of an
employee’s eligibility for a section 36B
credit, it would be inconsistent to allow
employers to add back those amounts in
determining their liability under section
4980H(b), which is linked to that
employee’s section 36B credit. However,
see the rate of pay affordability safe
harbor described in this section V.B.2.
of the preamble, which could be used
regardless of the amount of an
employee’s elective deferrals.
Notice 2011–73 also requested
comments on how wages and employee
contributions would need to be
4 As a practical matter, if an employee makes a
salary reduction to pay for employer-provided MEC
and thus is actually receiving the employerprovided MEC, the employee will not be eligible to
receive the section 36B credit for that period. See
section 36B(c)(2)(C)((iii).
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
determined for employees employed for
less than a full year by an employer (for
example, a new employee hired during
the calendar year or an employee who
terminated employment during the
calendar year) or an employee who was
not offered coverage for the full year (for
example, a new employee hired during
the calendar year or an employee who
switches positions of employment
during the calendar year and so
becomes eligible for coverage). Under
section 36B, affordability for a part-year
period is determined by comparing
annual income to an annualized
premium. See § 1.36B–2(c)(3)(v)(B).
However, using this test to determine
liability under section 4980H(b) could,
in certain cases, result in penalizing
employers that offer coverage that
would be affordable based on the wages
paid to, and premiums charged to, an
employee for a given period. For
example, if an employee was employed
for six months of a calendar year by an
employer, and offered coverage for those
six months with an employee premium
that did not exceed 9.5 percent of the
employee’s wages for those six months,
and if the employee was not employed
by the employer or any other employer
for the other six months of the calendar
year, the annualized premium may be
higher than 9.5 percent of the
employee’s Form W–2 wages for the
year. Commenters on Notice 2011–73
recommended several approaches,
including prorating wages and
premiums, using a reasonable estimate
of Form W–2 wages for the year, and
applying the safe harbor on a month-bymonth basis.
The proposed regulations address this
issue by providing that, for an employee
who was not a full-time employee for
the entire calendar year, the Form W–
2 safe harbor is applied by adjusting the
employee’s Form W–2 wages to reflect
the period when the employee was
offered coverage, and then comparing
those adjusted wages to the employee
share of the premium during that
period. Specifically, the amount of the
employee’s compensation for purposes
of the safe harbor is determined by
multiplying the wages for the calendar
year by a fraction equal to the months
for which coverage was offered to the
employee over the months the employee
was employed. That adjusted wage
amount is then compared to the
employee share of the premium for the
months that coverage was offered to
determine whether the Form W–2 safe
harbor was satisfied for that employee.
For example, if the employee worked
eight months of a calendar year, during
five months of which the employee was
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
offered coverage, and received a Form
W–2 reflecting Form W–2 wages of
$24,000, the adjusted wages would be
$24,000 multiplied by 5⁄8 or $15,000.
That $15,000 is then treated as the
adjusted Form W–2 wages for purposes
of determining whether the employee
share of the premium for each of the five
months of coverage offered was
affordable under the section 4980H safe
harbor (meaning the employee would be
treated for this purpose as earning
$3,000 per month during that fivemonth period).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
b. Rate of Pay Safe Harbor
Notice 2011–73 requested comments
on other possible safe harbor methods
for determining the affordability of
employer-sponsored coverage for
purposes of section 4980H(b). Several
commenters suggested a safe harbor that
is based on a rate of pay (either the
employer’s lowest rate of pay or each
employee’s individual rate of pay). In
response to these comments, the
proposed regulations provide a rate of
pay safe harbor under which the
employer would (1) take the hourly rate
of pay for each hourly employee who is
eligible to participate in the health plan
as of the beginning of the plan year, (2)
multiply that rate by 130 hours per
month (the benchmark for full-time
status for a month under section
4980H), and (3) determine affordability
based on the resulting monthly wage
amount. Specifically, the employee’s
monthly contribution amount (for the
self-only premium of the employer’s
lowest cost coverage that provides
minimum value) is affordable if it is
equal to or lower than 9.5 percent of the
computed monthly wages (that is, the
employee’s applicable hourly rate of pay
× 130 hours). For salaried employees,
monthly salary would be used instead of
hourly salary multiplied by 130. An
employer may use this safe harbor only
if, with respect to the employees for
whom the employer applies the safe
harbor, the employer did not reduce the
hourly wages of hourly employees or
the monthly wages of salaried
employees during the year. The rate of
pay safe harbor is a design-based safe
harbor that should be easy for
employers to apply and allows them to
prospectively satisfy affordability
without the need to analyze every
employee’s wages and hours.
c. Federal Poverty Line Safe Harbor
Some commenters suggested that
determinations of affordability should
disregard employees whose income
would qualify the employee for
coverage under Medicaid (and,
accordingly, would disqualify the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
employee from receiving the premium
tax credit.) The suggestions reflect that
employees who cannot receive a
premium tax credit, which are not
available by law to individuals with
income below 100 percent of the
Federal poverty line, cannot trigger
4980H(b) liability.
In response to these suggestions, the
proposed regulations provide that an
employer may also rely on a designbased safe harbor using the Federal
poverty line (FPL) for a single
individual. Specifically, for purposes of
section 4980H, employer-provided
coverage offered to an employee is
affordable if the employee’s cost for selfonly coverage under the plan does not
exceed 9.5 percent of the FPL for a
single individual. For households with
families, the amount that is considered
to be below the poverty line is higher,
so using the amount for a single
individual ensures that the employee
contribution for affordable coverage is
minimized. In the interest of
administrative convenience, employers
are permitted to use the most recently
published poverty guidelines as of the
first day of the plan year of the
applicable large employer member’s
health plan.
C. Section 4980H(b) Assessable Payment
Amount
The assessable payment amount
under section 4980H(b) equals, for any
calendar month, the number of full-time
employees of the applicable large
employer member who receive an
applicable premium tax credit or costsharing reduction multiplied by the
section 4980H(b) applicable payment
amount. The initial section 4980H(b)
applicable payment amount for a
calendar month equals 1/12th of $3,000.
For subsequent years, that amount is
adjusted for inflation pursuant to
section 4980H(c)(5) based upon the
premium adjustment percentage (as
defined in section 1302(c)(4) of the
Affordable Care Act) for the calendar
year, rounded down to the next lowest
multiple of $10. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the assessable payment under
section 4980H(b) cannot exceed the
amount of the assessable payment that
would have been imposed under section
4980H(a) if the applicable large
employer member had failed to offer
coverage to its full-time employees (and
their dependents). Also, for any
employee for whom the employer
satisfies at least one of the affordability
safe harbors described in section V.B.2.
of this preamble, the employer is not
subject to an assessable payment under
section 4980H(b) for that employee if
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
235
the coverage offered to that employee
otherwise satisfies minimum value.
VI. Assessment and Payment of Section
4980H Liability
Each applicable large employer
member is liable for its section 4980H
assessable payment, and is not liable for
the section 4980H assessable payment of
any other entity in the controlled group
comprising the applicable large
employer. With respect to a disregarded
entity, as defined in § 301.7701–2, the
proposed regulations regard the entity
for purposes of an assessable payment
under section 4980H and for purposes
of reporting under section 6056.
Therefore, the assessable payment and
reporting requirements are imposed on
the disregarded entity, and not on the
owner of the disregarded entity. See
proposed § 301.7701–2(c)(2)(v)(A)(5).
These rules would also apply to a
qualified subchapter S subsidiary. See
proposed § 1.1361–4(a)(8)(i)(E).
Any assessable payment under
section 4980H is payable upon notice
and demand and is assessed and
collected in the same manner as an
assessable penalty under subchapter B
of chapter 68 of the Code. Pursuant to
regulations to be issued by HHS, the IRS
will follow procedures that ensure
employers receive certification that one
or more employees have received
premium tax credits or cost-sharing
reductions and are provided an
opportunity to respond before the
issuance of any notice and demand for
payment.
In complying with section 4980H,
including relying on a look-back
measurement method for determining
full-time employees and non full-time
employees and safe harbor methods for
determining affordability for purposes
of section 4980H(b) (as described in
sections II and V.B.2. of this preamble),
applicable large employer members are
responsible for insuring that they
comply with the recordkeeping
requirements in section 6001, including
Rev. Proc. 98–25 (1998–1 CB 689), (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter).
Pursuant to section 275(a)(6)
regarding the nondeductibility of certain
excise taxes, including those under
chapter 43, an assessable payment
imposed under section 4980H is not
deductible.
VII. Information Reporting Under
Section 6056
Applicable large employer members
are required to report certain
information on employer-provided
health coverage under section 6056.
Reporting will begin in 2015 for
coverage provided on or after January 1,
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
236
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
2014. Notice 2012–33 (2012–20 IRB 912)
requests comments on section 6056
information reporting. The Treasury
Department and the IRS intend to
publish separate proposed regulations
implementing section 6056. For
purposes of this reporting requirement,
the proposed regulations are expected to
apply to each applicable large employer
member, as defined for purposes of
section 4980H. The proposed
regulations are also expected to align
most definitions and rules so that, for
example, if an employer is treated as
offering coverage for a month for
purposes of section 4980H, the
employer would report the coverage was
offered for that month.
IX. Transition Rules
Public Health Service Act (PHS Act)
section 2708 provides that, for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2014, a group health plan or health
insurance issuer offering group health
insurance coverage shall not apply any
waiting period that exceeds 90 days.
PHS Act section 2704(b)(4), ERISA
section 701(b)(4), and Code section
9801(b)(4) define a waiting period to be
the period that must pass with respect
to an individual before the individual is
eligible to be covered for benefits under
the terms of the plan. PHS Act section
2708 does not require the employer to
offer coverage to any particular
employee or class of employees,
including part-time employees; but
merely prevents an otherwise eligible
employee (or dependent) from having to
wait more than 90 days before coverage
becomes effective.
Notice 2012–17 outlined various
approaches under consideration with
respect to both the 90-day waiting
period limitation and the employer
shared responsibility provisions under
section 4980H,5 and invited comments
on the approaches contained in the
notice, including a request for
comments on how rules relating to the
potential look-back measurement
method for determining the full-time
status of employees under Code section
4980H should be coordinated with the
90-day waiting period limitation of PHS
Act section 2708. Subsequent guidance,
under Notice 2012–59, provided
temporary guidance on compliance with
PHS Act section 2708, and provided
that this temporary guidance would
A. Plans With Fiscal Year Plan Years
Commenters on behalf of employers
sponsoring plans with plan years other
than the calendar year (fiscal year plans)
addressed two issues in particular. First,
these commenters noted that because
the terms and conditions of coverage are
difficult to change in the middle of a
plan year, application of section 4980H
to fiscal year plans as of January 1, 2014
would, in many cases, require
compliance with section 4980H for the
entire fiscal year plan year beginning in
2013 (the 2013 plan year). In addition,
these commenters observed that, in
order to use the look-back measurement
method to determine their employees’
status as full-time employees for the
2013 plan year ending in 2014,
employers with fiscal year plans would
be required to determine the employees’
hours of service for periods before the
publication of these proposed
regulations.
In response to these concerns,
transition relief is being provided for
members of applicable large employer
members with fiscal year plans. If an
applicable large employer member
maintains a fiscal year plan as of
December 27, 2012, the relief applies
with respect to employees of the
applicable large employer member
(whenever hired) who would be eligible
for coverage, as of the first day of the
first fiscal year of that plan that begins
in 2014 (the 2014 plan year) under the
eligibility terms of the plan as in effect
on December 27, 2012. If an employee
described in the preceding sentence is
offered affordable, minimum value
coverage no later than the first day of
the 2014 plan year, no section 4980H
assessable payment will be due with
respect to that employee for the period
prior to the first day of the 2014 plan
year.
While transition relief is provided
with respect to all enrollees (and other
eligible employees) in fiscal year plans,
further relief is also provided for
employers that have a significant
percentage of their employees eligible
for or covered under one or more fiscal
year plans that have the same plan year
as of December 27, 2012 and want to
offer certain other employees coverage
under these plans. Specifically, if an
applicable large employer member has
at least one-quarter of its employees
covered under one or more fiscal year
5 Department of Labor Technical Release 2012–
01, IRS Notice 2012–17, and HHS FAQs issued
February 9, 2012.
6 Department of Labor Technical Release 2012–
02, IRS Notice 2012–59, and HHS FAQs issued
August 31, 2012.
VIII. Public Health Service Act Section
2708—The 90-Day Maximum Waiting
Period
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
remain in effect at least through the end
of 2014.6
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
plans that have the same plan year as of
December 27, 2012 or offered coverage
under those plans to one-third or more
of its employees during the most recent
open enrollment period before
December 27, 2012, no payment under
section 4980H will be due for any
month prior to the first day of the 2014
plan year of that fiscal year plan with
respect to employees who (1) are offered
affordable, minimum value coverage no
later than the first day of the 2014 plan
year of the fiscal year plan, and (2)
would not have been eligible for
coverage under any group health plan
maintained by the applicable large
employer member as of December 27,
2012 that has a calendar year plan year.
For purposes of this transition relief, an
applicable large employer member may
determine the percentage of its
employees covered under the fiscal year
plan or plans as of the end of the most
recent enrollment period or any date
between October 31, 2012 and
December 27, 2012.
Employers using this transition relief
will still be subject to the reporting
requirements under section 6056 for the
entire 2014 calendar year. The concerns
described in this section of the preamble
with respect to the application of
section 4980H do not apply with respect
to reporting by a fiscal year plan under
section 6056. Because no section 4980H
liability will occur whether or not a fulltime employee is offered coverage
during the portion of the 2013 plan year
falling in 2014, the applicable large
employer may determine the full-time
employees for that period for purposes
of the section 6056 reporting
requirements after the period has ended,
using actual service data rather than the
look-back measurement method, and
use those determinations for the
reporting required at the beginning of
2015 to cover the entire 2014 calendar
year. In addition, the identification of
whether the coverage offered provides
minimum value and the employee
portion of the applicable premium
should be available to the employer in
time to complete the required reporting.
Therefore, because this reporting is
essential to the administration of the
premium tax credit under section 36B,
applicable large employers will be
required to report this information for
the entire 2014 calendar year, even if
during some calendar months in 2014
section 4980H liability will not apply
due to application of the transition rules
for fiscal year plan years.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are developing appropriate transition
rules for employees of employers with
fiscal year plans to account for the fact
that premium tax credits will first
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
become available for the 2014 calendar
year.
B. Salary Reduction Elections for
Accident and Health Plans Provided
Through Cafeteria Plans for Cafeteria
Plan Years Beginning in 2013
Many employers offer health plans to
employees through salary reduction
under a section 125 cafeteria plan.
Generally, cafeteria plan elections must
be made before the start of the plan year,
and are irrevocable during the plan year.
See proposed § 1.125–2. However, the
final regulations under § 1.125–4 permit
a cafeteria plan to provide for changes
in elections in certain circumstances,
such as for change in status events. An
employer that wishes to permit such
changes in elections must incorporate
the rules in § 1.125–4 in its written
cafeteria plan.
In 2014, employees of an applicable
large employer member covered under
their employer’s health plan through
salary reduction under their employer’s
cafeteria plan may wish to enroll in
coverage through an Exchange and
discontinue their employer’s coverage.
However, the availability of health plan
coverage through an Exchange
beginning in 2014 does not constitute a
change in status under § 1.125–4. As a
result, employees would not be
permitted to change their salary
reduction elections for accident and
health coverage during the plan year to
cease salary reduction under the
cafeteria plan and purchase coverage
through an Exchange. Conversely, to
avoid the individual responsibility
payment under section 5000A,
employees not covered under their
employer’s health plan may wish to
enroll in the plan beginning after
December 31, 2013.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have concluded that it is appropriate to
provide transition relief from the
election rules in proposed § 1.125–2
with respect to salary reduction
elections under a cafeteria plan for an
employer-provided accident and health
plan with a fiscal year beginning in
2013. This transition relief applies only
to the revocation, modification, or
commencement of salary reductions for
accident and health coverage offered
through a cafeteria plan of an employer
with a cafeteria fiscal year plan
beginning in 2013 (and does not apply
to any other qualified benefit offered
through a cafeteria plan).
Thus, an applicable large employer
member is permitted, at its election, to
amend one or more of its written
cafeteria plans to permit either or both
of the following changes in salary
reduction elections:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
(1) An employee who elected to salary
reduce through the cafeteria plan for
accident and health plan coverage with
a fiscal plan year beginning in 2013 is
allowed to prospectively revoke or
change his or her election with respect
to the accident and health plan once,
during that plan year, without regard to
whether the employee experienced a
change in status event described in
§ 1.125–4; and
(2) An employee who failed to make
a salary reduction election through his
or her employer’s cafeteria plan for
accident and health plan coverage with
a fiscal plan year beginning in 2013
before the deadline in proposed § 1.125–
2 for making elections for the cafeteria
plan year beginning in 2013 is allowed
to make a prospective salary reduction
election for accident and health
coverage on or after the first day of the
2013 plan year of the cafeteria plan,
without regard to whether the employee
experienced a change in status event
described in § 1.125–4.
An applicable large employer member
that wants to permit the change in
election rules under this transition relief
for fiscal plan years must incorporate
these rules in its written cafeteria plan.
Pursuant to proposed § 1.125–1(c), a
plan may be amended at any time on a
prospective basis. Notwithstanding the
general rule that amendments to
cafeteria plans may only be effective
prospectively from the date of the plan
amendment, a cafeteria plan may be
amended retroactively to implement
these transition rules. The retroactive
amendment must be made by December
31, 2014, and be effective retroactively
to the date of the first day of the 2013
plan year of the cafeteria plan.
C. Measurement Periods for Stability
Periods Starting in 2014
Section 4980H is effective for months
beginning after December 31, 2013.
Employers that intend to utilize the
look-back measurement method for
determining full-time status for 2014
will need to begin their measurement
periods in 2013 to have corresponding
stability periods for 2014. The Treasury
Department and the IRS recognize,
however, that employers intending to
adopt a 12-month measurement period,
and in turn a 12-month stability period,
will face time constraints in doing so.
Consequently, solely for purposes of
stability periods beginning in 2014,
employers may adopt a transition
measurement period that is shorter than
12 months but that is no less than 6
months long and that begins no later
than July 1, 2013 and ends no earlier
than 90 days before the first day of the
plan year beginning on or after January
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
237
1, 2014 (90 days being the maximum
permissible administrative period). For
example, an employer with a calendar
year plan could use a measurement
period from April 15, 2013 through
October 14, 2013 (six months), followed
by an administrative period ending on
December 31, 2013. An employer with
a plan with a fiscal plan year beginning
April 1 that also elected to implement
a 90-day administrative period could
use a measurement period from July 1,
2013 through December 31, 2013 (six
months), followed by an administrative
period ending on March 31, 2014.
However, an employer with a fiscal plan
year beginning on July 1, 2014 must use
a measurement period that is longer
than 6 months in order to comply with
the requirement that the measurement
period begin no later than July 1, 2013
and end no earlier than 90 days before
the stability period. For example, the
employer could have a 10-month
measurement period from June 15, 2013
through April 14, 2014, followed by an
administrative period from April 15,
2014 through June 30, 2014. This
transition relief is solely for the
application of a stability period
beginning in 2014 through the end of
that stability period (including any
portion of the stability period falling in
2015).
Note that employers who use a full
12-month measurement period are not
required to begin the measurement
period by July 1, 2013. For example, an
employer with a fiscal plan year
beginning on November 1, 2014 could
use a 12-month measurement period
from September 1, 2013 through August
31, 2014, followed by an administrative
period from September 1, 2014 through
October 31, 2014.
See section II.C.1. of this preamble for
rules on changing measurement periods
from year to year.
D. Applicable Large Employer Members
Participating in Multiemployer Plans
Several comments requested a special
rule for employers participating in
multiemployer plans in view of such
plans’ unique operating structures.
Multiemployer plans are maintained
pursuant to collective bargaining
agreements, and have joint boards of
trustees representing employees and
employers. Each participating
employer’s relationship with the plan
and the employee’s participation in the
plan differs from the typical singleemployer-sponsored arrangement. For
example, service at participating
employers generally is aggregated to
determine an employee’s eligibility to
participate in the multiemployer plan,
even though the participating employers
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
238
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
generally are not related. Because many
of the collective bargaining agreements
governing multiemployer plans provide
that contributions be made to the
multiemployer fund based on
requirements other than hours worked,
such as on a days worked, projects
completed, or percentage of earnings
basis, contributing employers may not
be in a position to know how many
hours any individual employee worked.
This problem is exacerbated by the fact
that covered employees often work for
multiple employers and it is thus
impracticable for any one employer, or
the fund, to determine how many hours
any individual employee worked. For
these reasons, further comments are
requested on how section 4980H should
apply to employers participating in
multiemployer plans.
The transition rule described in this
section X.D. applies through 2014 for
contributions made by applicable large
employers participating in a
multiemployer plan. The rule is
intended to provide an administratively
feasible means for employers that
contribute to multiemployer plans to
comply with section 4980H. If any
assessable payment were due under
section 4980H, it would be payable by
a participating applicable large
employer member and that member
would be responsible for identifying its
full-time employees for this purpose
(which would be based on hours of
service for that employer). If the
applicable large employer contributes to
one or more multiemployer plans and
also maintains a single employer plan,
the rule applies to each multiemployer
plan but not to the single employer
plan.
Under this transition rule, an
applicable large employer member will
not be treated as failing to offer the
opportunity to enroll in minimum
essential coverage to a full-time
employee (and the employee’s
dependents) for purposes of section
4980H(a), and will not be subject to a
penalty under section 4980H(b) with
respect to a full-time employee if (i) the
employer is required to make a
contribution to a multiemployer plan
with respect to the full-time employee
pursuant to a collective bargaining
agreement or an appropriate related
participation agreement, (ii) coverage
under the multiemployer plan is offered
to the full-time employee (and the
employee’s dependents), and (iii) the
coverage offered to the full-time
employee is affordable and provides
minimum value. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, whether the
employee is a full-time employee is
determined under section 4980H(c)(4),
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
whether coverage is affordable is
determined under section 36(c)(2)(C)(i),
and whether coverage provides
minimum value is determined under
section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii). Notwithstanding
this transition relief, any waiting period
for coverage under the plan must
separately comply with 90-day
limitation on waiting periods in section
2708 of the Public Health Service Act.
Further guidance under section 2708 of
the Public Health Service Act will
address this limitation.
For purposes of determining whether
coverage under the multiemployer plan
is affordable, employers participating in
the plan may use any of the affordability
safe harbors set forth in the proposed
regulations (and described in section
V.B.2. of this preamble). Coverage under
a multiemployer plan will also be
considered affordable with respect to a
full-time employee if the employee’s
required contribution, if any, toward
self-only health coverage under the plan
does not exceed 9.5 percent of the wages
reported to the qualified multiemployer
plan, which may be determined based
on actual wages or an hourly wage rate
under the applicable collective
bargaining agreement.
E. Applicable Large Employer
Determination for 2014
Section 4980H(c)(2) defines an
applicable large employer with respect
to a calendar year as an employer that
employed an average of at least 50 fulltime employees on business days during
the preceding calendar year. For
purposes of determining whether an
employer is an applicable large
employer, full-time equivalents (FTEs),
which are determined based on the
hours of service of employees who are
not full-time employees, are taken into
account. For most employers, their
status as an applicable large employer
will be evident without the need for an
actual employee calculation (for
example, employers with a number of
employees that is well in excess of the
50-employee threshold). However, for
some employers (those sufficiently close
to the 50-employee threshold), a
calculation will be required and will be
performed for the first time. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that transition relief is
appropriate for those employers because
they will be becoming familiar with the
applicable large employer determination
method and applying it for the first time
in 2013. Specifically, transition relief is
provided for purposes of the applicable
large employer determination for the
2014 calendar year that allows an
employer the option to determine its
status as an applicable large employer
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
by reference to a period of at least six
consecutive calendar months, as chosen
by the employer, in the 2013 calendar
year (rather than the entire 2013
calendar year). Thus, an employer may
determine whether it is an applicable
large employer for 2014 by determining
whether it employed an average of at
least 50 full-time employees on business
days during any consecutive six-month
period in 2013.
This will allow these employers to
choose to use either, or both, a period
to prepare to count their employees and
a period afterward to ascertain and
implement the results of the
determination. For example, an
employer could use the period from
January to February, 2013 to establish
its counting method, the period from
March through August, 2013 to
determine its applicable large employer
status and, if it is an applicable large
employer, the period from September
through December, 2013 to make any
needed adjustments to its plan (or to
establish a plan) in order to comply
with section 4980H.
F. Coverage for Dependents
A number of employers currently
offer coverage only to their employees,
and not to dependents. For these
employers, expanding their health plans
to add dependent coverage will require
substantial revisions to their plans and
to their procedures for administration of
the plans. To provide employers
sufficient time to implement these
changes, it is appropriate to provide
transition relief with respect to
dependent coverage for plan years that
begin in 2014. Accordingly, any
employer that takes steps during its plan
year that begins in 2014 toward
satisfying the section 4980H provisions
relating to the offering of coverage to
full-time employees’ dependents will
not be liable for any assessable payment
under section 4980H solely on account
of a failure to offer coverage to the
dependents for that plan year.
G. Variable Hour Employee Definition
The proposed regulations, consistent
with Notice 2012–58, provide that a
new employee is a variable hour
employee if, based on the facts and
circumstances at the start date, it cannot
be determined that the employee is
reasonably expected to be employed on
average at least 30 hours per week. A
new employee who is expected to be
employed initially at least 30 hours per
week may be a variable hour employee
if, based on the facts and circumstances
at the start date, the period of
employment at more than 30 hours per
week is reasonably expected to be of
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
limited duration and it cannot be
determined that the employee is
reasonably expected to be employed on
average at least 30 hours per week over
the initial measurement period.
Effective as of January 1, 2015, and
except in the case of seasonal
employees, the employer will be
required to assume for this purpose that
although the employee’s hours of
service might be expected to vary, the
employee will continue to be employed
by the employer for the entire initial
measurement period; accordingly, the
employer will not be permitted to take
into account the likelihood that the
employee’s employment will terminate
before the end of the initial
measurement period. The effective date
of the rule described in the immediately
preceding sentence is delayed until
2015 to provide transition relief because
some plan sponsors may have
interpreted Notice 2012–58 (which gave
reliance for 2014) more broadly. Even
with respect to 2014, however, the
status of any individual employee as a
variable hour employee cannot be based
on employer expectations regarding
aggregate turnover. Rather there must be
objective facts and circumstances
specific to the newly hired employee at
the start date demonstrating that the
individual employee’s employment is
reasonably expected to be of limited
duration within the initial measurement
period.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
X. Effective Dates and Reliance
Section 4980H is effective for months
after December 31, 2013.
Employers may rely on these
proposed regulations for guidance
pending the issuance of final regulations
or other guidance. Final regulations will
be effective as of a date not earlier than
the date the final regulations are
published in the Federal Register. If and
to the extent future guidance is more
restrictive than the guidance in these
proposed regulations, the future
guidance will be applied without
retroactive effect and employers will be
provided with sufficient time to come
into compliance with the final
regulations.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this notice
of proposed rulemaking is not a
significant regulatory action as defined
in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a
regulatory assessment is not required.
It has also been determined that
section 553(b) of the Administrative
Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does
not apply to this regulation, and because
the regulation does not impose a
collection of information on small
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act
(5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply.
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the
Code, this notice of proposed
rulemaking has been submitted to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration for comment
on its impact on small business.
Comments and Public Hearing
Before the proposed regulations are
adopted as final regulations,
consideration will be given to any
written comments (a signed original and
eight (8) copies) or electronic comments
that are submitted timely to the IRS. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
request comments on all aspects of the
proposed rules. All comments will be
available for public inspection and
copying.
A public hearing has been scheduled
for April 23, 2013, beginning at 10:00
a.m. in the Auditorium, Internal
Revenue Building, 1111 Constitution
Avenue NW, Washington, DC. Due to
building security procedures, visitors
must enter at the Constitution Avenue
entrance. In addition, all visitors must
present photo identification to enter the
building. Because of access restrictions,
visitors will not be admitted beyond the
immediate entrance area more than 30
minutes before the hearing starts. For
information about having your name
placed on the building access list to
attend the hearing, see the FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section of this
preamble.
The rules of 26 CFR 601.601(a)(3)
apply to the hearing. Persons who wish
to present oral comments at the hearing
must submit electronic or written
comments by March 18, 2013, and an
outline of the topics to be discussed and
the time to be devoted to each topic
(signed original and eight (8) copies) by
April 3, 2013. A period of 10 minutes
will be allotted to each person for
making comments. An agenda showing
the scheduling of the speakers will be
prepared after the deadline for receiving
outlines has passed. Copies of the
agenda will be available free of charge
at the hearing.
Drafting Information
These proposed regulations were
drafted by the Office of Tax Exempt and
Government Entities. Other personnel
from the Treasury Department and the
IRS participated in the development of
the regulations.
26 CFR Part 54
Excise taxes, Pensions, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
26 CFR Part 301
Employment taxes, Estate taxes,
Excise taxes, Gift taxes, Income taxes,
Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Proposed Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1, 54, and
301 are proposed to be amended as
follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 continues to read in part as
follows:
■
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.1361–4 is amended
as follows:
■ 1. In paragraph (a)(8)(i)(C), the
language ‘‘and 4412; and’’ is removed
and ‘‘and 4412;’’ is added in its place.
■ 2. In paragraph (a)(8)(i)(D), the
language ‘‘or 6427.’’ is removed and ‘‘or
6427; and’’ is added in its place.
■ 3. Paragraphs (a)(8)(i)(E) is added.
■ 4. In paragraph (a)(8)(ii), the language
‘‘January 1, 2008.’’ is removed and
‘‘January 1, 2008, except that paragraph
(a)(8)(i)(E) of this section applies for
months after December 31, 2013.’’ is
added in its place.
The additions read as follows:
■
§ 1.1361–4
Effect of QSub election.
(a) * * *
(8) * * *
(i) * * *
(E) Assessment and collection of an
assessable payment imposed by section
4980H and reporting required by section
6056.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 54—PENSION EXCISE TAXES
Par. 3. The authority citation for part
54 is amended by adding entries in
numerical order to read as follows:
■
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 54.4980H–3 is also issued under 26
U.S.C. 4980H(c)(4)(B).
Par. 4. Sections 54.4980H–0,
54.4980H–1, 54.4980H–2, 54.4980H–3,
54.4980H–4, 54.4980H–5, and
54.4980H–6 are added to read as
follows:
■
§ 54.4980H–0
List of Subjects
239
Table of contents.
26 CFR Part 1
This section lists the table of contents
for §§ 54.4980H–1 through 54.4980H–6.
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Section 54.4980H–1
(a) Definitions.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Definitions.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
240
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
(1) Administrative period.
(2) Advance credit payment.
(3) Affordable Care Act.
(4) Applicable large employer.
(5) Applicable large employer member.
(6) Applicable premium tax credit.
(7) Calendar month.
(8) Church, or a convention or association
of churches.
(9) Collective bargaining agreement.
(10) Cost sharing reduction.
(11) Dependent.
(12) Eligible employer-sponsored plan.
(13) Employee.
(14) Employer.
(15) Exchange.
(16) Federal poverty line.
(17) Form W–2 wages.
(18) Full-time employee.
(19) Full-time equivalent employee (FTE).
(20) Government entity.
(21) Hour of service.
(22) Initial measurement period.
(23) Minimum essential coverage.
(24) Minimum value.
(25) Month.
(26) New employee.
(27) Ongoing employee.
(28) Period of employment.
(29) Person.
(30) Plan year.
(31) Predecessor employer.
(32) Qualified health plan.
(33) Seasonal employee.
(34) Seasonal worker.
(35) Section 1411 certification.
(36) Section 4980H(a) applicable payment
amount.
(37) Section 4980H(b) applicable payment
amount.
(38) Self-only coverage.
(39) Stability period.
(40) Standard measurement period.
(41) Start date.
(42) United States.
(43) Variable hour employee.
(44) Week.
(b) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H–2 Applicable large
employer and applicable large employer
member.
(a) In general.
(b) Determining applicable large employer
status.
(1) In general.
(2) Seasonal worker exception.
(3) Employers not in existence in preceding
calendar year.
(4) Special rules for government entities,
churches, and conventions and associations
of churches.
(c) Full-time equivalent employees (FTEs).
(1) In general.
(2) Calculating the number of FTEs.
(d) Examples.
(e) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H–3 Determining full-time
employees.
(a) In general.
(b) Hours of service.
(1) Hourly employee calculation.
(2) Non-hourly employee’s calculation.
(c) Look-back measurement method.
(1) Ongoing employees.
(2) New non-variable hour and nonseasonal employees.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
(3) New variable hour and new seasonal
employees.
(4) Transition from new employee to
ongoing employee.
(5) Examples.
(d) Change in employment status.
(1) In general.
(2) Examples.
(e) Employee rehires.
(1) Treatment as a new employee.
(2) Employment break period defined.
(3) Special unpaid leave defined.
(4) Averaging method for employment
break periods and certain other unpaid leave.
(5) Anti-abuse rule.
(6) Examples.
(f) Nonpayment or late payment of
premiums.
(g) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H–4 Assessable payments
under section 4980H(a).
(a) In general.
(b) Offer of coverage.
(c) Partial calendar month.
(d) Allocated reduction of 30 full-time
employees.
(e) Example.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H–5 Assessable payments
under section 4980H(b).
(a) In general.
(b) Offer of coverage.
(c) Partial calendar month.
(d) Applicability to applicable large
employer member.
(e) Affordability.
(1) In general.
(2) Affordability safe harbors for section
4980H(b) purposes.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H–6 Administration and
procedure.
(a) Reserved.
(b) Effective/applicability date.
§ 54.4980H–1
Definitions.
(a) Definitions. The definitions in this
section apply to this section and
§§ 54.4980H–2 through 54.4980H–6.
(1) Administrative period. The term
administrative period is an optional
period, selected by an applicable large
employer member, of no longer than 90
days beginning immediately following
the end of a measurement period and
ending immediately before the start of
the associated stability period.
(2) Advance credit payment. The term
advance credit payment means an
advance payment of the premium tax
credit as provided in Affordable Care
Act section 1412 (42 U.S.C. 18082).
(3) Affordable Care Act. The term
Affordable Care Act means the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act,
Public Law 111–148 (124 Stat. 119
(2010)), and the Health Care and
Education Reconciliation Act of 2010,
Public Law 111–152, (124 Stat. 1029
(2010)), as amended by the Medicare
and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010
Public Law 111–309 (124 Stat. 3285
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2010)), the Comprehensive 1099
Taxpayer Protection and Repayment of
Exchange Subsidy Overpayments Act of
2011, Public Law 112–9 (125 Stat. 28,
(2011)), the Department of Defense and
Full-Year Continuing Appropriations
Act, 2011, Public Law 112–10 (125 Stat.
38, (2011)), and the 3% Withholding
Repeal and Job Creation Act, Public Law
112–56 (125 Stat. 711 (2011)).
(4) Applicable large employer. The
term applicable large employer means,
with respect to a calendar year, an
employer that employed an average of at
least 50 full-time employees (including
full-time equivalent employees) on
business days during the preceding
calendar year. For rules relating to the
determination of applicable large
employer status, see § 54.5980H–2.
(5) Applicable large employer
member. The term applicable large
employer member means a person that,
together with one or more other persons,
is treated as a single employer that is an
applicable large employer. For this
purpose, if a person, together with one
or more other persons, is treated as a
single employer that is an applicable
large employer on any day of a calendar
month, that person is an applicable
large employer member for that calendar
month. If the applicable large employer
comprises one person, that one person
is the applicable large employer
member. An applicable large employer
member does not include a person that
is not an employer or only an employer
of employees with no hours of service
for the calendar year. For rules for
government entities, and churches, or
conventions or associations of churches,
see § 54.4980H–2(b)(4).
(6) Applicable premium tax credit.
The term applicable premium tax credit
means any premium tax credit that is
allowed or paid under section 36B and
any advance payment of such credit.
(7) Calendar month. The term
calendar month means one of the 12 full
months named in the calendar, such as
January, February, or March.
(8) Church, or a convention or
association of churches. The term
church, or a convention or association
of churches has the same meaning as
provided in § 1.170A–9(b) of this
chapter.
(9) Collective bargaining agreement.
The term collective bargaining
agreement means an agreement that the
Secretary of Labor determines to be a
collective bargaining agreement,
provided that the health benefits
provided under the collective
bargaining agreement are the subject of
good faith bargaining between employee
representatives and one or more
employers, and the agreement between
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
employee representatives and one or
more employers satisfies section
7701(a)(46).
(10) Cost-sharing reduction. The term
cost-sharing reduction means a costsharing reduction and any advance
payment of the reduction as defined
under section 1402 of the Affordable
Care Act.
(11) Dependent. The term dependent
means a child (as defined in section
152(f)(1)) of an employee who has not
attained age 26. A child attains age 26
on the 26th anniversary of the date the
child was born. Absent knowledge to
the contrary, applicable large employer
members may rely on an employee’s’
representation about that employee’s
children and the ages of those children.
Dependent does not include the spouse
of an employee.
(12) Eligible employer-sponsored
plan. The term eligible employersponsored plan has the same meaning as
provided under section 5000A(f)(2) and
any applicable guidance thereunder.
(13) Employee. The term employee
means an individual who is an
employee under the common-law
standard. See § 31.3401(c)–1(b) of this
chapter. For purposes of this paragraph,
a leased employee (as defined in section
414(n)(2)), a sole proprietor, a partner in
a partnership, or a 2-percent S
corporation shareholder is not an
employee.
(14) Employer. The term employer
means the person that is the employer
of an employee under the common-law
standard. See § 31.3121(d)–1(c) of this
chapter. For purposes of determining
whether an employer is an applicable
large employer, all persons treated as a
single employer under section 414(b),
(c), (m), or (o) are treated as a single
employer. Thus, all employees of a
controlled group of entities under
section 414(b) or (c), an affiliated service
group under section 414(m), or under
section 414(o) are taken into account in
determining whether the members of
the controlled group or affiliated service
group together are an applicable large
employer. For purposes of determining
applicable large employer status, the
term employer also includes a
predecessor employer and a successor
employer.
(15) Exchange. The term Exchange
means an Exchange as defined in 45
CFR 155.20.
(16) Federal Poverty Line. The term
Federal poverty line means the most
recently published poverty guidelines
(updated periodically in the Federal
Register by the Secretary of Health and
Human Services under the authority of
42 U.S.C. 9902(2)) as of the first day of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
the plan year of the applicable large
employer member’s health plan.
(17) Form W–2 wages. The term Form
W–2 wages with respect to an employee
refers to the amount of wages as defined
under section 3401(a) for the applicable
calendar year (required to be reported in
Box 1 of the Form W–2) received from
an applicable large employer.
(18) Full-time employee. The term
full-time employee means, with respect
to a calendar month, an employee who
is employed an average of at least 30
hours of service per week with an
employer. For this purpose, 130 hours
of service in a calendar month is treated
as the monthly equivalent of at least 30
hours of service per week, provided the
employer applies this equivalency rule
on a reasonable and consistent basis.
For rules on the determination of
whether an employee is a full-time
employee, including the look-back
measurement method for purposes of
determining and computing liability
under section 4980H (but not for the
purpose of determining status as an
applicable large employer), see
§ 54.4980H–3.
(19) Full-time equivalent employee
(FTE). The term full-time equivalent
employee, or FTE, means a combination
of employees, each of whom
individually is not treated as a full-time
employee because he or she is not
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week with an employer,
who, in combination, are counted as the
equivalent of a full-time employee
solely for purposes of determining
whether the employer is an applicable
large employer. For rules on the method
for determining the number of an
employer’s full-time equivalent
employees, or FTEs, see § 54.4980H–
2(c).
(20) Government entity. The term
government entity means the
government of the United States, any
State or political subdivision thereof,
any Indian tribal government (as
defined in section 7701(a)(40)) or
subdivision of an Indian tribal
government (determined in accordance
with section 7871(d)), or any agency or
instrumentality of any of the foregoing.
(21) Hour of service—(i) In general.
The term hour of service means each
hour for which an employee is paid, or
entitled to payment, for the performance
of duties for the employer; and each
hour for which an employee is paid, or
entitled to payment by the employer for
a period of time during which no duties
are performed due to vacation, holiday,
illness, incapacity (including disability),
layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave
of absence (as defined in 29 CFR
2530.200b–2(a)). For the rules for
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
241
determining an employee’s hour of
service, see § 54.4980H–3.
(ii) Service for other applicable large
employer members. In determining
hours of service and status as a full-time
employee for all purposes under section
4980H, an hour of service for one
applicable large employer member is
treated as an hour of service for all other
applicable large employer members for
all periods during which the applicable
large employer members are part of the
same group of employers forming an
applicable large employer.
(iii) Service of a nonresident alien
individuals and service outside the
United States. Hours of service do not
include hours of service to the extent
the compensation for those hours of
service constitutes income from sources
without the United States (within the
meaning of section 862(a)(3)).
(22) Initial measurement period. The
term initial measurement period means
a time period selected by an applicable
large employer member of at least three
consecutive calendar months but not
more than 12 consecutive calendar
months used by the applicable large
employer as part of the process of
determining whether certain new
employees are full-time employees
under the look-back measurement
method in § 54.4980H–3(c). See
§ 54.4980H–3(c)(1)(ii) for rules on pay
periods including the beginning and
end dates of the measurement period.
(23) Minimum essential coverage. The
term minimum essential coverage (or
MEC) has the same meaning as provided
in section 5000A(f) and any regulations
or other administrative guidance
thereunder.
(24) Minimum value. The term
minimum value has the same meaning
as provided in section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii)
and any regulations or other
administrative guidance thereunder.
(25) Month. The term month refers to
the period that begins on any date
following the first day of a calendar
month and that ends on the
immediately preceding date in the
immediately following calendar month
(for example, from February 2 to March
1 or from December 15 to January 14) or
that is a calendar month. See
§ 54.4980H–1(a)(7) for the definition of
calendar month.
(26) New employee. The term new
employee means an employee who has
been employed by an applicable large
employer for less than one complete
standard measurement period. For
treatment of the employee as a new
employee or ongoing employee
following a period for which no hours
of service are earned, see the
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
242
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
employment break period rules at
§ 54.4980H–3(e).
(27) Ongoing employee. The term
ongoing employee means an employee
who has been employed by an
applicable large employer member for at
least one complete standard
measurement period.
(28) Period of employment. The term
period of employment means the period
of time beginning on the first date for
which an employee is credited with an
hour of service for an applicable large
employer (including any member of that
applicable large employer) and ending
on the last date on which the employee
is credited with an hour of service for
that applicable large employer, both
dates inclusive. An employee may have
one or more periods of employment
with the same applicable large
employer.
(29) Person. The term person has the
same meaning as provided in section
7701(a)(1) and the regulations
thereunder.
(30) Plan year. The plan year must be
twelve consecutive months, unless a
short plan year of less than twelve
consecutive months is permitted for a
valid business purpose. A plan year is
permitted to begin on any day of a year
and must end on the preceding day in
the immediately following year (for
example, a plan year that begins on
October 15, 2014, must end on October
14, 2015). A calendar year plan year is
a period of twelve consecutive months
beginning on January 1 and ending on
December 31 of the same calendar year.
Once established, a plan year is effective
for the first plan year and for all
subsequent plan years, unless changed,
provided that such change will only be
recognized if made for a valid business
purposes. A change in the plan year is
not permitted if a principal purpose of
the change in plan year is to circumvent
the rules of section 4980H or these
regulations.
(31) Predecessor employer. [Reserved]
(32) Qualified health plan. The term
qualified health plan means a qualified
health plan as defined in Affordable
Care Act section 1301(a) (42 U.S.C.
18021(a)), but does not include a
catastrophic plan described in
Affordable Care Act section 1302(e) (42
U.S.C. 18022(e)).
(33) Seasonal employee. [Reserved]
(34) Seasonal worker. The term
seasonal worker means a worker who
performs labor or services on a seasonal
basis as defined by the Secretary of
Labor, including (but not limited to)
workers covered by 29 CFR 500.20(s)(1),
and retail workers employed exclusively
during holiday seasons. Employers may
apply a reasonable, good faith
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
interpretation of the term ‘‘seasonal
worker’’ and a reasonable good faith
interpretation of 29 CFR 500.20(s)(1)
(including as applied by analogy to
workers and employment positions not
otherwise covered under 29 CFR
500.20(s)(1)).
(35) Section 1411 Certification. The
term Section 1411 Certification means
the certification received as part of the
process established by the Secretary of
Health and Human Services under
which an employee is certified to the
employer under section 1411 of the
Affordable Care Act as having enrolled
for a calendar month in a qualified
health plan with respect to which an
applicable premium tax credit or costsharing reduction is allowed or paid
with respect to the employee.
(36) Section 4980H(a) applicable
payment amount. The term section
4980H(a) applicable payment amount
means, with respect to any month, 1/12
of $2,000, adjusted for inflation in
accordance with section 4980H(c)(5)
and any applicable guidance
thereunder.
(37) Section 4980H(b) applicable
payment amount. The term section
4980H(b) applicable payment amount
means, with respect to any month, 1/12
of $3,000, adjusted for inflation in
accordance with section 4980H(c)(5)
and any applicable guidance
thereunder.
(38) Self-only coverage. The term selfonly coverage means health insurance
coverage provided to only one
individual, generally the employee.
(39) Stability period. The term
stability period means a time period
selected by an applicable large employer
member that follows, and is associated
with, a standard measurement period or
an initial measurement period, and is
used by the applicable large employer
member as part of the process of
determining whether an employee is a
full-time employee under the look-back
measurement method in § 54.4980H–
3(c).
(40) Standard measurement period.
The term standard measurement period
means a time period of at least three but
not more than 12 consecutive months
that an applicable large employer
member selects and uses in determining
whether an ongoing employee is a fulltime employee under the look-back
measurement method in § 54.4980H–
3(c). See § 54.4980H–3(c)(1)(ii) for rules
on payroll periods that include the
beginning and end dates of the
measurement period.
(41) Start date. The term start date
means the first date on which an
employee is required to be credited with
an hour of service with an employer.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
For rules relating to when, following a
period for which an employee does not
earn an hour of service, that employee
may be treated as a new employee with
a new start date rather than a continuing
employee, see the averaging method for
employment break periods at
§ 54.4980H–3(e).
(42) United States. The term United
States means United States as defined in
section 7701(a)(9).
(43) Variable hour employee. The
term variable hour employee means an
employee if, based on the facts and
circumstances at the employee’s start
date, the applicable large employer
member cannot determine whether the
employee is reasonably expected to be
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week during the initial
measurement period because the
employee’s hours are variable or
otherwise uncertain. For this purpose,
the applicable large employer member
may not take into account the likelihood
that the employee may terminate
employment with the applicable large
employer (including any member of the
applicable large employer) before the
end of the initial measurement period.
(44) Week. The term week means any
period of seven consecutive calendar
days applied consistently by the
applicable large employer member.
(b) Effective/applicability date. This
section is applicable for periods after
December 31, 2013.
§ 54.4980H–2 Applicable large employer
and applicable large employer member.
(a) In general. Section 4980H applies
to an applicable large employer and to
all of the applicable large employer
members that comprise that applicable
large employer.
(b) Determining applicable large
employer status—(1) In general. An
employer’s status as an applicable large
employer for a calendar year is
determined by taking the sum of the
total number of full-time employees
(including any seasonal workers) for
each calendar month in the preceding
calendar year and the total number of
FTEs (including any seasonal workers)
for each calendar month in the
preceding calendar year, and dividing
by 12. The result, if not a whole
number, is then rounded to the next
lowest whole number. If the result of
this calculation is less than 50, the
employer is not an applicable large
employer for the current calendar year.
If the result of this calculation is 50 or
more, the employer is an applicable
large employer for the current calendar
year, unless the seasonal worker
exception in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section applies.
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
(2) Seasonal worker exception. If the
sum of an employer’s full-time
employees and FTEs exceeds 50 for 120
days or less during the preceding
calendar year, and the employees in
excess of 50 who were employed during
that period of no more than 120 days are
seasonal workers, the employer is not
considered to employ more than 50 fulltime employees (including FTEs) and
the employer is not an applicable large
employer for the current calendar year.
For purposes of this paragraph (b)(2)
only, four calendar months may be
treated as the equivalent of 120 days.
The four calendar months and the 120
days are not required to be consecutive.
(3) Employers not in existence in
preceding calendar year. An employer
not in existence throughout the
preceding calendar year is an applicable
large employer for the current calendar
year if it is reasonably expected to
employ an average of at least 50 fulltime employees (taking into account
FTEs) on business days during the
current calendar year and it actually
employs an average of at least 50 fulltime employees (taking into account
FTEs) on business days during the
calendar year.
(4) Special rules for government
entities, churches, and conventions and
associations of churches. [Reserved]
(c) Full-time equivalent employees
(FTEs)—(1) In general. In determining
whether an employer is an applicable
large employer, the number of FTEs it
employed during the preceding calendar
year are taken into account. All
employees (including seasonal workers)
who were not employed on average at
least 30 hours of service per week for a
calendar month in the preceding
calendar year are included in
calculating the employer’s FTEs for that
calendar month.
(2) Calculating the number of FTEs.
The number of FTEs for each calendar
month in the preceding calendar year is
determined by calculating the aggregate
number of hours of service for that
calendar month for employees who
were not full-time employees (but not
more than 120 hours of service for any
employee) and dividing that number by
120. In determining the number of FTEs
for each calendar month, fractions are
taken into account.
(d) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of paragraphs (a)
through (c) of this section. In these
examples, hours of service are
computed following the rules set forth
in § 54.4980H–3, and references to years
refer to calendar years unless otherwise
specified. The Employers in Examples 2
through 5 are each the sole applicable
large employer member of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
applicable large employer, as
determined under section 414(b), (c),
(m) and (o).
Example 1. Applicable large employer/
controlled group. (i) Facts. For 2015 and
2016, corporation P owns 100 percent of all
classes of stock of corporation S and
corporation T. P has no employees at any
time in 2015. For every calendar month in
2015, S has 40 full-time employees and T has
60 full-time employees. P, S, and T are a
controlled group of corporations under
section 414(b).
(ii) Conclusion. Because P, S and T have
a combined total of 100 full-time employees
during 2015, P, S, and T is an applicable
large employer for 2016. Each of P, S and T
is an applicable large employer member for
2016.
Example 2. Applicable large employer with
FTEs. (i) Facts. During each calendar month
of 2015, Employer L has 20 full-time
employees each of whom averages 35 hours
of service per week, 40 employees each of
whom averages 90 hours of service per
month, and no seasonal workers.
(ii) Conclusion. Each of the 20 employees
who average 35 hours of service per week
count as one full-time employee for each
month. To determine the number of FTEs for
each month, the total hours of service of the
employees who are not full-time employees
(but not more than 120 hours of service per
employee) are aggregated and divided by 120.
The result is that the employer has 30 FTEs
for each month (40 × 90 = 3,600, and 3,600
÷ 120 = 30). Because Employer L has 50 fulltime employees (the sum of 20 full-time
employees and 30 FTEs) during each month
in 2015, and because the seasonal worker
exception is not applicable, Employer L is an
applicable large employer for 2016.
Example 3. Seasonal worker exception. (i)
Facts. During 2015, Employer N has 40 fulltime employees for the entire calendar year,
none of whom are seasonal workers. In
addition, Employer N also has 80 seasonal
full-time workers who work for Employer N
from September through December, 2015.
Employer N has no FTEs during 2015.
(ii) Conclusion. Before applying the
seasonal worker exception, Employer N has
40 full-time employees during each of eight
calendar months of 2015, and 120 full-time
employees during each of four calendar
months of 2015, resulting in an average of
66.5 employees for the year (rounded down
to 66 full-time employees). However,
Employer N’s workforce equaled or exceeded
50 full-time employees (counting seasonal
workers) for no more than four calendar
months (treated as the equivalent of 120
days) in calendar year 2015, and the number
of full-time employees would be less than 50
during those months if seasonal workers
were disregarded. Accordingly, because after
application of the seasonal worker exception
in paragraph (b)(2) of this section Employer
N is not considered to employ more than 50
full-time employees, Employer N is not an
applicable large employer for 2016.
Example 4. Seasonal workers and other
FTEs. (i) Facts. Same facts as in Example 3,
except that Employer N has 20 FTEs in
August, some of whom are seasonal workers.
(ii) Conclusion. The seasonal worker
exception in paragraph (b)(2) of this section
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
243
does not apply if the number of an
employer’s full-time employees (including
seasonal workers) and FTEs equals or
exceeds 50 employees for more than 120 days
during the calendar year. Because Employer
N has at least 50 full-time employees for a
period greater than four calendar months
(treated as the equivalent of 120 days) during
2015, the exception in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section does not apply. Employer N averaged
68 full-time employees in 2015: [(40 × 7) +
(60 × 1) + (120 × 4)] ÷ 12 = 68.33, rounded
down to 68, and accordingly, Employer N is
an applicable large employer for calendar
year 2016.
Example 5. New employer. (i) Facts.
Corporation A is incorporated on January 1,
2015. On January 1, 2015, Corporation A has
three employees. However, prior to
incorporation, Corporation A’s owners
purchased a factory intended to open within
two months of incorporation and to employ
approximately 100 employees. By March 15,
2015, Corporation A has more than 75 fulltime employees.
(ii) Conclusion. Because Corporation A can
reasonably be expected to employ on average
at least 50 full-time employees on business
days during 2015, and actually employs an
average of at least 50 full-time employees on
business days during 2015, Corporation A is
an applicable large employer (and an
applicable large employer member).
(e) Effective/applicability date. This
section is applicable for periods after
December 31, 2013.
§ 54.4980H–3
employees.
Determining full-time
(a) In general. This section sets forth
the rules for determining hours of
service and status as a full-time
employee for all purposes of section
4980H, provided that the look-back
measurement methods for determining
status as a full-time employee under
paragraph (c) of this section apply solely
for purposes of determining and
calculating liability under section
4980H(a) and (b) (and not for purposes
of determining status as an applicable
large employer). See § 54.4980H–
1(a)(18) for the definition of full-time
employee.
(b) Hours of service—(1) Hourly
employees calculation. For employees
paid on an hourly basis, an employer
must calculate actual hours of service
from records of hours worked and hours
for which payment is made or due.
(2) Non-hourly employees
calculation—(i) In general. For
employees paid on a non-hourly basis,
an employer must calculate hours of
service by using one of the following
methods:
(A) Using actual hours of service from
records of hours worked and hours for
which payment is made or due.
(B) Using a days-worked equivalency
whereby the employee is credited with
eight hours of service for each day for
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
244
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
which the employee would be required
to be credited with at least one hour of
service in accordance with paragraph
(b)(1) of this section.
(C) Using a weeks-worked
equivalency whereby the employee is
credited with 40 hours of service for
each week for which the employee
would be required to be credited with
at least one hour of service in
accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
(ii) Change in method. An employer
must use one of the three methods in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section for
calculating the hours of service for nonhourly employees. An employer is not
required to use the same method for all
non-hourly employees, and may apply
different methods for different
classifications of non-hourly employees,
provided the classifications are
reasonable and consistently applied.
Similarly, an applicable large employer
member is not required to apply the
same methods as other applicable large
employer members of the same
applicable large employer for the same
or different classifications of non-hourly
employees, provided that in each case
the classifications are reasonable and
consistently applied by the applicable
large employer member.
(iii) Prohibited use of equivalencies.
The number of hours of service
calculated using the days-worked or
weeks-worked equivalency must reflect
generally the hours actually worked and
the hours for which payment is made or
due. An employer is not permitted to
use the days-worked equivalency or the
weeks-worked equivalency if the result
is to substantially understate an
employee’s hours of service in a manner
that would cause that employee not to
be treated as full-time. For example, an
employer may not use a days-worked
equivalency in the case of an employee
who generally works three 10-hour days
per week, because the equivalency
would substantially understate the
employee’s hours of service as 24 hours
of service per week, which would result
in the employee being treated as not a
full-time employee. Rather, the number
of hours of service calculated using the
days-worked or weeks-worked
equivalency method must reflect
generally the hours actually worked and
the hours for which payment is made or
due.
(c) Look-back measurement method—
(1) Ongoing employees—(i) In general.
Under the look-back measurement
method for ongoing employees, an
applicable large employer determines
each ongoing employee’s full-time
status by looking back at the standard
measurement period. The applicable
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
large employer member determines the
months in which the standard
measurement period starts and ends,
provided that the determination must be
made on a uniform and consistent basis
for all employees in the same category
(see paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this section
for a list of permissible categories). For
example, if an applicable large employer
member chooses a standard
measurement period of 12 months, the
applicable large employer member
could choose to make it the calendar
year, a non-calendar plan year, or a
different 12-month period, such as one
that ends shortly before the start of the
plan’s annual open enrollment period. If
the applicable large employer member
determines that an employee was
employed on average at least 30 hours
per week during the standard
measurement period, then the
applicable large employer member treats
the employee as a full-time employee
during a subsequent stability period,
regardless of the employee’s number of
hours of service during the stability
period, so long as he or she remains an
employee.
(ii) Use of payroll periods. For payroll
periods that are one week, two weeks,
or semi-monthly in duration, an
employer is permitted to treat as a
measurement period a period that ends
on the last day of the payroll period
preceding the payroll period that
includes the date that would otherwise
be the last day of the measurement
period, provided that the measurement
period begins on the first day of the
payroll period that includes the date
that would otherwise be the first day of
the measurement period. An employer
may also treat as a measurement period
a period that begins on the first day of
the payroll period that follows the
payroll period that includes the date
that would otherwise be the first day of
the measurement period, provided that
the measurement period ends on the last
day of the payroll period that includes
the date that would otherwise be the last
day of the measurement period. For
example, an employer using the
calendar year as a measurement period
could exclude the entire payroll period
that included January 1 (the beginning
of the year) if it included the entire
payroll period that included December
31 (the end of that same year), or,
alternatively, could exclude the entire
payroll period that included December
31 of a calendar year if it included the
entire payroll period that included
January 1 of that calendar year.
(iii) Employee determined to be
employed an average of at least 30
hours of service per week. An employee
who was employed on average at least
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
30 hours of service per week during the
standard measurement period must be
treated as a full-time employee for a
stability period that begins immediately
after the standard measurement period
and any applicable administrative
period. The stability period must be at
least six consecutive calendar months
but no shorter in duration than the
standard measurement period.
(iv) Employee determined not to be
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week. If an employee was
not employed an average at least 30
hours of service per week during the
standard measurement period, the
applicable large employer member may
treat the employee as not a full-time
employee during the stability period
that follows, but is not longer than, the
standard measurement period. The
stability period must begin immediately
after the end of the measurement period
and any applicable administrative
period.
(v) Permissible employee categories.
Subject to the rules governing the
relationship between the length of the
measurement period and the stability
period, applicable large employer
members may use measurement periods
and stability periods that differ either in
length or in their starting and ending
dates for the following categories of
employees:
(A) Collectively bargained employees
and non-collectively bargained
employees.
(B) Each group of collectively
bargained employees covered by a
separate collective bargaining
agreement.
(C) Salaried employees and hourly
employees.
(D) Employees whose primary places
of employment are in different States.
(vi) Optional administrative period.
An applicable large employer member
may provide for an administrative
period that begins immediately after the
end of a standard measurement period
and that ends immediately before the
associated stability period; however,
any administrative period between the
standard measurement period and the
stability period for ongoing employees
may neither reduce nor lengthen the
measurement period or the stability
period. The administrative period
following the standard measurement
period may last up to 90 days. To
prevent this administrative period from
creating a gap in coverage, the
administrative period must overlap with
the prior stability period, so that, during
any such administrative period
applicable to ongoing employees
following a standard measurement
period, ongoing employees who are
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
enrolled in coverage because of their
status as full-time employees based on
a prior measurement period must
continue to be covered through the
administrative period. Applicable large
employer members may use
administrative periods that differ in
length for the categories of employees
identified in paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this
section.
(vii) Change in position of
employment or other employment
status. If an ongoing employee’s
position of employment or other
employment status changes before the
end of a stability period, the change will
not affect the application of the
classification of the employee as a fulltime employee (or not a full-time
employee) for the remaining portion of
the stability period. For example, if an
ongoing employee in a certain position
of employment is not treated as a fulltime employee during a stability period
because the employee’s hours of service
during the prior measurement period
were insufficient for full-time-employee
treatment, and the employee changes
position of employment to a position
that involves an increased level of hours
of service, the treatment of the employee
as a non-full time employee during the
remainder of the stability period is
unaffected. Similarly, if an ongoing
employee in a certain position of
employment is treated as a full-time
employee during a stability period
because the employee’s hours of service
during the prior measurement period
were sufficient for full-time-employee
treatment, and the employee changes
position of employment to a position
that involves a lower level of hours of
service, the treatment of the employee
as a full-time employee during the
remainder of the stability period is
unaffected.
(viii) Example. The following
example illustrates the application of
paragraph (c)(1) of this section:
(i) Facts. Employer W is an applicable
large employer member and computes
hours of service following the rules in
this section. Employer W chooses to use
a 12-month stability period that begins
January 1 and a 12-month standard
measurement period that begins October
15. Consistent with the terms of
Employer W’s group health plan, only
employees classified as full-time
employees using the look-back
measurement method are eligible for
coverage. Employer W chooses to use an
administrative period between the end
of the standard measurement period
(October 14) and the beginning of the
stability period (January 1) to determine
which employees were employed on
average 30 hours of service per week
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
during the measurement period, notify
them of their eligibility for the plan for
the calendar year beginning on January
1 and of the coverage available under
the plan, answer questions and collect
materials from employees, and enroll
those employees who elect coverage in
the plan. Previously-determined fulltime employees already enrolled in
coverage continue to be offered coverage
through the administrative period.
Employee A and Employee B have
been employed by Employer W for
several years, continuously from their
start date. Employee A was employed
on average 30 hours of service per week
during the standard measurement
period that begins October 15, 2015 and
ends October 14, 2016 and for all prior
standard measurement periods.
Employee B also was employed on
average 30 hours of service per week for
all prior standard measurement periods,
but is not a full-time employee during
the standard measurement period that
begins October 15, 2015 and ends
October 14, 2016.
(ii) Conclusions. Because Employee A
was employed for the entire standard
measurement period that begins October
15, 2015 and ends October 14, 2016,
Employee A is an ongoing employee
with respect to the stability period
running from January 1, 2017 through
December 31, 2017. Because Employee
A was employed on average 30 hours of
service per week during that standard
measurement period, Employee A is
offered coverage for the entire 2017
stability period (including the
administrative period from October 15,
2017 through December 31, 2017).
Because Employee A was employed on
average 30 hours of service per week
during the prior standard measurement
period, Employee A is offered coverage
for the entire 2016 stability period and,
if enrolled, would continue such
coverage during the administrative
period from October 15, 2016 through
December 31, 2016.
Because Employee B was employed
for the entire standard measurement
period that begins October 15, 2015 and
ends October 14, 2016, Employee B is
also an ongoing employee with respect
to the stability period in 2017. Because
Employee B did not work full-time
during this standard measurement
period, Employee B is not required to be
offered coverage for the stability period
in 2017 (including the administrative
period from October 15, 2017 through
December 31, 2017). However, because
Employee B was employed on average
30 hours of service per week during the
prior standard measurement period,
Employee B is offered coverage through
the end of the 2016 stability period and,
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
245
if enrolled, would continue such
coverage during the administrative
period from October 15, 2016 through
December 31, 2016. Employer W
complies with the standards of
paragraph (c)(1) of this section because
the measurement and stability periods
are no longer than 12 months, the
stability period for ongoing employees
who work full-time during the standard
measurement period is not shorter than
the standard measurement period, the
stability period for ongoing employees
who do not work full-time during the
standard measurement period is no
longer than the standard measurement
period, and the administrative period is
no longer than 90 days.
(2) New non-variable hour and nonseasonal employees. If an employee is
reasonably expected at his or her start
date to be a full-time employee (and is
not a seasonal employee), an employer
that sponsors a group health plan that
offers coverage to the employee at or
before the conclusion of the employee’s
initial three full calendar months of
employment will not be subject to an
assessable payment under section
4980H by reason of its failure to offer
coverage to the employee for up to the
initial full three calendar months of
employment; however, if the employer
did not offer coverage to the employee
by the end of the employee’s initial
three full calendar months of
employment, the employer may be
subject to a section 4980H assessable
payment for those months as well as for
any subsequent months for which
coverage was not offered.
(3) New variable hour and new
seasonal employees—(i) In general. For
new variable hour employees and new
seasonal employees, applicable large
employer members are permitted to
determine whether the new employee is
a full-time employee using an initial
measurement period of between three
and 12 months (as selected by the
applicable large employer member) that
begins on any date between the
employee’s start date and the first day
of the first calendar month following the
employee’s start date. The applicable
large employer member measures the
new employee’s hours of service during
the initial measurement period and
determines whether the employee was
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week during this period.
The stability period for such employees
must be the same length as the stability
period for ongoing employees.
(ii) Employees determined to be
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week. If a new variable
hour employee or new seasonal
employee has on average at least 30
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
246
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
hours of service per week during the
initial measurement period, the
applicable large employer member must
treat the employee as a full-time
employee during the stability period
that begins after the initial measurement
period (and any associated
administrative period). The stability
period must be a period of at least six
consecutive calendar months that is no
shorter in duration than the initial
measurement period.
(iii) Employees determined not to be
employed on average at least 30 hours
of service per week. If a new variable
hour employee or new seasonal
employee does not have on average at
least 30 hours of service per week
during the initial measurement period,
the applicable large employer member is
permitted to treat the employee as not
a full-time employee during the stability
period that follows the initial
measurement period. This stability
period for such employees must not be
more than one month longer than the
initial measurement period and, in
accordance with paragraph (c)(4) of this
section, must not exceed the remainder
of the standard measurement period
(plus any associated administrative
period) in which the initial
measurement period ends.
(4) Transition from new employee to
ongoing employee—(i) In general. Once
a new variable hour employee or new
seasonal employee has been employed
for an entire standard measurement
period, the applicable large employer
must test the employee for full-time
employee status, beginning with that
standard measurement period, at the
same time and under the same
conditions as apply to other ongoing
employees. Accordingly, for example,
an applicable large employer member
with a calendar year standard
measurement period that also uses a
one-year initial measurement period
beginning on the employee’s start date
would test a new variable hour
employee whose start date is February
12 for full-time status first based on the
initial measurement period (February 12
through February 11 of the following
year) and again based on the calendar
year standard measurement period (if
the employee continues in employment
for that entire standard measurement
period) beginning on January 1 of the
year after the start date.
(ii) Employee determined to be
employed an average of at least 30
hours of service per week. An employee
who was employed an average of at least
30 hours of service per week during an
initial measurement period or standard
measurement period must be treated as
a full-time employee for the entire
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
associated stability period. This is the
case even if the employee was employed
an average of at least 30 hours of service
per week during the initial
measurement period but was not
employed an average of at least 30 hours
of service per week during the
overlapping or immediately following
standard measurement period. In that
case, the applicable large employer
member may treat the employee as not
a full-time employee only after the end
of the stability period associated with
the initial measurement period.
Thereafter, the applicable large
employer member must determine the
employee’s status as a full-time
employee in the same manner as it
determines such status in the case of its
other ongoing employees as described in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
(iii) Employee determined not to be
employed an average of at least 30
hours of service per week. If the
employee was not employed an average
of at least 30 hours of service per week
during the initial measurement period,
but was employed at least 30 hours of
service per week during the overlapping
or immediately following standard
measurement period, the employee
must be treated as a full-time employee
for the entire stability period that
corresponds to that standard
measurement period (even if that
stability period begins before the end of
the stability period associated with the
initial measurement period). Thereafter,
the applicable large employer member
must determine the employee’s status as
a full-time employee in the same
manner as it determines such status in
the case of its other ongoing employees
as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section.
(iv) Permissible differences in
measurement or stability periods for
different categories of employees.
Subject to the rules governing the
relationship between the length of the
measurement period and the stability
period, applicable large employer
members may use measurement periods
and stability periods that differ either in
length or in their starting and ending
dates for the categories of employees
identified in paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this
section).
(v) Optional administrative period—
(A) In general. Subject to the limits in
paragraph (c)(4)(v)(B) of this section, an
applicable large employer member is
permitted to apply an administrative
period in connection with an initial
measurement period and before the start
of the stability period. This
administrative period must not exceed
90 days in total. For this purpose, the
administrative period includes all
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
periods between the start date of a new
variable hour employee or new seasonal
employee and the date the employee is
first offered coverage under the
applicable large employer member’s
group health plan, other than the initial
measurement period. Thus, for example,
if the applicable large employer member
begins the initial measurement period
on the first day of the first month
following a new variable hour or new
seasonal employee’s start date, the
period between the employee’s start
date and the first day of the next month
must be taken into account in applying
the 90-day limit on the administrative
period. Similarly, if there is a period
between the end of the initial
measurement period and the date the
employee is first offered coverage under
the plan, that period must be taken into
account in applying the 90-day limit on
the administrative period. Applicable
large employer members may use
administrative periods that differ in
length for the categories of employees
identified in paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this
section.
(B) Limit on combined length of initial
measurement period and administrative
period. In addition to the specific limits
on the initial measurement period
(which must not exceed 12 months) and
the administrative period (which must
not exceed 90 days), there is a limit on
the combined length of the initial
measurement period and the
administrative period applicable to a
new variable hour employee or new
seasonal employee. Specifically, the
initial measurement period and
administrative period together cannot
extend beyond the last day of the first
calendar month beginning on or after
the first anniversary of the employee’s
start date. For example, if an applicable
large employer member uses a 12-month
initial measurement period for a new
variable hour employee, and begins that
initial measurement period on the first
day of the first calendar month
following the employee’s start date, the
period between the end of the initial
measurement period and the offer of
coverage to a new variable hour
employee who works full time during
the initial measurement period must not
exceed one month.
(5) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the look-back measurement
methods described in paragraphs (c)(2)
through (c)(4) of this section. In all of
the following examples, the applicable
large employer member offers all of its
full-time employees (and their
dependents) the opportunity to enroll in
minimum essential coverage under an
eligible employer-sponsored plan. The
coverage is affordable within the
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i) (or is
treated as affordable coverage under one
of the affordability safe harbors
described in § 54.4980H–5) and
provides minimum value within the
meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii). In
Example 1 through Example 8, the new
employee is a new variable hour
employee, and the employer has chosen
to use a 12-month standard
measurement period for ongoing
employees starting October 15 and a 12month stability period associated with
that standard measurement period
starting January 1. (Thus, during the
administrative period from October 15
through December 31 of each calendar
year, the employer continues to offer
coverage to employees who qualified for
coverage for that entire calendar year
based upon working on average at least
30 hours per week during the prior
standard measurement period.) Also,
the employer offers health plan coverage
only to full-time employees (and their
dependents). In Example 9 and Example
10, the new employee is a new variable
hour employee, and the employer uses
a six-month standard measurement
period, starting each May 15 and
November 15, with six-month stability
periods associated with those standard
measurement periods starting January 1
and July 1.
Example 1 (12-Month Initial Measurement
Period Followed by 1+ Partial Month
Administrative Period). (i) Facts. For new
variable hour employees, Employer B uses a
12-month initial measurement period that
begins on the start date and applies an
administrative period from the end of the
initial measurement period through the end
of the first calendar month beginning on or
after the end of the initial measurement
period. Employer B hires Employee Y on
May 10, 2015. Employee Y’s initial
measurement period runs from May 10, 2015,
through May 9, 2016. Employee Y has an
average of 30 hours of service per week
during this initial measurement period.
Employer B offers coverage to Employee Y
for a stability period that runs from July 1,
2016 through June 30, 2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Employee Y has an average
of 30 hours of service per week during his
initial measurement period and Employer B
uses an initial measurement period that does
not exceed 12 months; an administrative
period totaling not more than 90 days; and
a combined initial measurement period and
administrative period that does not last
beyond the final day of the first calendar
month beginning on or after the one-year
anniversary of Employee Y’s start date.
Accordingly, from Employee Y’s start date
through June 30, 2017, Employer B is not
subject to any payment under section 4980H
with respect to Employee Y, because
Employer B complies with the standards for
the initial measurement period and stability
periods for a new variable hour employee.
Employer B must test Employee Y again
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
based on the period from October 15, 2015
through October 14, 2016 (Employer B’s first
standard measurement period that begins
after Employee Y’s start date).
Example 2 (11-Month Initial Measurement
Period Followed by 2+ Partial Month
Administrative Period). (i) Facts. Same as
Example 1, except that Employer B uses an
11-month initial measurement period that
begins on the start date and applies an
administrative period from the end of the
initial measurement period until the end of
the second calendar month beginning after
the end of the initial measurement period.
Employer B hires Employee Y on May 10,
2015. Employee Y’s initial measurement
period runs from May 10, 2015, through
April 9, 2016. Employee Y has an average of
30 hours of service per week during this
initial measurement period. Employer B
offers coverage to Employee Y for a stability
period that runs from July 1, 2016 through
June 30, 2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Same as Example 1.
Example 3 (11-Month Initial Measurement
Period Preceded by Partial Month
Administrative Period and Followed by 2Month Administrative Period). (i) Facts.
Same as Example 1, except that Employer B
uses an 11-month initial measurement period
that begins on the first day of the first
calendar month beginning after the start date
and applies an administrative period that
runs from the end of the initial measurement
period through the end of the second
calendar month beginning on or after the end
of the initial measurement period. Employer
B hires Employee Y on May 10, 2015.
Employee Y’s initial measurement period
runs from June 1, 2015, through April 30,
2016. Employee Y has an average of 30 hours
of service per week during this initial
measurement period. Employer B offers
coverage to Employee Y for a stability period
that runs from July 1, 2016 through June 30,
2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Same as Example 1.
Example 4 (12-Month Initial Measurement
Period Preceded by Partial Month
Administrative Period and Followed by 2Month Administrative Period). (i) Facts. For
new variable hour employees, Employer B
uses a 12-month initial measurement period
that begins on the first day of the first month
following the start date and applies an
administrative period that runs from the end
of the initial measurement period through the
end of the second calendar month beginning
on or after the end of the initial measurement
period. Employer B hires Employee Y on
May 10, 2015. Employee Y’s initial
measurement period runs from June 1, 2015,
through May 31, 2016. Employee Y has an
average of 30 hours of service per week
during this initial measurement period.
Employer B offers coverage to Employee Y
for a stability period that runs from August
1, 2016 through July 31, 2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer B does not
satisfy the standards for the look-back
measurement method in paragraph (c)(4)(v)
of this section because the combination of the
initial partial month delay, the 12-month
initial measurement period, and the two
month administrative period means that the
coverage offered to Employee Y does not
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
247
become effective until after the first day of
the second calendar month following the first
anniversary of Employee Y’s start date.
Accordingly, Employer B is potentially
subject to a payment under section 4980H.
Example 5 (Continuous Full-Time
Employee). (i) Facts. Same as Example 1; in
addition, Employer B tests Employee Y again
based on Employee Y’s hours of service from
October 15, 2015 through October 14, 2016
(Employer B’s first standard measurement
period that begins after Employee Y’s start
date), determines that Employee Y has an
average of 30 hours of service a week during
that period, and offers Employee Y coverage
for July 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017.
(Employee Y already has an offer of coverage
for the period of January 1, 2017 through
June 30, 2017 because that period is covered
by the initial stability period following the
initial measurement period, during which
Employee Y was determined to be a full-time
employee.)
(ii) Conclusion. Employer B is not subject
to any payment under section 4980H for 2017
with respect to Employee Y.
Example 6 (Initially Full-Time Employee,
Becomes Non-Full-Time Employee). (i) Facts.
Same as Example 1; in addition, Employer B
tests Employee Y again based on Employee
Y’s hours of service from October 15, 2015
through October 14, 2016 (Employer B’s first
standard measurement period that begins
after Employee Y’s start date), and
determines that Employee Y has an average
of 28 hours of service a week during that
period. Employer B continues to offer
coverage to Employee Y through June 30,
2017 (the end of the stability period based on
the initial measurement period during which
Employee Y was determined to be a full-time
employee), but does not offer coverage to
Employee Y for the period of July 1, 2017
through December 31, 2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer B is not subject
to any payment under section 4980H for 2016
with respect to Employee Y, provided that it
offers coverage to Employee Y from July 1,
2016 through June 30, 2017 (the entire
stability period associated with the initial
measurement period).
Example 7 (Initially Non-Full-Time
Employee). (i) Facts. Same as Example 1,
except that Employee Y has an average of 28
hours of service per week during the period
from May 10, 2015 through May 9, 2016 and
Employer B does not offer coverage to
Employee Y in 2016.
(ii) Conclusion. From Employee Y’s start
date through the end of 2016, Employer B is
not subject to any payment under section
4980H, because Employer B complies with
the standards for the measurement and
stability periods for a new variable hour
employee with respect to Employee Y.
Example 8 (Initially Non-Full-Time
Employee, Becomes Full-Time Employee). (i)
Facts. Same as Example 7; in addition,
Employer B tests Employee Y again based on
Employee Y’s hours of service from October
15, 2015 through October 14, 2016 (Employer
B’s first standard measurement period that
begins after Employee Y’s start date),
determines that Employee Y has an average
of 30 hours of service per week during this
standard measurement period, and offers
coverage to Employee Y for 2017.
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
248
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Conclusion. Employer B is not subject
to any payment under section 4980H for 2017
with respect to Employee Y.
Example 9 (Initially Full-Time Employee).
(i) Facts. For new variable hour employees,
Employer C uses a six-month initial
measurement period that begins on the start
date and applies an administrative period
that runs from the end of the initial
measurement period through the end of the
first full calendar month beginning after the
end of the initial measurement period.
Employer C hires Employee Z on May 10,
2015. Employee Z’s initial measurement
period runs from May 10, 2015, through
November 9, 2015, during which Employee
Z has an average of 30 hours of service per
week. Employer C offers coverage to
Employee Z for a stability period that runs
from January 1, 2016 through June 30, 2016.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer C uses an initial
measurement period that does not exceed 12
months; an administrative period totaling not
more than 90 days; and a combined initial
measurement period and administrative
period that does not last longer than the final
day of the first calendar month beginning on
or after the one-year anniversary of Employee
Z’s start date. From Employee Z’s start date
through June 30, 2016, Employer C is not
subject to any payment under section 4980H,
because Employer C complies with the
standards for the measurement and stability
periods for a new variable hour employee
with respect to Employee Z. Employer C
must test Employee Z again based on
Employee Z’s hours of service during the
period from November 15, 2015 through May
14, 2016 (Employer C’s first standard
measurement period that begins after
Employee Z’s start date).
Example 10 (Initially Full-Time Employee,
Becomes Non-Full-Time Employee). (i) Facts.
Same as Example 9; in addition, Employer C
tests Employee Z again based on Employee
Z’s hours of service during the period from
November 15, 2015 through May 14, 2016
(Employer C’s first standard measurement
period that begins after Employee Z’s start
date), during which period Employee Z has
an average of 28 hours of service per week.
Employer C continues to offer coverage to
Employee Z through June 30, 2016 (the end
of the initial stability period based on the
initial measurement period during which
Employee Z has an average of 30 hours of
service per week), but does not offer coverage
to Employee Z from July 1, 2016 through
December 31, 2016.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer C is not subject
to any payment under section 4980H with
respect to Employee Z for 2016.
Example 11 (Seasonal Employee, 12-Month
Initial Measurement Period; 1+ Partial Month
Administrative Period). (i) Facts. Employer D
offers health plan coverage only to full-time
employees (and their dependents). Employer
D uses a 12-month initial measurement
period for new variable hour employees and
seasonal employees that begins on the start
date and applies an administrative period
from the end of the initial measurement
period through the end of the first calendar
month beginning after the end of the initial
measurement period. Employer D hires
Employee S, a ski instructor, on November
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
15, 2015 with an anticipated season during
which Employee S will work running
through March 15, 2016. Employer D
determines that Employee S is a seasonal
employee based upon a reasonable good faith
interpretation of that term. Employee S’s
initial measurement period runs from
November 15, 2015, through November 14,
2016. Employee S is expected to have 50
hours of service per week from November 15,
2015 through March 15, 2016, but is not
reasonably expected to average 30 hours of
service per week for the 12-month initial
measurement period.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer D cannot
determine whether Employee S is reasonably
expected to average at least 30 hours of
service per week for the 12-month initial
measurement period. Accordingly, Employer
D may treat Employee S as a variable hour
employee during the initial measurement
period.
Example 12 (Variable Hour Employee). (i)
Facts. Employer E is in the trade or business
of providing temporary workers to numerous
clients that are unrelated to Employer E and
to one another. Employer E is the common
law employer of the temporary workers based
on all of the facts and circumstances.
Employer E offers health plan coverage only
to full-time employees (including temporary
workers who are full-time employees) and
their dependents. Employer E uses a 12month initial measurement period for new
variable hour employees and new seasonal
employees that begins on the start date and
applies an administrative period from the
end of the initial measurement period
through the end of the first calendar month
beginning after the end of the initial
measurement period. Employer E hires
Employee T on January 1, 2015 and
anticipates that it will assign Employee T to
provide services for various clients. As of the
beginning of the initial measurement period,
Employer E reasonably expects that, over the
initial measurement period, Employee T is
likely to be offered short-term assignments
with several different clients, with significant
gaps between the assignments and that the
assignments will differ in the average hours
of service per week (meaning averaging both
above and below 30 hours of service per
week), all depending on client needs and
Employee T’s availability. The number of
actual assignments that Employee T will be
offered, the number that Employee T will
accept, the duration of assignments, the
length of the gaps between assignments, and
whether various assignments will result in
Employee T being employed on average at
least 30 hours of service per week during the
assignment, are all uncertain.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer E cannot
determine whether Employee T is reasonably
expected to average at least 30 hours of
service per week for the 12-month initial
measurement period. Accordingly, Employer
E may treat Employee T as a variable hour
employee during the initial measurement
period.
Example 13 (Variable Hour Employee). (i)
Facts. Employee A is hired on an hourly
basis by Employer Y to fill in for employees
who are absent and to provide additional
staffing at peak times. Employer Y expects
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that Employee A will average 30 hours of
service per week or more for A’s first few
months of employment, while assigned to a
specific project, but also reasonably expects
that the assignments will be of unpredictable
duration, that there will be gaps of
unpredictable duration between assignments,
that the hours per week required by
subsequent assignments will vary, and that A
will not necessarily be available for all
assignments.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer Y cannot
determine whether Employee A is reasonably
expected to average at least 30 hours of
service per week for the initial measurement
period. Accordingly, Employer Y may treat
Employee A as a variable hour employee.
(d) Change in employment status—(1)
In general. If the position of
employment or other employment status
of a new variable hour employee or new
seasonal employee materially changes
before the end of the initial
measurement period in such a way that,
if the employee had begun employment
in the new position or status, the
employee would have reasonably been
expected to be employed on average at
least 30 hours of service per week, the
employer is not required to treat the
employee as a full-time employee for
purposes of determining and calculating
any liability under section 4980H until
the first day of the fourth month
following the change in employment
status or, if earlier and the employee
averages more than 30 hours of service
per week during the initial
measurement period, the first day of the
first month following the end of the
initial measurement period (including
any optional administrative period
associated with the initial measurement
period).
(2) Example. The following example
illustrates the provisions of paragraph
(d)(1) of this section. In the following
example, the applicable large employer
member offers all of its full-time
employees (and their dependents) the
opportunity to enroll in minimum
essential coverage under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan. The coverage
is affordable within the meaning of
section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i) (or is treated as
affordable coverage under one of the
affordability safe harbors described in
§ 54.4980H–5) and provides minimum
value within the meaning of section
36B(c)(2)(C)(ii).
Example (Change in employment from
variable hour employee to non-variable hour
employee). (i) Facts. For new variable hour
employees, Employer A uses a 12-month
initial measurement period that begins on the
start date and applies an administrative
period from the end of the initial
measurement period through the end of the
first calendar month beginning on or after the
end of the initial measurement period.
Employer A hires Employee Z on May 10,
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
2015. Employer A’s initial measurement
period runs from May 10, 2015, through May
9, 2016, with the optional administrative
period ending June 30, 2016. At Employee
Z’s May 10, 2015 start date, Employee Z is
a variable hour employee. On September 15,
2015, Employer A promotes Employee Z to
a position that can reasonably be expected to
average at least 30 hours of service per week.
(ii) Conclusion. For purposes of
determining Employer A’s potential liability
under section 4980H, Employee Z must be
treated as a full-time employee as of January
1, 2016, because that date is the earlier of the
first day of the fourth calendar month
following the change in position (January 1,
2016) or the first day of the calendar month
after the end of the initial measurement
period plus the optional administrative
period (July 1, 2016).
(e) Employees rehired after
termination of employment or resuming
service after other absence—(1)
Treatment as a new employee after a
period of absence. Solely for purposes
of section 4980H, an employee who
resumes providing services to (or is
otherwise credited with an hour of
service for) an applicable large employer
after a period during which the
employee was not credited with any
hours of service may be treated as
having terminated employment and
having been rehired, and therefore may
be treated as a new employee upon the
resumption of services only if the
employee did not have an hour of
service for the applicable large employer
for a period of at least 26 consecutive
weeks immediately preceding the
resumption of services or, if chosen by
the applicable large employer, for a
shorter period (measured in weeks) of at
least four consecutive weeks that
exceeds the number of weeks of that
employee’s period of employment with
the applicable large employer
immediately preceding the period
during which the employee was not
credited with any hours of service. For
purposes of the preceding sentence, the
duration of the period of employment
immediately preceding the period
during which the employee was not
credited with any hours of service is
determined after application to that
period of employment of the averaging
methods described in paragraph (e)(4) of
this section, if applicable. An employee
treated as a continuing employee
retains, upon resumption of services,
the status that employee had with
respect to the application of any
stability period (for example, if the
continuing employee returns during a
stability period in which the employee
is treated as a full-time employee, the
employee is treated as a full-time
employee upon return and through the
end of that stability period). For purpose
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
of the preceding sentence, a continuing
employee treated as a full-time
employee will be treated as offered
coverage upon resumption of services if
the employee is offered coverage as of
the first day that employee is credited
with an hour of service, or, if later, as
soon as administratively practicable.
This rule set forth in this paragraph
(e)(1) applies solely for the purpose of
determining whether the employee,
upon the resumption of services, is
treated as a new employee or as a
continuing employee, and does not
determine whether the employee is
treated as a continuing full-time
employee or a terminated employee
during the period during which no
hours of service are credited.
(2) Employment break period defined.
An employment break period is a period
of at least four consecutive weeks
(disregarding special unpaid leave as
defined in paragraph (e)(3) of this
section) during which an employee of
an educational organization is not
credited with hours of service for an
applicable large employer.
(3) Definitions—(i) Special unpaid
leave defined. For purposes of this
paragraph (e), special unpaid leave
refers to—
(A) Unpaid leave that is subject to the
Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993
(FMLA), Public Law 103–3, 20 U.S.C.
2601 et seq.,
(B) Unpaid leave that is subject to the
Uniformed Services Employment and
Reemployment Rights Act of 1994
(USERRA), Public Law 103–353, 38
U.S.C. 4301 et seq., or
(C) Unpaid leave on account of jury
duty.
(ii) Educational organization. For
purposes of this paragraph (e),
educational organization means an
entity described in § 1.170A–9(c)(1) of
this chapter, whether or not described
in section 501(c)(3) and exempt under
section 501(a). Thus, the term
educational organization includes
taxable entities, tax-exempt entities and
government entities.
(4) Averaging method for special
unpaid leave and employment break
periods. For purposes of applying the
look-back measurement method
described in paragraph (c) of this
section to an employee who is not
treated as a new employee under
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the
employer determines the employee’s
average hours of service for a
measurement period by computing the
average after excluding any special
unpaid leave (and, in the case of an
employer that is an educational
organization, also excluding any
employment break period) during that
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
249
measurement period and by using that
average as the average for the entire
measurement period. Alternatively, for
purposes of determining the employee’s
average hours of service for the
measurement period, the employer may
choose to treat the employee as credited
with hours of service for any periods of
special unpaid leave (and, in the case of
an employer that is an educational
organization, any employment break
period) during that measurement period
at a rate equal to the average weekly rate
at which the employee was credited
with hours of service during the weeks
in the measurement period that are not
part of a period of special unpaid leave
(or, in the case of an employer that is
an educational organization, an
employment break period).
Notwithstanding the preceding two
sentences, no more than 501 hours of
service during employment break
periods in a calendar year are required
to be excluded (under the first sentence)
or credited (under the second sentence)
by an educational organization,
provided that this 501-hour limit does
not apply to hours of service required to
be excluded or credited (as the case may
be) in respect of special unpaid leave. In
applying the preceding sentence, an
employer that uses the method
described in the first sentence of this
paragraph (e)(4) determines the number
of hours excluded by multiplying the
average weekly rate for the
measurement period (determined as in
the second sentence of this paragraph
(e)(4)) by the number of weeks in the
employment break period and periods
of special unpaid leave. For purposes of
this paragraph (e)(4), in computing the
average weekly rate, employers are
permitted to use any reasonable method
if applied on a consistent basis. In
addition, if an employee’s average
weekly rate under this paragraph (e)(4)
is being computed for a measurement
period and that measurement period is
shorter than six months, the six-month
period ending with the close of the
measurement period is used to compute
the average hours of service.
(5) Averaging rules for employment
break periods for employers other than
educational organizations. [RESERVED]
(6) Anti-abuse rule. For purposes of
this paragraph (e), any hour of service
will be disregarded if the hour of service
is credited, or the services giving rise to
the crediting of the hour of service are
requested or required of the employee,
for a purpose of avoiding or
undermining the application of the
employee rehire rules under paragraph
(e)(1) of this section, or the application
of the averaging method for employment
break periods under paragraph (e)(4) of
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
250
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
this section. For example, if an
employee of an educational organization
would otherwise have a period with no
hours of service to which the rules
under paragraph (e)(4) of this section
would apply, but for the employer’s
request or requirement that the
employee perform one or more than one
hour of service for a purpose of avoiding
the application of those rules, any such
hours of service for the week are
disregarded, and the rules under
paragraphs (e)(4) of this section will
apply.
(7) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the provisions of paragraph (e)
of this section. All employers in these
examples are applicable large employer
members, each is in a different
applicable large employer group, and
each computes hours of service under
the rules in paragraphs (a) through (e) of
this section. None of the periods during
which an employee is not credited with
an hour of service for an employer
involve special unpaid leave (as defined
in paragraph (e)(3) of this section) or the
employee being credited with hours of
service for any applicable large
employer member in the same
applicable large employer as the
employer.
Example 1. (i) Facts. As of April 1, 2015,
Employee A has been an employee of
Employer Z (which is not an educational
organization as defined in paragraph (e)(3) of
this section) for 10 years. On April 1, 2015,
Employee A terminates employment and is
not credited with an hour of service until
September 1, 2015 when Employer Z rehires
Employee A and Employee A continues as an
employee through December 31, 2015, which
is the close of the measurement period as
applied by employer Z.
(ii) Conclusion. Because Employee A’s
period for which he is not credited with any
hour of service is not longer than Employee
A’s prior period of employment and is less
than 26 weeks, Employee A is not treated as
having terminated employment and been
rehired for purposes of determining whether
Employee A is treated as a new employee
upon resumption of services. Therefore,
Employee A’s hours of service prior to
termination are required to be taken into
account for purposes of the measurement
period, and, Employee A’s period with no
hours of service is taken into account as a
period of zero hours of service during the
measurement period.
Example 2. (i) Facts. Same facts as
Example 1, except that Employee A is
rehired on December 1, 2015.
(ii) Conclusion. Because the period during
which Employee A is not credited with an
hour of service for Employer Z, exceeds 26
weeks, Employee A may be treated as having
terminated employment on April 1, 2015 and
having been rehired as a new employee on
December 1, 2015, for purposes of
determining Employee A’s full-time
employee status. Because Employee A is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
treated as a new employee, Employee A’s
hours of service prior to termination are not
required to be taken into account for
purposes of the measurement period, and the
period between termination and rehire with
no hours of service is not taken into account
in the new measurement period that begins
after the employee is rehired.
Example 3. (i) Facts. Employee B is
employed by Employer X, an educational
organization as defined in paragraph (e)(3) of
this section. Employee B is employed for 38
hours of service per week on average from
September 7, 2013 through May 22, 2014,
and then does not provide services (and is
not otherwise credited with an hour of
service) during the summer break when the
school is generally not in session except for
limited summer classes and activities.
Employee B resumes providing services for
Employer X on September 5, 2014, when the
new school year begins.
(ii) Conclusion. Because the period from
May 23 through September 4, 2014 (a total
of 15 weeks) during which Employee B is not
credited with an hour of service does not
exceed 26 weeks, and also does not exceed
the number of weeks of Employee B’s
immediately preceding period of
employment, Employee B is not treated as
having terminated employment on May 23,
2014 and having been rehired on September
5, 2014. Also, for purposes of determining
Employee B’s average hours per week for the
measurement period, Employee B is credited,
under the averaging method for employment
break periods applicable to educational
organizations, as having an average of 38
hours per week for the 15 weeks between
May 23 and September 4, 2014, during which
Employee B otherwise was credited with no
hours of service.
(f) Nonpayment or late payment of
premiums. An applicable large
employer member will not be treated as
failing to offer to a full-time employee
(and his or her dependents) the
opportunity to enroll in minimum
essential coverage under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan for an
employee whose coverage under the
plan is terminated during the coverage
period solely due to the employee
failing to make a timely payment of the
employee portion of the premium. This
treatment continues only through the
end of the coverage period (typically the
plan year). For this purpose, the rules in
§ 54.4980B–8, Q&A–5(a), (c), (d) and (e)
apply under this section to the payment
for coverage with respect to a full-time
employee in the same manner that they
apply to payment for COBRA
continuation coverage under
§ 54.4980B–8.
(g) Effective/applicability date. This
section is applicable for periods after
December 31, 2013.
§ 54.4980H–4 Assessable payments under
section 4980H(a).
(a) In general. If an applicable large
employer member fails to offer to its
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
full-time employees (and their
dependents) the opportunity to enroll in
minimum essential coverage under an
eligible employer-sponsored plan for
any calendar month, and the applicable
large employer member has received a
Section 1411 Certification with respect
to at least one full-time employee, an
assessable payment is imposed. For the
calendar month, the applicable large
employer member will owe an
assessable payment equal to the product
of the section 4980H(a) applicable
payment amount and the number of
full-time employees of the applicable
large employer member (adjusted in
accordance with paragraph (d) of this
section). For purposes of this paragraph
(a), an applicable large employer
member is treated as offering such
coverage to its full-time employees (and
their dependents) for a calendar month
if, for that month, it offers such coverage
to all but five percent (or, if greater, five)
of its full-time employees (provided that
an employee is treated as having been
offered coverage only if the employer
also offers coverage to that employee’s
dependents).
(b) Offer of coverage. An applicable
large employer member will not be
treated as having made an offer of
coverage to a full-time employee for a
plan year if the employee does not have
an effective opportunity to elect to
enroll (or decline to enroll) in the
coverage no less than once during the
plan year. Whether an employee has an
effective opportunity is determined
based on all the relevant facts and
circumstances, including adequacy of
notice of the availability of the offer of
coverage, the period of time during
which acceptance of the offer of
coverage may be made, and any other
conditions on the offer.
(c) Partial calendar month. If an
applicable large employer member fails
to offer coverage to a full-time employee
for any day of a calendar month, that
employee is treated as not offered
coverage during that entire month.
However, in a calendar month in which
the employment of a full-time employee
terminates, if the employee would have
been offered coverage for the entire
month had the employee been
employed for the entire month, the
employee is treated as having been
offered coverage for that entire month.
(d) Allocated reduction of 30 full-time
employees. For purposes of the liability
calculation under paragraph (a) of this
section, an applicable large employer
member’s number of full-time
employees is reduced by that member’s
allocable share of 30. The applicable
large employer member’s allocation is
equal to 30 allocated ratably among all
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
members of the applicable large
employer on the basis of the number of
full-time employees employed by each
applicable large employer member
during the calendar year. If an
applicable large employer member’s
total allocation is a fractional number
that is less than one, it will be rounded
up to one. This rounding rule may result
in the aggregate reduction for the entire
group of applicable large employer
members exceeding 30.
(e) Example. The following example
illustrates the provisions of paragraphs
(a) and (b) of this section.
Example. (i) Facts. Applicable large
employer member A and applicable large
employer member B are the two members of
an applicable large employer. Applicable
large employer member A employs 40 fulltime employees in each calendar month of
2015. Applicable large employer member B
employs 35 full-time employees in each
calendar month of 2015. For 2015, the
applicable payment amount for a calendar
month is $2,000 divided by 12. Applicable
large employer member A does not sponsor
an eligible employer-sponsored plan for any
calendar month of 2015, and receives a
Section 1411 Certification for 2015 with
respect to at least one of its full-time
employees. Applicable large employer
member B sponsors an eligible employersponsored plan under which all of its fulltime employees are eligible for minimum
essential coverage.
(ii) Conclusion. Pursuant to section
4980H(a) and this section, applicable large
employer member A is subject to an
assessable payment under section 4980H(a)
for 2015 of $48,000, which is equal to 24 ×
$2,000 (40 full-time employees reduced by 16
(its allocable share of the 30-employee offset
((40/75) × 30 = 16)) and then multiplied by
$2,000). Applicable large employer member
B is not subject to an assessable payment
under section 4980H(a) for 2015.
(f) Effective/applicability date. This
section is applicable for periods after
December 31, 2013.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
§ 54.4980H–5 Assessable payments under
section 4980H(b).
(a) In general. If an applicable large
employer member offers to its full-time
employees (and their dependents) the
opportunity to enroll in minimum
essential coverage under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan for any
calendar month (including an offer of
coverage to all but five percent or less
(or, if greater, five or less) of its full-time
employees (and their dependents)) and
the applicable large employer member
has received a Section 1411
Certification with respect to one or more
full-time employees of the applicable
large employer, then there is imposed
on the applicable large employer
member an assessable payment equal to
the product of the number of full-time
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
employees of the applicable large
employer member for which it has
received a Section 1411 Certification
(minus the number of those employees
who are new full-time employees during
their first three months of employment,
who are new variable hour or new
seasonal employees during the months
of that employee’s initial measurement
period (and associated administrative
period) under § 54.4980H–3(c)(3), or
who were offered the opportunity to
enroll in minimum essential coverage
under an eligible employer-sponsored
plan that satisfied minimum value and
met one or more of the affordability safe
harbors described in paragraph (e) of
this section) and the section 4980H(b)
applicable payment amount.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
aggregate amount of assessable payment
determined under this paragraph (a)
with respect to all employees of an
applicable large employer for any
calendar month may not exceed the
product of the section 4980H(a)
applicable payment amount and the
number of full-time employees of the
applicable large employer member
during that calendar month (reduced by
the applicable large employer member’s
ratable allocation of the 30 employee
reduction under § 54.4980H–4(d).
(b) Offer of coverage. For purposes of
this section, the same rules, with respect
to an offer of coverage for purposes of
section 4980H(a), apply. See
§ 54.4980H–4(b).
(c) Partial calendar month. If an
applicable large employer member fails
to offer coverage to a full-time employee
for any day of a calendar month, that
employee is treated as not offered
coverage during that entire month.
However, in a calendar month in which
a full-time employee’s employment
terminates, if the employee would have
been offered coverage if the employee
had been employed for the entire
month, the employee is treated as
having been offered coverage during
that month.
(d) Applicability to applicable large
employer member. The liability for an
assessable payment under section
4980H(b) for a calendar month with
respect to a full-time employee applies
solely to the applicable large employer
member that was the employer of that
employee for that calendar month,
provided that, if the employee was an
employee of more than one applicable
large employer member during that
calendar month, the liability for the
assessable payment under section
4980H(b) is allocated among the
different members in accordance with
the number of hours of service the
employee had from each such member
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
251
for that calendar month. For a calendar
month, an applicable large employer
member may be liable for an assessable
payment under section 4980H(a) or
under section 4980H(b), but may not be
liable for an assessable payment under
both section 4980H(a) and section
4980H(b).
(e) Affordability—(1) In general. An
employee who is offered coverage by an
applicable large employer member may
be eligible for a premium tax credit or
cost reduction if that offer of coverage
is not affordable within the meaning of
section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i). Under section
36B(c)(2)(C)(i), coverage under an
employer-sponsored plan is affordable
to a particular employee if the
employee’s required contribution
(within the meaning of section
5000A(e)(1)(B)(i)) to the plan does not
exceed 9.5 percent of the employee’s
household income for the taxable year.
For this purpose, section 36B(d)(2)(A)
defines the term household income to
mean the modified adjusted gross
income of the employee and any
members of the employee’s family
(which would include any spouse and
dependents) who are required to file a
federal income tax return. Section
36B(d)(2)(B) and § 1.36B–1(e)(2) of this
chapter define the term modified
adjusted gross income for this purpose
as adjusted gross income (within the
meaning of section 62) increased by—
(i) Amounts excluded from gross
income under section 911,
(ii) The amount of any tax-exempt
interest a taxpayer receives or accrues
during the taxable year, and
(iii) An amount equal to the portion
of the taxpayer’s social security benefits
(as defined in section 86(d)) which is
not included in gross income under
section 86 for the taxable year.
(2) Affordability safe harbors for
section 4980H(b) purposes. The
following affordability safe harbors
apply solely for purposes of section
4980H(b), so that an applicable large
employer member that offers minimum
essential coverage providing minimum
value will not be subject to an
assessable payment under section
4980H(b) with respect to any employee
receiving the premium tax credit or cost
sharing reduction for a period for which
the coverage is determined to be
affordable under the requirements of an
affordability safe harbor. This rule
applies even if the applicable large
employer member’s offer of coverage
that meets the requirements of an
affordability safe harbor is not
affordable for a particular employee
under section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i) and a
premium tax credit or cost-sharing is
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
252
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
allowed or paid with respect to that
employee
(i) Conditions of using an affordability
safe harbor. An applicable large
employer member may use one or more
of the affordability safe harbors
described in paragraph (e)(2) of this
section only if the employer offers its
full-time employees and their
dependents the opportunity to enroll in
MEC under an eligible employersponsored plan that provides minimum
value with respect to the self-only
coverage offered to the employee. Use of
any of the safe harbors is optional for an
applicable large employer, and an
applicable large employer member may
choose to apply the safe harbors for any
reasonable category of employees,
provided it does so on a uniform and
consistent basis for all employees in a
category.
(ii) Form W–2 safe harbor –(A) Fullyear offer of coverage. An employer will
not be subject to an assessable payment
under section 4980H(b) with respect to
a full-time employee if that employee’s
required contribution for the calendar
year for the employer’s lowest cost selfonly coverage that provides minimum
value during the entire calendar year
(excluding COBRA or other
continuation coverage) does not exceed
9.5 percent of that employee’s Form W–
2 wages from the employer for the
calendar year. Application of this safe
harbor is determined after the end of the
calendar year and on an employee-byemployee basis, taking into account the
Form W–2 wages and the required
employee contribution for that year. In
addition, to qualify for this safe harbor,
the employee’s required contribution
must remain a consistent amount or
percentage of all Form W–2 wages
during the calendar year (or for plans
with fiscal year plan years, within the
portion of each plan year during the
calendar year) so that an applicable
large employer member is not permitted
to make discretionary adjustments to the
required employee contribution for a
pay period. A periodic contribution that
is based on a consistent percentage of all
Form W–2 wages may be subject to a
dollar limit specified by the employer.
(B) Adjustment for partial-year offer
of coverage. For an employee not offered
coverage for an entire calendar year, the
Form W–2 safe harbor is applied by
adjusting the Form W–2 wages to reflect
the period for which coverage was
offered, then determining whether the
employee’s required contribution for the
employer’s lowest cost self-only
coverage that provides minimum value,
totaled for the periods during which
coverage was offered, does not exceed
9.5 percent of the adjusted amount of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
Form W–2 wages. To adjust Form W–2
wages for this purpose, the Form W–2
wages are multiplied by a fraction equal
to the number of calendar months for
which coverage was offered over the
number of calendar months in the
employee’s period of employment with
the employer during the calendar year.
For this purpose, if coverage is offered
during at least one day during the
calendar month, or the employee is
employed for at least one day during the
calendar month, the entire calendar
month is counted in determining the
applicable fraction.
(iii) Rate of pay safe harbor. An
applicable large employer member
satisfies the rate of pay safe harbor with
respect to an employee for a calendar
month if the employee’s required
contribution for the month for the
applicable large employer member’s
lowest cost self-only coverage that
provides minimum value does not
exceed 9.5 percent of an amount equal
to 130 hours multiplied by the
employee’s hourly rate of pay as of the
first day of the coverage period
(generally the first day of the plan year).
For salaried employees, monthly salary
is used instead of 130 multiplied by the
hourly rate of pay, and, solely for
purposes of this paragraph (e)(2)(iii), an
applicable large employer member may
use any reasonable method for
converting payroll periods to monthly
salary. An applicable large employer
member may use this safe harbor only
to the extent it does not reduce the
hourly wage of hourly employees or the
monthly wages of salaried employees
during the calendar year (including
through the transfer of employment to
another applicable large employer
member of the same applicable large
employer). For this purpose, if coverage
is offered during at least one day during
the calendar month, the entire calendar
month is counted both for purposes of
determining the assumed income for the
calendar month and for determining the
employee’s share of the premium for the
calendar month.
(iv) Federal poverty line safe harbor.
An applicable large employer member
satisfies the Federal poverty line safe
harbor with respect to an employee for
a calendar month if the employee’s
required contribution for the calendar
month for the applicable large employer
member’s lowest cost self-only coverage
that provides minimum value does not
exceed 9.5 percent of a monthly amount
determined as the Federal poverty line
for a single individual for the applicable
calendar year, divided by 12. For this
purpose, if coverage is offered during at
least one day during the calendar
month, the entire calendar month is
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
counted both for purposes of
determining the assumed income for the
calendar month and for determining the
employee’s share of the premium for the
calendar month. For this purpose, the
applicable Federal poverty line is the
Federal poverty line for the State in
which the employee is employed.
(v) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of the
affordability safe harbors described in
paragraph (e)(2) of this section:
Example 1. (Form W–2 wages safe harbor).
(i) Facts. Employee A is employed by
applicable large employer member Z
consistently from January 1, 2015 through
December 31, 2015. In addition, Z offers
Employee A and his dependents minimum
essential coverage during that period that
meets the minimum value requirements. The
employee contribution for self-only coverage
is $100 per calendar month, or $1,200 for the
calendar year. For 2015, Employee A’s Form
W–2 wages with respect to employment with
Z are $24,000.
(ii) Conclusion. Because the employee
contribution for 2015 is less than 9.5% of
Employee A’s Form W–2 wages for 2015, the
coverage offered is treated as affordable with
respect to Employee A for 2015 ($1,200 is 5%
of $24,000).
Example 2. (Form W–2 wages safe harbor).
(i) Facts. Employee B is employed by
applicable large employer member Y from
January 1, 2015 through September 30, 2015.
In addition, Y offers Employee B and his
dependents minimum essential coverage
during that period that meets the minimum
value requirements. The employee
contribution for self-only coverage is $100
per calendar month, or $900 for Employee
B’s period of employment. For 2015,
Employee B’s Form W–2 wages with respect
to employment with Y are $18,000. For
purposes of applying the affordability safe
harbor, the Form W–2 wages are multiplied
by 9⁄9 (9 calendar months of coverage offered
over 9 months of employment during the
calendar year) or 1. Accordingly, affordability
is determined by comparing the adjusted
Form W–2 wages ($18,000) to the employee
contribution for the period for which
coverage was offered ($900).
(ii) Conclusion. Because the result is less
than 9.5% of Employee B’s Form W–2 wages
for 2015, the coverage offered is treated as
affordable with respect to Employee B for
2015 ($900 is 5% of $18,000).
Example 3. (Form W–2 wages safe harbor).
(i) Facts. Employee C is employed by
applicable large employer member X from
May 15, 2015 through December 31, 2015. In
addition, X offers Employee C and her
dependents minimum essential coverage
during the period from August 1, 2015
through December 31, 2015 that meets the
minimum value requirements. The employee
contribution for self-only coverage is $100
per calendar month, or $500 for Employee
C’s period of employment. For 2015,
Employee C’s Form W–2 wages with respect
to employment with X are $15,000. For
purposes of applying the affordability safe
harbor, the Form W–2 wages are multiplied
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
by 5⁄8 (5 calendar months of coverage offered
over 8 months of employment during the
calendar year). Accordingly, affordability is
determined by comparing the adjusted Form
W–2 wages ($9,375 or $15,000 x 5⁄8) to the
employer contribution for the period for
which coverage was offered ($500).
(ii) Conclusion. Because $500 is less than
9.5% of $9,375 (Employee C’s adjusted Form
W–2 wages for 2015), the coverage offered is
treated as affordable with respect to
Employee C for 2015 ($500 is 5.33% of
$9,375).
Example 4. (Rate of pay safe harbor). (i)
Facts. Employee D is employed by applicable
large employer member W from January 1,
2015 through December 31, 2015. In
addition, W offers Employee D and his
dependents minimum essential coverage
during that period that meets the minimum
value requirements. The employee
contribution for self-only coverage is $85 per
calendar month. Employee D is paid at a rate
of $7.25 per hour (the minimum wage in
Employer W’s jurisdiction), for the entire
year 2015. For purposes of applying the
affordability safe harbor, W may assume that
Employee D earned $942.50 per calendar
month (130 hours of service multiplied by
$7.25 per hour). Accordingly, affordability is
determined by comparing the assumed
income per month ($942.50) to the employee
contribution per month ($85).
(ii) Conclusion. Because $85 is less than
9.5% of Employee D’s assumed income, the
coverage offered is treated as affordable with
respect to Employee D for 2015 ($85 is 9.01%
of $942.50).
Example 5. (Rate of pay safe harbor). (i)
Facts. Employee E is employed by applicable
large employer member V from May 15, 2015
through December 31, 2015. In addition, V
offers Employee E and her dependents
minimum essential coverage from August 1,
2015 through December 31, 2015 that meets
the minimum value requirements. The
employee contribution for self-only coverage
is $100 per calendar month. From May 15,
2015 through October 31, 2015, Employee E
is paid at a rate of $10 per hour. From
November 1, 2015 through December 31,
2015, Employee E is paid at a rate of $12 per
hour. For purposes of applying the
affordability safe harbor V may assume that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:51 Dec 31, 2012
Jkt 229001
Employee E earned $1,300 per calendar
month (130 hours of service multiplied by
the lowest hourly rate of pay for the calendar
year, or $10). Accordingly, affordability is
determined by comparing the assumed
income ($1,300 per month) to the employee
contribution ($100 per month).
(ii) Conclusion. Because $100 is less than
9.5% of Employee E’s assumed monthly
income, the coverage offered is treated as
affordable with respect to Employee E for
2015 ($100 is 7.69% of $1,300).
Example 6. (Federal poverty line safe
harbor). (i) Facts. Employee F is employed by
applicable large employer member W from
January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015.
In addition, W offers Employee F and his
dependents minimum essential coverage
during that period that meets the minimum
value requirements. W uses the look-back
measurement method. Under that method as
applied by W, Employee F is treated as a fulltime employee for the entire calendar year
2015. Employee F is regularly credited with
35 hours of service per week but is credited
with only 20 hours of service during the
month of March, 2015 and only 15 hours of
service during the month of August, 2015.
Assume for this purpose that the Federal
poverty line for 2015 for an individual is
$11,170. With respect to Employee F, W
determines the monthly employee
contribution for employee single-only
coverage for each calendar month of 2015 as
an amount equal to 9.5% multiplied by
$11,170, which is $1,061.15, and that amount
is then divided by 12, and the result is
$88.43.
(ii) Conclusion. Regardless of Employee F’s
actual wages for any calendar month,
including the months of March, 2015 and
August, 2015 when Employee F has lower
wages because of significantly lower hours of
service, the coverage under the plan is
treated as affordable with respect to
Employee F.
(f) Effective/applicability date. This
section is applicable for periods after
December 31, 2013.
§ 54.4980H–6
Procedure
Administration and
Frm 00037
(b) Effective/applicability date. This
section is applicable for periods after
December 31, 2013.
PART 301—PROCEDURE AND
ADMINISTRATION
Par. 5. The authority citation for part
301 continues to read in part as follows:
■
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par. 6. Section 301.7701–2 is
amended as follows:
■ 1. In paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A)(3), the
language ‘‘and 4412; and’’ is removed
and ‘‘and 4412;’’ is added in its place.
■ 2. In paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A)(4), the
language ‘‘or 6427.’’ is removed and ‘‘or
6427; and’’ is added in its place.
■ 3. Paragraphs (c)(2)(v)(A)(5) and
(e)(6)(iii) are added.
The additions read as follows:
■
§ 301.7701–2
definitions.
Business entities;
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) * * *
(A) * * *
(5) Assessment and collection of an
assessable payment imposed by section
4980H and reporting required by section
6056.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(6) * * *
(iii) Paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A)(5) of this
section applies for periods after
December 31, 2013.
*
*
*
*
*
Steven T. Miller,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
[FR Doc. 2012–31269 Filed 12–28–12; 4:15 pm]
(a) In general. [Reserved]
PO 00000
253
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
E:\FR\FM\02JAP5.SGM
02JAP5
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 78, Number 1 (Wednesday, January 2, 2013)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 217-253]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2012-31269]
[[Page 217]]
Vol. 78
Wednesday,
No. 1
January 2, 2013
Part V
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage; Proposed
Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 78 , No. 1 / Wednesday, January 2, 2013 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 218]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301
[REG-138006-12]
RIN 1545-BL33
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking and notice of public hearing.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains proposed regulations providing guidance
under section 4980H of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) with respect to
the shared responsibility for employers regarding employee health
coverage. These proposed regulations would affect only employers that
meet the definition of ``applicable large employer'' as described in
these proposed regulations. As discussed in section X of this preamble,
employers may rely on these proposed regulations for guidance pending
the issuance of final regulations or other applicable guidance. This
document also provides notice of a public hearing on these proposed
regulations.
DATES: Written or electronic comments must be received by March 18,
2013. Outlines of topics to be discussed at the public hearing
scheduled for April 23, 2013, at 10:00 a.m., must be received by April
3, 2013.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-138006-12), Internal
Revenue Service, room 5203, POB 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington,
DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through Friday
between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-138006-12),
Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW.,
Washington, DC. Alternatively, taxpayers may submit comments
electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at https://www.regulations.gov (IRS REG-138006-12). The public hearing will be
held in the Auditorium, Internal Revenue Building, 1111 Constitution
Avenue NW., Washington, DC.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Concerning the proposed regulations,
call Kathryn Bjornstad at (202) 927-9639; concerning submissions of
comments, the hearing, and/or to be placed on the building access list
to attend the hearing, call Oluwafunmilayo Taylor at (202) 622-7180
(not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
This document contains proposed Pension Excise Tax Regulations (26
CFR part 54) under section 4980H of the Code. Section 4980H was added
to the Code by section 1513 of the Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act, enacted March 23, 2010, Public Law 111-148, and amended by
section 1003 of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of
2010, enacted March 30, 2010, Public Law 111-152, and further amended
by the Department of Defense and Full-Year Continuing Appropriations
Act, 2011, Public Law 112-10 (125 Stat. 38, (2011)), (collectively, the
Affordable Care Act). Section 4980H is effective for months beginning
after December 31, 2013.
I. Section 4980H
In General
Section 4980H generally provides that an applicable large employer
is subject to an assessable payment if either (1) the employer fails to
offer to its full-time employees (and their dependents) the opportunity
to enroll in minimum essential coverage \1\ (MEC) under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan and any full-time employee is certified to the
employer as having received an applicable premium tax credit or cost-
sharing reduction (section 4980H(a) liability), or (2) the employer
offers its full-time employees (and their dependents) the opportunity
to enroll in MEC under an eligible employer-sponsored plan and one or
more full-time employees is certified to the employer as having
received an applicable premium tax credit or cost-sharing reduction
(section 4980H(b) liability). Generally, section 4980H(b) liability may
arise because, with respect to a full-time employee who has been
certified to the employer as having received an applicable premium tax
credit or cost-sharing reduction, the employer's coverage is
unaffordable within the meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i) or does not
provide minimum value within the meaning of section
36B(c)(2)(C)(ii).\1\ As noted, an employer may be liable for an
assessable payment under section 4980H(a) or (b) only if one or more
full-time employees are certified to the employer as having received an
applicable premium tax credit or cost-sharing reduction.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ See section III of the Background section of the preamble
for a discussion of MEC, minimum value and affordability.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The assessable payment under section 4980H(a) is based on all
(excluding the first 30) full-time employees, while the assessable
payment under section 4980H(b) is based on the number of full-time
employees who are certified to the employer as having received an
applicable premium tax credit or cost-sharing reduction with respect to
that employee's purchase of health insurance for himself or herself on
an Exchange. In contrast, an employee's receipt of a premium tax credit
or cost sharing reduction with respect to coverage for a dependent will
not result in liability for the employer under section 4980H. Under
section 4980H(b), liability is contingent on whether the employer
offers minimum essential coverage under an eligible employer-sponsored
plan, and whether that coverage is affordable and provides minimum
value, as determined by reference to the cost and characteristics of
employee-only coverage offered to the employee. Section 4980H(c)(4)
provides that a full-time employee with respect to any month is an
employee who is employed on average at least 30 hours of service per
week. An applicable large employer with respect to a calendar year is
defined in section 4980H(c)(2) as an employer that employed an average
of at least 50 full-time employees on business days during the
preceding calendar year. For purposes of determining whether an
employer is an applicable large employer, full-time equivalent
employees (FTEs), which are statutorily determined based on the hours
of service of employees who are not full-time employees, are taken into
account.
II. Previous Guidance
The Treasury Department and the IRS have published four notices
addressing issues under section 4980H. Each notice, briefly summarized
in this section of the preamble, outlined potential approaches to
future guidance, and each requested public comments. See Notice 2011-36
(2011-21 IRB 792), Notice 2011-73 (2011-40 IRB 474), Notice 2012-17
(2012-9 IRB 430), and Notice 2012-58 (2012-41 IRB 436). Notice 2012-58
also provided guidance that taxpayers may rely upon for periods
specified in the notice. Extensive public comments were submitted in
response to each of the four notices. See Sec. 601.601(d)(2).
A. Notice 2011-36
Notice 2011-36 addressed the definitions of employer, employee, and
hours of service. The notice also specifically described and requested
comments on a possible approach that would permit employers to use an
optional ``look-back/stability period safe harbor'' to determine
whether ongoing employees (that is, employees other
[[Page 219]]
than new employees) are full-time employees for purposes of determining
and calculating assessable payments under section 4980H. (In the
proposed regulations and the remainder of this preamble, this optional
safe harbor method generally is referred to, for convenience, as the
``look-back measurement method.'') This method may not be used for
purposes of determining status as an applicable large employer, which
is prescribed by the statute.
Under this method, an employer would determine each ongoing
employee's status as a full-time employee by looking back at a defined
period of not less than three but not more than 12 consecutive calendar
months, as chosen by the employer (the measurement period), to
determine whether during that measurement period the employee was
employed on average at least 30 hours of service per week. If the
employee were determined to be employed on average at least 30 hours of
service per week during the measurement period, then the employee would
be treated as a full-time employee during a subsequent period (the
stability period), regardless of the employee's hours of service during
the stability period, so long as he or she remained an employee. For an
employee who has been determined to be employed on average at least 30
hours of service per week during the measurement period, the stability
period would be a period that followed the measurement period, and the
duration of which was at least the greater of six consecutive calendar
months or the length of the measurement period. If the employee were
employed on average less than 30 hours per week during the measurement
period, the employer would be permitted to treat the employee as not a
full-time employee during a stability period that followed the
measurement period, but the length of the stability period could not
exceed the length of the measurement period.
Notice 2011-36 also outlined potential approaches under section
4980H for determining whether an employer is an applicable large
employer, including calculating the number of the employer's full-time
employees and full-time equivalents, defining employer and employee,
and calculating the number of hours of service completed by an
employee.
B. Notice 2011-73
Notice 2011-73 addressed the requirement that, in order to avoid a
potential assessable payment under section 4980H(b), the coverage
offered be affordable, generally meaning that the employee portion of
the self-only premium for the employer's lowest cost coverage that
provides minimum value not exceed 9.5 percent of the employee's
household income. Recognizing the inability of employers to ascertain
their employees' total household incomes, Notice 2011-73 described a
potential safe harbor under which coverage offered by an employer to an
employee would be treated as affordable for section 4980H liability
purposes if the employee's required contribution for that coverage was
no more than 9.5 percent of the employee's wages from the employer
reported in Box 1 of the Form W-2 (Form W-2 wages) instead of household
income. This potential affordability safe harbor would apply in
determining whether an employer is subject to the assessable payment
under section 4980H(b), but would not affect an employee's eligibility
for a premium tax credit under section 36B.
C. Notice 2012-17
Notice 2012-17 stated that the Treasury Department and the IRS
intended to incorporate the look-back measurement method described in
Notice 2011-36 and the affordability safe harbor described in Notice
2011-73 into upcoming proposed regulations or other guidance.
Notice 2012-17 also described and requested comments on a potential
approach for determining the full-time status of a new employee. Under
that approach, if, based on the facts and circumstances at the date the
employee began providing services to the employer (the start date), a
new employee was reasonably expected to be employed an average of 30
hours of service per week on an annual basis and was employed full-time
during the first three months of employment, the employer's group
health plan would be required to offer the employee coverage as of the
end of that period in order to avoid a potential section 4980H
assessable payment for periods after the end of that three-month
period. In contrast, if, based on the facts and circumstances at the
start date, it could not reasonably be determined whether the new
employee was expected to be employed on average at least 30 hours of
service per week because the employee's hours were variable or
otherwise uncertain, employers would be given three months or, in
certain cases, six months, without incurring an assessable payment
under section 4980H, to determine whether the employee was a full-time
employee.
In response to Notice 2012-17, many commenters requested that
employers be allowed to use a measurement period of up to 12 months to
determine the status of new employees, similar to the potential
approach outlined in Notice 2011-36 to determine the status of ongoing
employees (although some commenters were not in favor of allowing a
measurement period of up to 12 months for new employees).
D. Notice 2012-58
Notice 2012-58 provided employers reliance, through at least the
end of 2014, on the guidance contained in that notice and on the
following approaches described in the prior notices discussed in this
section of the preamble: (1) For ongoing employees, an employer will be
permitted to use measurement and stability periods of up to 12 months;
(2) for new employees who are reasonably expected to be full-time
employees, an employer that maintains a group health plan that meets
certain requirements will not be subject to an assessable payment under
section 4980H for failing to offer coverage to the employee for the
initial three months of employment; and (3) for all employees, an
employer will not be subject to an assessable payment under section
4980H(b) for failure to offer affordable coverage to an employee if the
coverage offered to that employee was affordable based on the
employee's Form W-2 wages and otherwise provided minimum value.
Notice 2012-58 also announced and provided similar reliance on a
revised optional look-back measurement method for new employees with
variable hours and new seasonal employees that more closely resembled
the optional method for ongoing employees described in Notice 2011-36.
The expanded method provides employers the option to use a measurement
period of up to 12 months to determine whether new variable-hour
employees or seasonal employees are full-time employees, without being
subject to an assessable payment under section 4980H for this period
with respect to those employees. Under this approach, a new employee is
a variable hour employee if, based on the facts and circumstances at
the employee's start date, it cannot be determined that the employee is
reasonably expected to be employed on average at least 30 hours of
service per week.
In addition, Notice 2012-58 proposed and provided similar reliance
on an option for employers to use specified administrative periods (in
conjunction with specified measurement periods) for ongoing employees
and certain new employees, and facilitated a transition for new
employees from the determination method the employer
[[Page 220]]
chose to use for new employees to the determination method the employer
chose to use for ongoing employees. Notice 2012-58 provided employers
reliance for these options, through at least the end of 2014.
III. Minimum Essential Coverage, Minimum Value and Affordability
Under section 4980H, an applicable large employer member \2\ may be
subject to an assessable payment under section 4980H(a) if the employer
fails to offer its full-time employees (and their dependents) the
opportunity to enroll in MEC under an eligible employer-sponsored plan.
Also, under section 4980H(b), an applicable large employer member may
be subject to an assessable payment if its offer of MEC under an
eligible employer-sponsored plan is unaffordable (within the meaning of
section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i)) or does not provide minimum value (within the
meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii)). The determinations of MEC,
minimum value and affordability are all determined by reference to
other statutory provisions, but also all relate to the determination of
liability under section 4980H, as described in this section of the
preamble.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ For explanation of applicable large employer and applicable
large employer member, see section I.A.2. and section III.A. of the
preamble. If the applicable large employer consists of only one
entity, rather than a controlled group of entities, then the
applicable large employer member is the applicable large employer.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Minimum Essential Coverage--In General
MEC is defined in section 5000A(f). Section 5000A(f)(1)(B) provides
that MEC includes coverage under an eligible employer-sponsored plan.
Under section 5000A(f)(2), an eligible employer-sponsored plan is a
group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by an
employer to an employee that is a governmental plan (within the meaning
of section 2791(d)(8) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
300gg-91(d)(8))), any other plan or coverage offered in the small or
large group market, or a grandfathered plan offered in the group
market. Section 5000A(f)(3) provides that MEC does not include health
insurance coverage which consists of coverage of excepted benefits
described in section 2791(c)(1) of the Public Health Service Act, or
sections 2971(c)(2), (3) or (4) of the Public Health Service Act if the
benefits are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or contract
of insurance. Future regulations under section 5000A are expected to
provide further guidance on the definition of MEC and eligible
employer-sponsored plans. These regulations under section 5000A are
expected to provide that an employer-sponsored plan will not fail to be
MEC solely because it is a plan to reimburse employees for medical care
for which reimbursement is not provided under a policy of accident and
health insurance (a self-insured plan).
B. Minimum Value--In General
If the coverage offered by an applicable large employer fails to
provide minimum value, an employee may be eligible to receive a premium
tax credit. Under section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii), a plan fails to provide
minimum value if the plan's share of the total allowed costs of
benefits provided under the plan is less than 60 percent of those
costs. Section 1302(d)(2)(C) of the Affordable Care Act sets forth the
rules for calculating the percentage of total allowed costs of benefits
provided under a group health plan or health insurance plan. Notice
2012-31 (2012-20 IRB 906) requested comments on potential approaches
for determining minimum value.
On November 26, 2012, the Department of Health and Human Services
(HHS) issued proposed regulations providing guidance on methodologies
for determining minimum value (77 FR 70644). Those HHS proposed
regulations provide that the percentage of the total allowed cost of
benefits will be determined using one of the main methodologies
described in those proposed regulations and Notice 2012-31. These
methodologies include a minimum value calculator which will be made
available by HHS and the IRS. The proposed regulations also provide
that minimum value for employer-sponsored self-insured group health
plans and insured large group health plans will be determined using a
standard population that is based upon large self-insured group health
plans. Also, as there is no requirement that employer-sponsored self-
insured and insured large group health plans offer all categories of
essential health benefits or conform to any of the essential health
benefit benchmarks, the proposed regulations describe how to take
account of a benefit that an employer offers that is outside the
parameters of the minimum value calculator. The Treasury Department and
the IRS intend to propose additional guidance under section 36B with
respect to minimum value. All comments received in response to Notice
2012-31 are being considered in connection with the development of that
guidance.
C. Affordability--In General
For purposes of eligibility for the premium tax credit, coverage
for an employee under an employer-sponsored plan is affordable if the
employee's required contribution (within the meaning of section
5000A(e)(1)(B)) for self-only coverage \3\ does not exceed 9.5 percent
of the employee's household income for the taxable year. See section
36B(c)(2)(C)(i) and Sec. 1.36B-1(e). Household income for purposes of
section 36B is defined as the modified adjusted gross income of the
employee and any members of the employee's family (including a spouse
and dependents) who are required to file an income tax return. Section
36B(d)(2)(A). Modified adjusted gross income means adjusted gross
income (within the meaning of section 62) increased by (1) amounts
excluded from gross income under section 911, (2) the amount of any
tax-exempt interest a taxpayer receives or accrues during the taxable
year, and (3) an amount equal to the portion of the taxpayer's social
security benefits (as defined in section 86(d)) which is not included
in gross income under section 86 for the taxable year. See section
36B(d)(2)(B) and Sec. 1.36B-1(e)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ TD 9590 (77 FR 30377) reserved the rules under section 36B
on determining affordability of coverage under an eligible employer-
sponsored plan for individuals eligible for coverage because of a
relationship to an employee.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Explanation of Provisions
The proposed regulations generally incorporate the provisions of
Notice 2012-58, as well as many of the provisions of Notices 2011-36,
2011-73, and 2012-17, with some modifications in response to comments.
The regulations also propose guidance on additional issues. Employers
will be permitted to rely on these proposed regulations to the extent
described in the section X of this preamble.
The proposed regulations are organized as follows: definitions
(proposed Sec. 54.4980H-1), rules for determining status as an
applicable large employer and applicable large employer member
(proposed Sec. 54.4980H-2), rules for determining full-time employees
(proposed Sec. 54.4980H-3), rules for determining assessable payments
under section 4980H(a) (proposed Sec. 54.4980H-4), rules for
determining whether an employer is subject to assessable payments under
section 4980H(b) (proposed Sec. 54.4980H-5), and rules relating to the
administration and assessment of assessable payments under section
4980H (proposed Sec. 54.4980H-6).
[[Page 221]]
I. Determination of Applicable Large Employer Status
A. Identification of Employer and Employees
1. In General
Only applicable large employers may be liable for an assessable
payment under section 4980H. Section 4980H(c)(2) defines an applicable
large employer with respect to a calendar year as an employer that
employed an average of at least 50 full-time employees (taking into
account FTEs) on business days during the preceding calendar year. The
proposed regulations adopt the position outlined in Notice 2011-36
under which an employee is an individual who is an employee under the
common law standard, and an employer is the person that is the employer
of an employee under the common law standard. Under the common law
standard, an employment relationship exists when the person for whom
the services are performed has the right to control and direct the
individual who performs the services, not only as to the result to be
accomplished by the work but also as to the details and means by which
that result is accomplished. Under the common law standard, an
employment relationship exists if an employee is subject to the will
and control of the employer not only as to what shall be done but how
it shall be done. In this connection, it is not necessary that the
employer actually direct or control the manner in which the services
are performed; it is sufficient if the employer has the right to do so.
See Sec. Sec. 31.3121(d)-1(c), 31.3231(b)-1(a)(2), 31.3306(i)-1(b),
and 31.3401(c)-1(b).
Several commenters responding to Notice 2011-36 asked that the
definition of employer in the Fair Labor Standards Act be used instead
of the common law employer. However, the term employer, as generally
used in the Code, refers to the common law employer. Further, use of
the common law standard is consistent with the definition of employer
generally applied in Title I of the Affordable Care Act (which includes
section 4980H). Specifically, section 1551 of the Affordable Care Act
provides that ``unless specifically provided otherwise, the definitions
contained in section 2791 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
300gg-91) shall apply with respect to this title.'' Section 2791 of the
Public Health Service Act provides that the term employer has the
meaning given that term in section 3(5) of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act (ERISA) (29 U.S.C. 1002(5)), that is, the common
law employer. For these reasons, the proposed regulations do not adopt
this comment and instead use the common law standard for determining an
employee's employer.
As noted in Notice 2011-36, section 414(n), which treats leased
employees (as defined in section 414(n)(2)) as employees of the service
recipient for various purposes, does not cross-reference section 4980H
(and is not cross-referenced by section 4980H) and accordingly does not
apply for section 4980H purposes. In addition, for purposes of section
4980H, a sole proprietor, a partner in a partnership, or a 2-percent S
corporation shareholder is not an employee; but an individual who
provides services as both an employee and a non-employee (such as an
individual serving as both an employee and a director) is an employee
with respect to his or her hours of service as an employee.
The identification of full-time employees for purposes of
determining status as an applicable large employer under section 4980H
is, by statute, performed on a look-back basis using data from the
prior year, taking into account the hours of service of all employees
employed in the prior year (full-time employees and non-full-time
employees). Therefore, the look-back measurement method that may be
used to identify full-time employees for purposes of determining
potential section 4980H(a) or (b) liability does not apply for purposes
of determining status as an applicable large employer. Instead, the
determination of whether an employer is an applicable large employer
for a year is based upon the actual hours of service of employees in
the prior year. But see section IX.E. of this preamble for transition
relief allowing use of a shorter look-back period in 2013 for purposes
of determining applicable large employer status for 2014.
2. Application of Aggregation Rules
For purposes of counting the number of full-time and full-time
equivalent employees for determining whether an employer is an
applicable large employer, section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(i) provides that all
entities treated as a single employer under section 414(b), (c), (m),
or (o) are treated as a single employer for purposes of section 4980H.
Thus, all employees of a controlled group under section 414(b) or (c),
or an affiliated service group under section 414(m), are taken into
account in determining whether the members of the controlled group or
affiliated service group together constitute an applicable large
employer.
Section 4980H applies to all common law employers, including an
employer that is a government entity (such as Federal, State, local or
Indian tribal government entities) and an employer that is an
organization described in section 501(c) that is exempt from Federal
income tax under section 501(a). The proposed regulations reserve on
the application of the section 414(b), (c), (m), and (o) aggregation
rules in section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(i) to government entities and churches,
or a convention or association of churches (as defined in Sec. 1.170A-
9(b)). Until further guidance is issued, government entities, churches,
and a convention or association of churches may rely on a reasonable,
good faith interpretation of section 414(b), (c), (m), and (o) in
determining whether a person or group of persons is an applicable large
employer.
Several commenters asked for clarification of whether the
aggregation rules used in determining applicable large employer status
also applied for purposes of determining liability for, and the amount
of, an assessable payment. The proposed regulations clarify that for a
calendar year during which an employer is an applicable large employer,
the section 4980H standards generally are applied separately to each
person that is a member of the controlled group comprising the employer
(with each such person referred to as an applicable large employer
member) in determining liability for, and the amount of, any assessable
payment. For example, if an applicable large employer is comprised of a
parent corporation and 10 wholly owned subsidiary corporations, each of
the 11 corporations, regardless of the number of employees, is an
applicable large employer member. For a discussion of the related
information reporting requirements for applicable large employer
members under section 6056, see section VII of this preamble.
3. Foreign Employers and Foreign Employees
Some commenters on Notice 2011-36 requested guidance on whether
foreign employees working for foreign entities are excluded in
determining status as an applicable large employer, and in determining
any potential liability under section 4980H. For example, commenters
asked whether a large foreign corporation with a small U.S. presence
(under 50 employees) would be subject to section 4980H. These proposed
regulations generally address these issues through the definition of
hours of service, discussed in section II.B.2. of this preamble.
[[Page 222]]
4. Successor Employers
Section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(iii) provides that, for purposes of
determining applicable large employer status, an employer includes a
predecessor employer. The regulations reserve, and therefore do not
address, the specific rules for identifying a predecessor employer (or
the corresponding successor employer). Rules for identifying successor
employers have been developed in the employment tax context for
determining when wages paid by a predecessor may be attributed to a
successor employer (see Sec. 31.3121(a)(1)-1(b)). The Treasury
Department and the IRS anticipate that rules similar to this provision
may form the basis for the rule on identifying a predecessor or
successor employer for purposes of the section 4980H applicable large
employer determination, and invite comments on whether these employment
tax rules are appropriate and whether any modifications of the rules
may be necessary. Until further guidance is issued, taxpayers may rely
upon a reasonable, good faith interpretation of the statutory provision
on predecessor (and successor) employers for purposes of the applicable
large employer determination.
For purposes of assessment and collection, and not for purposes of
the applicable large employer determination, State law may provide for
liability of a successor employer for a section 4980H assessable
payment which has been, or could have been, imposed on a predecessor
employer. In that case, the liability could be assessed, paid, and
collected from the successor employer in accordance with section 6901.
5. New Employers
Section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(ii) and these proposed regulations provide
that an employer not in existence during an entire preceding calendar
year is an applicable large employer for the current calendar year if
it is reasonably expected to employ an average of at least 50 full-time
employees (taking into account FTEs) on business days during the
current calendar year. One commenter suggested that a new employer be
exempted from any potential assessable payment under section 4980H, or
alternatively, that the standard should be a minimum period of
operations in the preceding calendar year. The proposed regulations do
not adopt this suggestion because it is inconsistent with the statutory
provision addressing new employers in section 4980H(c)(2)(C)(ii).
However, comments are requested on whether the final regulations should
adopt any safe harbors or presumptions to assist a new employer in
determining whether it is an applicable large employer.
6. Seasonal Workers
Section 4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) provides that if an employer's workforce
exceeds 50 full-time employees for 120 days or fewer during a calendar
year, and the employees in excess of 50 who were employed during that
period of no more than 120 days were seasonal workers, the employer is
not an applicable large employer. Notice 2011-36 provided that, for
this purpose only, four calendar months would be treated as the
equivalent of 120 days. In response to comments, and consistent with
Notice 2011-36, these proposed regulations provide that, solely for
purposes of the seasonal worker exception in determining whether an
employer is an applicable large employer, an employer may apply either
a period of four calendar months (whether or not consecutive) or a
period of 120 days (whether or not consecutive). Because the 120-day
period referred to in section 4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) is not part of the
definition of the term seasonal worker, an employee would not
necessarily be precluded from being treated as a seasonal worker merely
because the employee works, for example, on a seasonal basis for five
consecutive months. In addition, the 120-day period referred to in
section 4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) is relevant only for applying the seasonal
worker exception for determining status as an applicable large
employer, and is not relevant for determining whether an employee is a
seasonal employee for purposes of the look-back measurement method
(meaning that an employee who provides services for more than 120 days
per year may nonetheless qualify as a seasonal employee). See section
II.C.2. of this preamble for a discussion of the application of the
look-back measurement method to seasonal employees.
For purposes of the definition of an applicable large employer,
section 4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) defines a seasonal worker as a worker who
performs labor or services on a seasonal basis, as defined by the
Secretary of Labor, including (but not limited to) workers covered by
29 CFR 500.20(s)(1) and retail workers employed exclusively during
holiday seasons. This definition of seasonal worker is incorporated in
these proposed regulations. The Department of Labor (DOL) regulations
at 29 CFR 500.20(s)(1) to which section 4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) refers, and
that interpret the Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Workers Protection
Act, provide that ``[l]abor is performed on a seasonal basis where,
ordinarily, the employment pertains to or is of the kind exclusively
performed at certain seasons or periods of the year and which, from its
nature, may not be continuous or carried on throughout the year. A
worker who moves from one seasonal activity to another, while employed
in agriculture or performing agricultural labor, is employed on a
seasonal basis even though he may continue to be employed during a
major portion of the year.''
After consultation with the DOL, the Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that the term seasonal worker, as incorporated in
section 4980H, is not limited to agricultural or retail workers. Until
further guidance is issued, employers may apply a reasonable, good
faith interpretation of the statutory definition of seasonal worker,
including a reasonable good faith interpretation of the standard set
forth under the DOL regulations at 29 CFR 500.20(s)(1) and quoted in
this paragraph, applied by analogy to workers and employment positions
not otherwise covered under those DOL regulations.
Several commenters suggested that seasonal workers not be counted
in determining whether an employer is an applicable large employer.
However, because section 4980H(c)(2) requires the inclusion of seasonal
workers in the applicable large employer determination (and then
excludes them only if certain conditions are satisfied), this
suggestion is not adopted.
7. Full-Time Equivalent Employees
Solely for purposes of determining whether an employer is an
applicable large employer for the current calendar year, section
4980H(c)(2)(E) provides that the employer must calculate the number of
full-time equivalent employees (FTEs) it employed during the preceding
calendar year and count each FTE as one full-time employee for that
year. The proposed regulations apply this provision using the
calculation method for FTEs that was included in Notice 2011-36. Under
that method, all employees (including seasonal workers) who were not
full-time employees for any month in the preceding calendar year are
included in calculating the employer's FTEs for that month by (1)
calculating the aggregate number of hours of service (but not more than
120 hours of service for any employee) for all employees who were not
employed on average at least 30 hours of service per week for that
[[Page 223]]
month, and (2) dividing the total hours of service in step (1) by 120.
This is the number of FTEs for the calendar month.
In determining the number of FTEs for each calendar month,
fractions are taken into account. For example, if for a calendar month
employees who were not employed on average at least 30 hours of service
per week have 1,260 hours of service in the aggregate, there would be
10.5 FTEs for that month. However, after adding the 12 monthly full-
time employee and FTE totals, and dividing by 12, all fractions would
be disregarded. For example, 49.9 full-time employees (including FTEs)
for the preceding calendar year would be rounded down to 49 full-time
employees (and thus the employer would not be an applicable large
employer in the current calendar year).
Some commenters suggested that the definition of FTE in section 45R
be used, that equivalencies be used, or that employees not averaging at
least 30 hours of service per week be counted at fractions of their
hours of service. Because section 4980H(c)(2)(E) prescribes specific
definitions and steps in computing FTEs, these suggestions have not
been adopted.
II. Identifying Full-Time Employees for Section 4980H Purposes
A. General Rule
Section 4980H(c)(4) provides that, for purposes of section 4980H, a
full-time employee is an employee who was employed on average at least
30 hours of service per week. One commenter suggested that the proposed
regulations use the term ``hours of service'' instead of, for example,
``hours worked'' (a term sometimes used in Notice 2012-58), noting that
``hours of service'' is the statutory term and includes not only hours
when work is performed but also hours for which an employee is paid or
entitled to payment even when no work is performed. This suggestion has
been adopted. In addition, various commenters responding to Notice
2011-36 suggested that, for purposes of section 4980H, the term ``full-
time employee'' should be defined by reference to a higher threshold,
for example 32, 35, or 40 hours of service per week. Because section
4980H(c)(4)(A) defines a full-time employee as an employee employed on
average at least 30 hours of service per week, these suggestions have
not been adopted.
Pursuant to the approach initially described in Notice 2011-36,
these proposed regulations would treat 130 hours of service in a
calendar month as the monthly equivalent of 30 hours of service per
week ((52 x 30) / 12 = 130). This monthly standard takes into account
that the average month consists of more than four weeks. Some
commenters argued that the 130 hour monthly standard is not an
appropriate proxy for 30 hours per week during certain shorter calendar
months. However, the 130 hour monthly standard may also be lower than
an average of 30 hours per week during other longer months of the
calendar year (for example, the seven calendar months that consist of
31 days) and, therefore, any effect of this approximation will balance
out over the calendar year (for example, over a 12-month measurement
period, over two successive six-month measurement periods, or over four
successive three-month measurement periods). Accordingly, in the
interest of administrative simplicity, the proposed regulations retain
the 130-hour standard as a monthly equivalent of 30 hours per week.
Several commenters suggested that rather than calculating hours of
service on a monthly basis, employers be permitted to determine hours
of service on a payroll period basis using successive payroll periods
as approximations of calendar months. This approach would be
problematic, however, because payroll periods generally are not evenly
divisible by the twelve calendar months. For example, treating two
successive standard two-week payroll periods as equivalent to a
calendar month generally would leave two payroll periods per year
unassigned, requiring the arbitrary assignment of those two extra
payroll periods to two calendar months.
The Treasury Department and the IRS anticipate that a significant
majority of employers will use some form of the optional look-back
measurement method described in these proposed regulations to identify
full-time employees. Because the measurement periods must extend for at
least three months, and may extend for as many as twelve months, the
use of payroll periods to approximate months generally will not be
necessary. However, for those using payroll periods, an adjustment may
be needed at the beginning and end of the measurement period. The
proposed regulations address this by permitting adjustments for cases
in which the measurement period begins or ends in the middle of a
payroll period. See section II.C.1. of this preamble.
B. Hours of Service Rules
1. In General
Hours of service are used in determining whether an employee is a
full-time employee for purposes of section 4980H, and in calculating an
employer's FTEs. Section 4980H(c)(4)(B) provides that the ``Secretary,
in consultation with the Secretary of Labor, shall prescribe
regulations, rules, and guidance as may be necessary to determine the
hours of service of an employee'', including for employees who are not
compensated on an hourly basis. Notice 2011-36 suggested rules for
determining hours of service for purposes of section 4980H. As required
by section 4980H(c)(4)(B), the Treasury Department and the IRS
consulted with the DOL about the definition of hours of service in
developing the rules described in Notice 2011-36 and these proposed
regulations. Consistent with existing DOL regulations and other
guidance under the Affordable Care Act (for example, Notice 2010-44
(2010-22 IRB 717)), and with Notice 2011-36, the proposed regulations
provide that an employee's hours of service include the following: (1)
Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for
the performance of duties for the employer; and (2) each hour for which
an employee is paid, or entitled to payment by the employer on account
of a period of time during which no duties are performed due to
vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff,
jury duty, military duty or leave of absence (29 CFR 2530.200b-2(a)).
Several comments requested that the definition of hours of service
exclude all hours of service for paid leave. The proposed regulations
do not adopt these suggestions because they are not consistent with the
DOL regulations or the general concept of when employees are credited
with hours of service. Notice 2011-36 described a potential rule
providing that, for any single continuous period during which the
employee was paid or entitled to payment but performed no duties, no
more than 160 hours of service would be counted as hours of service. A
number of commenters on Notice 2011-36 requested that the 160-hour
limit be removed because they viewed it as restrictive, and expressed
concern about the potential negative impact on employees who are on
longer paid leaves, such as maternity or paternity leave. In response,
these proposed regulations remove the 160-hour limit on paid leave, so
that all periods of paid leave must be taken into account.
[[Page 224]]
For purposes of calculating an employee's average hours of service
under the look-back measurement method, the proposed regulations would
limit the number of hours that an employer that is an educational
organization is required to take into account in a calendar year with
respect to most periods of absence with zero hours of service (as
described in section II.C.4 of this preamble). The limit is 501 hours
based on a longstanding 501-hour limit that applies in a different but
related context under the service crediting rules applicable to
retirement plans which are familiar to and administered by many
employers.
For purposes of calculating an employee's hours of service, the
proposed regulations provide rules for hourly employees and non-hourly
employees, generally consistent with the approach outlined in Notice
2011-36. For employees paid on an hourly basis, employers must
calculate actual hours of service from records of hours worked and
hours for which payment is made or due for vacation, holiday, illness,
incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or
leave of absence. For employees not paid on an hourly basis, employers
are permitted to calculate the number of hours of service under any of
the following three methods: (1) Counting actual hours of service (as
in the case of employees paid on an hourly basis) from records of hours
worked and hours for which payment is made or due for vacation,
holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty,
military duty or leave of absence; (2) using a days-worked equivalency
method whereby the employee is credited with eight hours of service for
each day for which the employee would be required to be credited with
at least one hour of service under these service crediting rules; or
(3) using a weeks-worked equivalency of 40 hours of service per week
for each week for which the employee would be required to be credited
with at least one hour of service under these service crediting rules.
These equivalents are based on DOL regulations (29 CFR 2530.200b-2(a)),
modified as described in this preamble and in the proposed regulations.
Although an employer must use one of these three methods for
counting hours of service for all non-hourly employees, under these
proposed regulations, an employer need not use the same method for all
non-hourly employees. Rather, an employer may apply different methods
for different classifications of non-hourly employees, so long as the
classifications are reasonable and consistently applied. In addition,
an employer may change the method of calculating non-hourly employees'
hours of service for each calendar year. For example, for all non-
hourly employees, an employer may use the actual hours worked method
for the calendar year 2014, but may use the days-worked equivalency
method for counting hours of service for the calendar year 2015.
However, consistent with Notice 2011-36, these proposed regulations
prohibit use of the days-worked or weeks-worked equivalency method if
the result would be to substantially understate an employee's hours of
service in a manner that would cause that employee not to be treated as
a full-time employee. For example, an employer may not use a days-
worked equivalency in the case of an employee who generally works three
10-hour days per week, because the equivalency would substantially
understate the employee's hours of service as 24 hours of service per
week, which would result in the employee being treated as not a full-
time employee. Rather, the number of hours of service calculated using
the days-worked or weeks-worked equivalency method must reflect
generally the hours actually worked and the hours for which payment is
made or due.
For purposes of identifying the employee as a full-time employee,
all hours of service performed for all entities treated as a single
employer under section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) must be taken into
account.
2. Services Performed Outside of the United States
The proposed regulations provide that hours of service do not
include hours of service to the extent the compensation for those hours
of service constitutes foreign source income, consistent with the rules
of Federal taxation for determining whether compensation for services
is attributable to services performed within or outside the United
States. Thus, hours of service generally do not include hours of
service worked outside the United States. This rule applies without
regard to the residency or citizenship status of the individual.
Therefore, employees working overseas generally will not have hours of
service, and will not qualify as full-time employees either for
purposes of determining an employer's status as an applicable large
employer or for purposes of determining and calculating any potential
liability under section 4980H. However, all hours of service for which
an individual receives U.S. source income are hours of service for
purposes of section 4980H.
3. Teachers and Other Employees of Educational Organizations
Several comments were submitted on behalf of teachers and other
employees of schools, colleges, universities, and other educational
organizations in response to the look-back measurement method. The
comments noted that educational organizations present a special
situation compared to other workplaces because they typically function
on the basis of an academic year, which involves various extended
periods in which the organization is not in session or is engaged in
only limited classroom activities. Because the services of many of the
employees of these educational organizations follow the academic year,
many of the employees, while typically employed for at least 30 hours
of service per week during the active portions of the academic year,
are precluded from working (or from working normal hours) during
periods when the organization is entirely or largely closed. The
commenters were concerned that use of a 12-month measurement period for
employees who provide services only during the active portions of the
academic year could inappropriately result in these employees not being
treated as full-time employees. The concern is that employees' average
hours of service for the 12-month measurement period would be distorted
(and employees therefore would be inappropriately treated as not full-
time employees) by averaging in the periods during or outside of the
academic year (such as, typically, the summer months) during which
teachers and other similarly situated employees of educational
organizations may have no hours or only a few hours of required
workplace attendance, because the institution is not in session or is
engaged in only limited classroom activities. Traditional breaks in the
academic or school year such as winter or spring breaks will often be
periods of paid leave; in those cases employees will be required to be
credited with hours of service under the general hours of service rules
under the look-back measurement method. See section II.B.1 of this
preamble.
These proposed regulations address these special issues presented
by educational institutions by providing an averaging method for
employment break periods that generally would result in an employee who
works full-time during the active portions of the academic year being
treated as a full-time employee for section 4980H. See
[[Page 225]]
section II.C.4. of the preamble. Comments are invited on any remaining
issues relating to teachers, other educational organization employees,
or industries with comparable circumstances.
4. Employees Compensated on a Commission Basis, Adjunct Faculty,
Transportation Employees and Analogous Employment Positions
One commenter expressed concern the hours of service framework
underlying the measurement and stability periods did not reflect the
wide variety of workplaces, schedules, and specific work patterns in
different industries and sectors of the economy, and that,
consequently, the look-back method could be misused to treat employees
long considered full-time employees as not full-time employees. A
number of commenters requested special rules for employees whose
compensation is not based primarily on hours and employees whose active
work hours may be subject to safety-related regulatory limits (for
example, salespeople compensated on a commission basis or airline
pilots whose flying hours are subject to limits). Generally, the
commenters suggest determining whether such employees are full-time
employees for purposes of section 4980H by using hourly standards that,
for the relevant industries or occupations, would be equivalent to the
30-hour and 130-hour standards applicable to other employees. Thus, for
example, some commenters noted that educational organizations generally
do not track the full hours of service of adjunct faculty, but instead
compensate adjunct faculty on the basis of credit hours taught. Some
comments suggested that hours of service for adjunct faculty should be
determined by crediting three hours of service per week for each course
credit taught. Others explained that some educational organizations
determine whether an adjunct faculty member will be treated as a full-
time employee by comparing the number of course credit hours taught by
the adjunct faculty member to the number of credit hours taught by
typical non-adjunct faculty members working in the same or a similar
discipline who are considered full-time employees. Commenters on behalf
of airline pilots noted that the number of hours of service that a
pilot is permitted to operate an aircraft is limited under Federal law.
The commenters requested that the guidance provide lower hourly
standards for pilots that would be treated as equivalent to the 30-hour
per week or 130-hour per month standard, or alternatively establish a
special rule treating pilots as full-time employees regardless of their
hours of service.
The rules for counting hours of service and applying equivalents
contained in the proposed regulations should assist in addressing some
of the concerns raised in the comments. The Treasury Department and the
IRS are continuing to consider, and invite further comment on, how best
to determine the full-time status of employees in the circumstances
described in the preceding paragraph and in other circumstances that
may present similar difficulties in determining hours of service.
Further guidance to address potentially common challenges arising in
determining hours of service for certain categories of employees may be
provided in the final regulations, or through Revenue Procedures, or
other forms of subregulatory guidance.
Until further guidance is issued, employers of employees in
positions described in the first paragraph of this section II.B.4. of
this preamble (and in other positions that raise similar issues with
respect to the crediting of hours of service) must use a reasonable
method for crediting hours of service that is consistent with the
purposes of section 4980H. A method of crediting hours would not be
reasonable if it took into account only some of an employee's hours of
service with the effect of recharacterizing, as non-fulltime, an
employee in a position that traditionally involves more than 30 hours
of service per week. For example, it would not be a reasonable method
of crediting hours to fail to take into account travel time for a
travelling salesperson compensated on a commission basis, or in the
case of an instructor, such as an adjunct faculty member, to take into
account only classroom or other instruction time and not other hours
that are necessary to perform the employee's duties, such as class
preparation time.
C. Look-Back Measurement Method for Determination of Full-Time
Employees
As described in section III.A. of this preamble, the assessable
payment under section 4980H(a) and section 4980H(b) is computed for
each applicable large employer member. The potential section 4980H(a)
liability of an applicable large employer member is determined by
reference to the number of full-time employees employed by that member
for a given calendar month, and its potential section 4980H(b)
liability is determined by reference to the number of full-time
employees of that member with respect to whom an applicable premium tax
credit or cost-sharing reduction is allowed or paid for a given
calendar month. Section 4980H(c)(4)(A) provides that ``[t]he term
``full-time employee'' means, with respect to any month, an employee
who is employed on average at least 30 hours of service per week.'' As
explained in Notice 2011-36 and subsequent notices, determining full-
time employee status on a monthly basis may cause practical
difficulties for employers, employees, and Affordable Insurance
Exchanges (Exchanges). For employers, these difficulties include
uncertainty and inability to predictably identify which employees are
full-time employees to whom coverage must be provided to avoid a
potential section 4980H liability. This problem is particularly acute
if employees have varying hours or employment schedules (for example,
employees whose hours vary from month to month). A month-by-month
determination may also result in employees moving in and out of
employer coverage (and potentially Exchange coverage) as frequently as
monthly. This result would be undesirable from both the employee's and
the employer's perspective, and would also create administrative
challenges for the Exchanges.
To address these concerns, and to give employers flexible and
workable options and greater predictability, Notice 2011-36, Notice
2012-17, and Notice 2012-58 outlined a potential optional look-back
measurement method as an alternative to a month-by-month method of
determining full-time employee status. See the discussion in the
Background section of this preamble. The response to this look-back
measurement method generally was favorable. Most commenters supported
the general structure of the method, although, some expressed concern
that the potential difficulties in identifying full-time employees were
overstated, that the look-back measurement method might be manipulated
by employers, and that there was a need to prescribe rules that would
address special workplace situations to ensure that certain classes of
employees would be treated as full-time employees even though their
hours might not result in full-time employee treatment under the look-
back measurement method described in Notice 2012-58. After considering
all of the comments on the notices, the Treasury Department and the IRS
have incorporated in the proposed regulations the optional look-back
measurement method described and cross-referenced in Notice 2012-58,
[[Page 226]]
with modifications as described in this preamble. See Sec.
601.601(d)(2).
While the look-back measurement method prescribes minimum standards
to facilitate the identification of full-time employees, employers
always can treat more employees as eligible for coverage, or otherwise
offer coverage more widely, than would be required to avoid an
assessable payment under section 4980H, assuming they do so consistent
with any other applicable law.
1. Look-Back Measurement Method for Ongoing Employees
The proposed regulations define an ongoing employee as, generally,
an employee who has been employed by an employer for at least one
standard measurement period. For ongoing employees, the proposed
regulations, consistent with Notice 2012-58, provide that an applicable
large employer member has the option to determine each ongoing
employee's full-time status by looking back at a measurement period (a
defined time period of not less than three but not more than 12
consecutive months, as chosen by the employer). The measurement period
that the employer chooses to apply to ongoing employees is referred to
as the standard measurement period. If the employer determines that an
employee was employed on average at least 30 hours of service per week
during the standard measurement period, then the employer treats the
employee as a full-time employee during a subsequent stability period,
regardless of the employee's number of hours of service during the
stability period, so long as he or she remains an employee. The
applicable large employer member, at its option, may also elect to add
an administrative period between the measurement period and the
stability period as part of this method.
For an employee whom the employer determines to be a full-time
employee during the standard measurement period, the stability period
would be a period that immediately followed the standard measurement
period (and any applicable administrative period), the duration of
which would be at least the greater of six consecutive calendar months
or the length of the standard measurement period. If the employer
determines that the employee did not work full-time during the standard
measurement period, the employer would be permitted to treat the
employee as not a full-time employee during the immediately following
stability period (which may be no longer than the associated standard
measurement period).
Generally, the standard measurement period and stability period
selected by the applicable large employer member must be uniform for
all employees; however, the applicable large employer member may apply
different measurement periods, stability periods, and administrative
periods for the following categories of employees: (1) Each group of
collectively bargained employees covered by a separate collective
bargaining agreement, (2) collectively bargained and non-collectively
bargained employees, (3) salaried employees and hourly employees, and
(4) employees whose primary places of employment are in different
states. Notice 2012-58 had also included ``employees of different
entities'' as a separate category of employees. However, because
section 4980H generally is applied on an applicable large employer
member-by-member basis, including the method of identifying full-time
employees, there is no need for a distinct category for employees of
different entities, as each such member is a separate entity. The
applicable large employer member may change its standard measurement
period and stability period for subsequent years, but generally may not
change the standard measurement period or stability period once the
standard measurement period has begun.
Comments have included requests that, in the interest of
administrative convenience, the regulations permit employers to adjust
the starting and ending dates of their three-to-twelve-month
measurement periods in order to avoid splitting employees' regular
payroll periods. The proposed regulations accommodate these requests to
begin and end measurement periods with the beginning and ending of
regular payroll periods if each of the payroll periods is one week, two
weeks, or semi-monthly in duration. Pursuant to this accommodation,
employers may make certain adjustments at the beginning and end of the
measurement period. For example, an employer using the calendar year as
a measurement period could exclude the entire payroll period that
included January 1 (the beginning of the year) if it included the
entire payroll period that included December 31 (the end of that same
calendar year), or, alternatively, could exclude the entire payroll
period that included December 31 if it included the entire payroll
period that included January 1.
Because employers may need time between the end of the standard
measurement period and the beginning of the associated stability period
to determine which ongoing employees are eligible for coverage, and to
notify and enroll employees, the proposed regulations, consistent with
Notice 2012-58, allow an applicable large employer member the option of
having an administrative period between the end of a measurement period
and the start of a stability period. The administrative period may last
up to 90 days. However, any administrative period between the standard
measurement period and the stability period may neither reduce nor
lengthen the measurement period or the stability period. Also, to
prevent this administrative period from creating any potential gaps in
coverage, it must overlap with the prior stability period, so that, for
ongoing employees, during any such administrative period applicable
following a standard measurement period, those employees who are
enrolled in coverage because of their status as full-time employees
based on a prior measurement period will continue to be covered.
2. New Employees
These proposed regulations also provide rules for determining the
full-time employee status of new employees, including an optional look-
back measurement method for certain new employees generally based upon
the approach outlined in Notice 2012-58. The methods for new employees
vary depending upon whether the new employees are reasonably expected
to work full-time (and are not seasonal) or are variable hour employees
or seasonal employees.
a. New Full-Time Employees
The proposed regulations provide that, for an employee who is
reasonably expected at his or her start date to be employed on average
30 hours of service per week (and who is not a seasonal employee), an
employer that sponsors a group health plan that offers coverage to the
employee at or before the conclusion of the employee's initial three
calendar months of employment will not be subject to an assessable
payment under section 4980H by reason of its failure to offer coverage
to the employee for up to the initial three calendar months of
employment. This rule continues the approach outlined in Notice 2012-17
and Notice 2012-58.
Notice 2012-58 requested comments on whether the Treasury
Department and the IRS should develop additional guidance for
determining whether an employee is reasonably expected, as of the
employee's start date, to be employed on average at least 30 hours of
service per week or whether the employee is a variable hour employee.
[[Page 227]]
The commenters suggested that the following factors could be used to
determine whether an employee is reasonably expected to be employed on
average at least 30 hours of service per week: (1) Whether the employee
is replacing an employee who is a full-time employee; and (2) whether
the hours of service of ongoing employees in the same or comparable
positions actually vary. The Treasury Department and the IRS are
continuing to consider whether such factors are appropriate or useful
and welcome any additional comments on this issue.
b. Look-Back Measurement Method for New Variable Hour and Seasonal
Employees
If an applicable large employer member uses the look-back
measurement method for its ongoing employees, the employer may also use
the optional method for new variable hour employees and for seasonal
employees. The proposed regulations, consistent with Notice 2012-58,
provide that a new employee is a variable hour employee if, based on
the facts and circumstances at the start date, it cannot be determined
that the employee is reasonably expected to be employed on average at
least 30 hours per week. A new employee who is expected to be employed
initially at least 30 hours per week may be a variable hour employee
if, based on the facts and circumstances at the start date, the period
of employment at more than 30 hours per week is reasonably expected to
be of limited duration and it cannot be determined that the employee is
reasonably expected to be employed on average at least 30 hours per
week over the initial measurement period. Effective as of January 1,
2015, and except in the case of seasonal employees, the employer will
be required to assume for this purpose that although the employee's
hours of service might be expected to vary, the employee will continue
to be employed by the employer for the entire initial measurement
period; accordingly, the employer will not be permitted to take into
account the likelihood that the employee's employment will terminate
before the end of the initial measurement period. See section IX.G. of
the preamble for transition relief for the effective date of the rule
described in the immediately preceding sentence.
Notice 2012-58 provides that, through at least 2014, employers are
permitted to use a reasonable, good faith interpretation of the term
``seasonal employee'' for purposes of this notice. Notice 2012-58 also
requested comments on the definition of ``seasonal worker'' as set
forth in section 4980H(c)(2)(B)(ii) for purposes of determining status
as an applicable large employer. Specifically, the request for comments
asked about the practicability of using different definitions for
different purposes (such as for determining status as an applicable
large employer versus determining the full-time employee status of a
new employee); and whether other, existing legal definitions should be
considered in defining a seasonal worker under section 4980H (such as
the safe harbor for seasonal employees in the final sentence of Sec.
1.105-11(c)(2)(iii)(C)).
The proposed regulations reserve the definition of seasonal
employee, and provide that, as set forth in Notice 2012-58, employers
are permitted, through 2014, to use a reasonable, good faith
interpretation of the term seasonal employee for purposes of section
4980H. It is not a reasonable good faith interpretation of the term
seasonal employee to treat an employee of an educational organization,
who works during the active portions of the academic year, as a
seasonal employee. The Treasury Department and the IRS contemplate that
the final regulations may add to the definition of seasonal employee a
specific time limit in the form of a defined period. For example, the
limit specified in the current safe harbor for treatment as a seasonal
employee under regulations for self-insured medical reimbursement plans
(see final sentence of Sec. 1.105-11(c)(2)(iii)(C)) could be adapted
to the definition of seasonal employee in the final regulations by
prescribing, in the interest of simplicity and clarity, a specific time
limit of not more than six months. Comments are requested on this
approach, including any necessary modifications for purposes of section
4980H and any alternative approaches that should be considered.
As provided in Notice 2012-58, in general, an employer may use both
an initial measurement period of between three and 12 months (the same
as allowed for ongoing employees) and an administrative period of up to
90 days for variable hour and seasonal employees. However, the initial
measurement period and the administrative period combined may not
extend beyond the last day of the first calendar month beginning on or
after the one-year anniversary of the employee's start date (totaling,
at most, 13 months and a fraction of a month).
If the employer complies with these requirements, no assessable
payment under section 4980H will be due with respect to the variable
hour or seasonal employee during the initial measurement period or the
administrative period. Note that an employee or related individual is
not considered eligible for minimum essential coverage under the
employer's plan (and therefore may be eligible for a premium tax credit
or cost-sharing reduction through an Exchange) during any period when
coverage is not offered, including any measurement period or
administrative period prior to when coverage takes effect, even if the
employer is not subject to an assessable payment for this period.
During the initial measurement period, the employer measures the
hours of service for the new employee or seasonal employee and
determines whether the employee was employed an average of 30 hours of
service per week or more during this period. The stability period for
that employee must be the same length as the stability period for
ongoing employees. As in the case of a standard measurement period, if
an employee is determined to be a full-time employee during the initial
measurement period, the stability period must be a period of at least
six consecutive calendar months that is no shorter in duration than the
initial measurement period and that begins immediately after the
initial measurement period (and any associated administrative period).
If a new variable hour or seasonal employee is determined not to be
a full-time employee during the initial measurement period, the
employer is permitted to treat the employee as not a full-time employee
during the stability period that follows the initial measurement
period. This stability period must not be more than one month longer
than the initial measurement period and, as explained herein, must not
exceed the remainder of the standard measurement period (plus any
associated administrative period) in which the initial measurement
period ends. In these circumstances, allowing a stability period to
exceed the initial measurement period by one month is intended to give
additional flexibility to employers that wish to use a 12-month
stability period for new variable hour and seasonal employees and an
administrative period that exceeds one month. To that end, such an
employer could use an 11-month initial measurement period (in lieu of
the 12-month initial measurement period that would otherwise be
required) and still comply with the general rule that the initial
measurement period and administrative period combined may not extend
beyond the last day of the
[[Page 228]]
first calendar month beginning on or after the one-year anniversary of
the employee's start date.
For purposes of applying the look-back measurement method, the
proposed regulations provide that an employee's start date is the first
date for which the employee would be required to be credited with at
least one hour of service under the hours of service rules. See section
II.B.1. of this preamble for a discussion of those rules. See also
section II.C.4. of this preamble for a description of the proposed
rules on when an employee who has experienced a period with no hours of
service is treated as a newly rehired employee rather than as a
continuing employee. As indicated, this rule applies solely for
purposes of determining the employee's start date for determining hours
of service under section 4980H, and not for determining the beginning
of an employment relationship for any other purpose under the Code or
other applicable law.
3. Change in Employment Status
The proposed regulations address the treatment of new variable or
seasonal employees who have a change in employment status during the
initial measurement period (for example, in the case of a new variable
hour employee who is promoted during the initial measurement period to
a position in which employees are reasonably expected to be employed on
average 30 hours of service per week). The proposed regulations define
a change in employment status as a material change in the position of
employment or other employment status that, had the employee begun
employment in the new position or status, would have resulted in the
employee being reasonably expected to be employed on average at least
30 hours of service per week. The proposed regulations provide that a
new variable hour or seasonal employee who has a change in employment
status during an initial measurement period is treated as a full-time
employee under section 4980H as of the first day of the fourth month
following the change in employment status or, if earlier and the
employee averages more than 30 hours of service per week during the
initial measurement period, the first day of the first month following
the end of the initial measurement period (including any optional
administrative period applicable to the initial measurement period).
The change in employment status rule only applies to new variable hour
and seasonal employees. A change in employment status for an ongoing
employee does not change the employee's status as a full-time employee
or non full-time employee during the stability period.
4. Employees Rehired After Termination of Employment or Resuming
Service After Other Absence
An employee might work for the same applicable large employer on
and off during different periods. For example, an employee's employment
could terminate but the employee could later be rehired by the same
employer. Alternatively, even without a termination of employment,
there might be a continuous period during which an employee is not
credited with any hours of service under the hours of service rules
described in these proposed regulations (for example, in the case of a
period of unpaid leave of absence). When such an employee is rehired or
returns from unpaid leave, this raises the issue of whether the
employee may be treated as a new employee. A number of commenters
requested clarification regarding how to treat rehired employees, in
particular whether employees who are rehired during a measurement
period are treated as new hires or whether their prior service must be
taken into account in determining their status. In addition, several
commenters expressed concern that employers might terminate an employee
with an intent to later rehire that employee in order to delay offering
health coverage to employees working full-time.
The proposed regulations include rules designed to prevent this
type of period without credited hours of service from inappropriately
restarting an employee's initial measurement period, or causing the
employee to be subject to a new 90-day waiting period for new full-time
employees. For example, a variable hour employee terminated near the
end of his or her initial measurement period and then rehired shortly
thereafter, if treated again as a new variable hour employee, could be
left out of coverage for an entire new initial measurement period
without resulting in 4980H liability.
Under the proposed regulations, if the period for which no hours of
service is credited is at least 26 consecutive weeks, an employer may
treat an employee who has an hour of service after that period, for
purposes of determining the employee's status as a full-time employee,
as having terminated employment and having been rehired as a new
employee of the employer. The employer may also choose to apply a rule
of parity for periods of less than 26 weeks. Under the rule of parity,
an employee may be treated as having terminated employment and having
been rehired as a new employee if the period with no credited hours of
service (of less than 26 weeks) is at least four weeks long and is
longer than the employee's period of employment immediately preceding
that period with no credited hours of service (with the length of that
previous period determined with application to that period of these
rules governing employee rehires or other resumptions of service). For
example, under the optional rule of parity if an employee works three
weeks for an applicable large employer, terminates employment, and is
rehired by that employer ten weeks after terminating employment, that
rehired employee is treated as a new employee because the ten-week
period with no credited hours of service is longer than the immediately
preceding three-week period of employment.
Note that this rule applies solely for purposes of determining the
full-time employee status for employers using the look-back measurement
method and not for any other purpose under the Code or other applicable
law (including for determining status as an applicable large employer
and for applying the 90-day waiting period limitation under section
2708 of the Affordable Care Act).
For an employee who is treated as a continuing employee (as opposed
to an employee who is treated as terminated and rehired), the
measurement and stability period that would have applied to the
employee had the employee not experienced the period of no credited
hours of service would continue to apply upon the employee's resumption
of service. For example, if the continuing employee returns during a
stability period in which the employee is treated as a full-time
employee, the employee is treated as a full-time employee upon return
and through the end of that stability period. For this purpose, the
proposed regulations provide that a continuing employee treated as a
full-time employee will be treated as offered coverage upon resumption
of services if the employee is offered coverage as of the first day
that employee is credited with an hour of service, or, if later, as
soon as administratively practicable.
The proposed regulations propose a method for averaging hours when
applying the look-back measurement method to measurement periods that
include special unpaid leave. This method applies only to an employee
treated as a continuing employee upon the resumption of services, and
not to an employee treated as terminated and rehired. For this purpose,
special
[[Page 229]]
unpaid leave refers to a period of unpaid leave subject to the Family
and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA), Public Law 103-3, 20 U.S.C. 2601
et seq., unpaid leave subject to the Uniformed Services Employment and
Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA), Public Law 103-353, 38 U.S.C.
4301 et seq., and unpaid leave on account of jury duty.
Under this proposed averaging method, the employer determines the
average hours of service per week for the employee during the
measurement period excluding special unpaid leave period and uses that
average as the average for the entire measurement period.
Alternatively, the employer may choose to treat employees as credited
with hours of service for special unpaid leave at a rate equal to the
average weekly rate at which the employee was credited with hours of
service during the weeks in the measurement period that are not special
unpaid leave.
Additional requirements apply to employment break periods for
employees of an educational organization (meaning an organization
described in Sec. 1.170A-9(c)(1), whether or not described in section
501(c)(3) and exempt under section 501(a), and an educational
organization owned, controlled, or operated by a government entity (as
defined in Sec. 54.4980H-1(a)(20)). For this purpose, an employment
break period is a period of at least four consecutive weeks
(disregarding special unpaid leave) during which an employee is not
credited with an hour of service. As noted above, educational
organizations are different than other workplaces because they
typically function on the basis of an academic year, which involves
various extended periods in which the organization is not in session or
is engaged in only limited classroom activities. The proposed
regulations provide that the educational organization must apply one of
the methods in the preceding paragraph to employment break periods
related to or arising out of non-working weeks or months under the
academic calendar. Accordingly, the educational organization must
either determine the average hours of service per week for the employee
during the measurement period excluding the employment break period and
use that average as the average for the entire measurement period, or
treat employees as credited with hours of service for the employment
break period at a rate equal to the average weekly rate at which the
employee was credited with hours of service during the weeks in the
measurement period that are not part of an employment break period.
However, the educational organization is not required to credit an
employee in any calendar year with more than 501 hours of service for
any employment break period (although this 501-hour limit does not
apply to, or take into account, hours of service required to be
credited for special unpaid leave). The rules governing employment
break period for educational organizations apply only to an employee
treated as a continuing employee upon the resumption of services, and
not to an employee treated as terminated and rehired.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are considering whether final
regulations should extend the employment break period rules described
in the preceding paragraph to all employers (not only educational
organizations) and request comments. Any such extension of the rule
would not take effect prior to 2015. Comments are invited in particular
on how the proposed averaging methods should apply to employment break
periods or other periods of absence, how the proposed approach would
affect employees and employers, and whether the proposed treatment of
employment break periods would be appropriate.
The proposed regulations also contain an anti-abuse rule to address
practices that have the effect of circumventing or manipulating the
application of the employee rehire rules.
5. New Short-Term Employees
Notice 2012-58 requested comments on the application of section
4980H to employees hired for short-term periods but expected to be
employed on average 30 hours of service per week or more for the
duration of the short-term employment. Section 4980H would not apply to
full-time employees employed for three months or less because, if the
applicable large employer member were otherwise offering coverage, the
section 4980H assessable payment would not apply to a failure to offer
coverage during that period. However, section 4980H issues may arise
for short-term employment exceeding three months.
Some comments were received requesting special rules for
determining the full-time employee status of short-term employees. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have been concerned that the potential
for abuse and manipulation of any special rules addressing short-term
employees might outweigh the considerations of avoiding churning and
inefficiency associated with offering coverage to employees whose
employment is anticipated to last, for example, no more than four or
five months. Commenters that wish to submit additional comments on
whether any special rules would be appropriate with respect to short-
term employees, and if so, whether there are any methods that could be
used to determine the full-time status of these employees that are
consistent with the provisions of section 4980H, are requested to take
these concerns into account.
6. New Employees Hired Into High-Turnover Positions
Notice 2012-58 also requested comments on the application of
section 4980H to new hires of full-time employees in high-turnover
positions. An employer that otherwise offers coverage is not subject to
a section 4980H assessable payment with respect to an employee whose
employment terminates within three months of the employee's start date.
However, some commenters raised concerns that employers with employees
working full-time in typically high-turnover positions who, because of
the high turnover, have a high probability of not being employed for
the entire measurement period (for example, employees, a significant
portion of whom are expected to remain employed for more than three
months, but not more than six months) will be required to offer
coverage for only a relatively brief period of time for a significant
portion of the high-turnover employees.
The proposed regulations do not contain special rules for high-
turnover positions for several reasons. As noted by comments in
response to Notice 2012-58, ``high-turnover'' is a category that would
require a complex definition (for example, how to define classes of
employees and how much turnover of employment would be required over
what period) and that could be subject to manipulation. In addition,
any special treatment that is provided for employees hired into a high-
turnover position could provide an incentive for employers to terminate
employees to ensure that the position remains a high-turnover position
under whatever standard was used to make that determination. Commenters
who wish to provide additional comments on this issue are requested to
address the concerns identified in this paragraph.
D. Temporary Staffing Agencies
1. Application of Rules to Temporary Staffing Agencies
The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize that the application
of section 4980H may be particularly challenging for temporary staffing
agencies because of the distinctive nature of their
[[Page 230]]
employees' work schedules. In particular, several commenters discussed
the challenges involved in applying the look-back measurement method to
employees of temporary staffing agencies. It is anticipated that many
new employees of temporary staffing agencies will be variable hour
employees under the rules in these proposed regulations because, based
on the facts and circumstances, their periods of employment at 30 or
more hours per week are reasonably expected to be of limited duration
with the potential for significant gaps between assignments, and there
is often considerable uncertainty as to the likelihood and duration of
assignments and as to whether an individual will accept any given
assignment and will continue in it. For instance, as illustrated in
Example 12 in Sec. 54.4980H-3(c)(5) of the proposed regulations, if an
individual hired by a temporary staffing agency as its common law
employee can be expected to be offered one or more assignments with
different clients each generally lasting no more than two or three
months, and if the agency can expect the clients to have different
requests with respect to hours of service (some above and some below 30
hours of service per week) and for there to be gaps of time between
assignments during which the employee is not requested to provide
services, then the employee generally would be a variable hour
employee. For these and other reasons, it often cannot be determined
that the employees are reasonably expected to be employed on average at
least 30 hours per week over the initial measurement period.
Some commenters have suggested that, in view of the structure of
the employment relationship, employees of temporary staffing agencies
should be deemed to be variable hour employees, or at least that a
presumption of status as a variable hour employee be established in the
regulations. While, as noted, the Treasury Department and the IRS agree
that many employees of temporary staffing agencies will likely be
variable hour employees, we do not anticipate that all employees of a
temporary staffing agency are inherently variable hour employees
(especially employees on longer-term assignments with predictable
requests for hours of service, as may be the case, for example, with
particularly high-skilled technical or professional workers). In
addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS are concerned that such a
conclusion or presumption could lead employers to purport to use
temporary staffing agencies (or other staffing agencies that may
attempt to fit within such a presumption) in situations in which the
employer ``client'' is the individual's common law employer and the
staffing agency is inserted solely in an attempt to avoid application
of section 4980H.
For these reasons, comments are invited on whether and, if so, how
a special safe harbor or presumption should or could be developed with
respect to the variable hour employee classification of the common law
employees of temporary staffing agencies that would contain
restrictions or safeguards intended to address these concerns while
still providing useful guidance for employers and employees in this
industry. More generally, further comments are invited on whether
special rules for identifying full-time employees or any other issues
relating to section 4980H may be necessary in the case of temporary
staffing agencies, especially in light of the employment break period
rules proposed in these regulations.
For purposes of this discussion, a temporary staffing agency refers
only to an entity that is the common law employer of the individual
that is providing services to a client of the temporary staffing
agency. For an illustration of the facts and circumstances under which
a temporary staffing agency (rather than its client) is the
individual's common law employer, see Rev. Rul. 70-630 (1970-2 CB 229).
In considering any requests for special consideration for temporary
staffing agencies or other staffing agencies, the Treasury Department
and the IRS will take into account the factual nature of the common law
analysis in determining who is the common law employer of the workers
providing the services and the potential implications for other Code
sections, including employment tax liability provisions, for which the
determination of common law employer status is necessary. See Sec.
601.601(d)(2).
2. Separation From Service and Employment Break Period Rules
Commenters have also noted that, because of the intermittent nature
of temporary staffing agency assignments, including employees' ability
to accept or decline such assignments and the fact that some
individuals are on multiple temporary staffing agencies' lists of
potential workers, a temporary staffing agency may not be able in all
cases to readily determine the date on which the individual separated
from service as an employee of the agency. For instance, an individual
may remain on an agency's list of potential workers even after the
individual has decided (without necessarily informing the agency) not
to take any further assignments from that agency. The Treasury
Department and the IRS request comments on particular situations
involving temporary staffing agencies that these proposed rules fail to
address and on whether special consideration may be needed.
3. Anti-Abuse Rules
The Treasury Department and the IRS are aware of various structures
being considered under which employers might use temporary staffing
agencies (or other staffing agencies) purporting to be the common law
employer to evade application of section 4980H. In one structure, the
employer (referred to in this section as the ``client'') would purport
to employ its employees for only part of a week, such as 20 hours, and
then to hire those same individuals through a temporary staffing agency
(or other staffing agency) for the remaining hours of the week, thereby
resulting in neither the ``client'' employer nor the temporary staffing
agency or other staffing agency appearing to employ the individual as a
full-time employee. In another structure, one temporary staffing agency
(or other staffing agency) would purport to employ an individual and
supply the individual as a worker to a client for only part of a week,
such as 20 hours, while a second temporary staffing agency or other
staffing agency would purport to employ the same individual and supply
that individual as a worker to the same client for the remainder of the
week, thereby resulting in neither the temporary staffing agencies or
the other staffing agencies, nor the client, appearing to employ the
individual as a full-time employee. The Treasury Department and the IRS
anticipate that only in rare circumstances, if ever, would the
``client'' under these fact patterns not employ the individual under
the common law standard as a full-time employee. Rather, the Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that the primary purpose of using such
an arrangement would be to avoid the application of section 4980H.
It is anticipated that the final regulations will contain an anti-
abuse rule to address the situations described in this section of the
preamble. Under that anticipated rule, if an individual performs
services as an employee of an employer, and also performs the same or
similar services for that employer in the individual's purported
employment at a temporary staffing agency or other staffing agency of
which the employer is a client, then all the hours of service are
attributed to the employer for purposes
[[Page 231]]
of applying section 4980H. Similarly, to the extent an individual
performs the same or similar services for the same client of two or
more temporary staffing agencies or other staffing agencies, it is
anticipated that all hours of service for that client are attributed to
the client, if the client is the common law employer, or, if not, one
of the temporary staffing agencies (or other staffing agencies) that
purports to employ the individual with respect to services performed
for that client.
III. Compliance With Section 4980H--In General
A. No Aggregation in Determining Liability of an Applicable Large
Employer Member
The proposed regulations address the application of section 4980H
to an applicable large employer member. As noted in section I.A.2. of
this preamble, under section 4980H(c)(2), the determination of
applicable large employer status is made on a controlled group basis
applying the aggregation rules under section 414(b), (c), (m), and (o).
Section 4980H(c)(2)(D) provides that, in calculating the liability
under section 4980H(a), the applicable large employer, as determined
applying these same aggregation rules, is permitted one reduction of 30
full-time employees, and that the reduction must be allocated ratably
among the members of the applicable large employer based on each
member's number of full-time employees.
The proposed regulations provide that, although applicable large
employer status and the 30-employee reduction is determined on an
aggregated basis, the determination of whether an employer is subject
to an assessable payment and the amount of any such payment is
determined on a member-by-member basis. Therefore, the liability for,
and the amount of, any assessable payment under section 4980H is
computed and assessed separately for each applicable large employer
member, taking into account that member's offer of coverage (or lack
thereof) and based on that member's number of full-time employees. For
example, if a parent corporation owns 100 percent of all classes of
stock of 20 subsidiary corporations, and the controlled group is an
applicable large employer, each of the 21 members of this controlled
group (the parent corporation plus 20 subsidiary corporations) is
considered separately in computing and assessing a section 4980H
payment. In addition, each of the 21 group members is liable only for
its separate section 4980H assessable payment.
B. Certification of Payment of Subsidy
Under section 4980H, an applicable large employer member is subject
to an assessable payment if at least one full-time employee of that
member has been certified to the member under section 1411 of the
Affordable Care Act as having enrolled in a qualified health plan with
respect to which a premium tax credit is allowed or paid. Section
1411(a) of the Affordable Care Act gives the Secretary of Health and
Human Services the authority to determine whether individuals are
eligible to enroll in qualified health plans through the Exchange and
whether they are eligible for a premium tax credit. It is anticipated
that, in upcoming regulations to be proposed under section 1411(a) of
the Affordable Care Act, the Department of Health and Human Services
(HHS) will establish a process under which employees who have enrolled
for a month in a qualified health plan with respect to which an
applicable premium tax credit or cost-sharing reduction is allowed or
paid with respect to the employee will be certified to the employer and
that, pursuant to the proposed regulations, the certification to the
employer will consist of methods adopted by the IRS to provide this
information to an employer as part of its determination of liability
under section 4980H. Existing HHS regulations also provide for a
separate process for notification of employers.
IV. Compliance With Section 4980H(a)
A. In General
Section 4980H(a) provides that an applicable large employer is
liable for an assessable payment under section 4980H(a) if, for any
month, any full-time employee is certified to receive an applicable
premium tax credit (section 4980H(c)(3)) or cost-sharing reduction and
the applicable large employer fails to offer its full-time employees
(and their dependents) the opportunity to enroll in minimum essential
coverage (MEC) (as defined in section 5000A(f)) under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan. If an employer offers MEC under an eligible
employer-sponsored plan to its full-time employees (and their
dependents), it will not be subject to the penalty under section
4980H(a), regardless of whether the coverage it offers is affordable to
the employees or provides minimum value. For any calendar month, an
applicable large employer member may be liable for an assessable
payment under section 4980H(a) or under section 4980H(b), but cannot be
liable under both section 4980H(a) and section 4980H(b) for the same
calendar month.
B. Offer of Coverage to the Employee and the Employee's Dependents
Under section 4980H(a), an applicable large employer member is
subject to an assessable payment if the member fails to offer its full-
time employees (and their dependents) the opportunity to enroll in MEC
under an eligible employer-sponsored plan and any full-time employee
receives a premium tax credit or cost-sharing reduction. Commenters
have asked whether coverage must be offered to the employee's
dependents, and if so, to which individuals the term ``dependents''
refers. Some commenters argued that an offer of dependent coverage is
not required under section 4980H because the statutory reference to
dependents is in parentheses, and others noted that the liability under
section 4980H is triggered only by a full-time employee receiving a
premium tax credit (regardless of whether any dependents are eligible
for, or receive, a premium tax credit).
The fundamental rules of statutory construction provide that effect
must be given, to the extent possible, to every word, clause and
sentence. See 2A Sutherland Statutory Construction 46:6 (7th ed. 2007).
Applying these principles to the words ``employees (and their
dependents),'' the language cannot be construed to mean only employees.
To accept the commenters' argument that the statute requires an offer
of coverage only to full-time employees would require ignoring the
words ``and their dependents'' in their entirety. Accordingly, the
proposed regulations provide that the words ``and their dependents'' in
section 4980H refer to an offer of coverage to dependents.
Section 4980H does not contain a statutory definition of the term
dependents for purposes of the references to dependents in section
4980H(a) and (b). The proposed regulations define an employee's
dependents for purposes of section 4980H as an employee's child (as
defined in section 152(f)(1)) who is under 26 years of age. A child
attains age 26 on the 26th anniversary of the date the child was born.
For example, a child born on April 10, 1986 attained age 26 on April
10, 2012. Employers may rely on employees' representations concerning
the identity and ages of the employees' children. The term dependents,
as defined in these proposed regulations for purposes of section 4980H,
does not include any individual other than children as
[[Page 232]]
described in this paragraph of the preamble, including an employee's
spouse. Thus, an offer of coverage to an employee's spouse is not
required for purposes of section 4980H because section 4980H refers
only to dependents (and not spouses). This definition of dependents
applies only for purposes of section 4980H and does not apply for
purposes of any other section of the Code. But see section IX.F. of the
preamble for transition relief with respect to the requirement to offer
coverage to dependents.
C. Offer of Coverage
1. In General
For an employee to be treated as having been offered coverage for a
month (or any day in that month), the coverage offered, if accepted,
must be applicable for that month (or that day). These regulations
clarify that if an applicable large employer member fails to offer
coverage to a full-time employee for any day of a calendar month during
which the employee was employed by the employer, the employee is
treated as not being offered coverage during that entire month.
However, in a calendar month when a full-time employee terminates
employment, if the employee would have been offered coverage for the
entire month if the employee had been employed for the entire month,
the employee is treated as having been offered coverage during that
month.
Several commenters requested clarification of what an employer
would be required to provide to adequately demonstrate that it had
offered coverage to an employee. These regulations do not propose any
new specific rules for demonstrating that an offer of coverage was
made. The otherwise generally applicable substantiation and
recordkeeping requirements in section 6001 would apply, including Rev.
Proc. 98-25 (1998-1 CB 689), (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this
chapter). In addition, the provision of the offer generally could be
made electronically. Section 1.401(a)-21 provides a safe harbor method
for use of electronic media. See also Notice 99-1 (1999-1 CB 269).
However, these regulations provide that if an employee has not been
offered an effective opportunity to accept coverage, the employee will
not be treated as having been offered the coverage for purposes of
section 4980H. The employee must also have an effective opportunity to
decline an offer of coverage that is not minimum value coverage or that
is not affordable. Thus, an employer may not render an employee
ineligible for a premium tax credit by providing an employee with
mandatory coverage (that is, coverage which the employee is not offered
an effective opportunity to decline) that does not meet minimum value.
For an analogous provision relating to the effective opportunity to
participate (or refuse participation) in an employee benefit
arrangement, see Sec. 1.401(k)-1(e)(2)(ii).
2. Offer of Coverage in the Case of Nonpayment or Late Payment of
Premiums
Some commenters noted that in certain instances the employee share
of the premium is not collected through withholding from the employee's
salary but instead is billed to the employee. This may arise, for
example, with respect to tipped employees, and may apply with respect
to employees who were full-time employees during a measurement period
but who work very few hours during the corresponding stability period.
These commenters stated that in some instances employees do not pay
their share of the premium on a timely basis and requested guidance on
whether the employer would still be required to continue to provide
coverage to those employees to avoid potential liability under section
4980H. The proposed regulations provide that, if an employee enrolls in
coverage but fails to pay the employee's share of the premium on a
timely basis, the employer is not required to provide coverage for the
period for which the premium is not timely paid, and that employer is
treated as having offered that employee coverage for the remainder of
the coverage period (typically the remainder of the plan year) for
purposes of section 4980H. The regulations generally adopt the
provisions applicable for purposes of payment for COBRA continuation
coverage under Q&A-5 of Sec. 54.4980B-8, which generally provides a
30-day grace period for payment and also provides rules with respect to
timely payments that are not significantly less than the amount
required to be paid and for responding to requests by health care
providers for confirmation of coverage during the grace period.
D. Section 4980H(a) Relief for Failure To Offer Coverage to a Limited
Number of Full-time Employees
Section 4980H(a) liability is predicated on an applicable large
employer member failing to offer its full-time employees (and their
dependents) the opportunity to enroll in minimum essential coverage
under an employer-sponsored plan. If section 4980H(a) liability is
triggered, the amount of the assessable payment is determined by
reference to a member's total number of full-time employees (including
full-time employees offered employer-sponsored coverage). The Treasury
Department and the IRS contemplate that the assessable payment should
not apply in the case of a member that intends to offer coverage to all
its full-time employees, but fails to offer coverage with respect to a
few full-time employees. Notice 2011-36 initially addressed this issue
by indicating that the Treasury Department and the IRS were
contemplating providing in the proposed regulations that an employer
offering coverage to all, or substantially all, of its full-time
employees would not be subject to a section 4980H(a) assessable
payment. Commenters generally welcomed the prospect of some flexibility
or margin in lieu of an absolute standard that the employer offer
coverage to all full-time employees (and their dependents). Many
comments supported a ``substantially all'' standard, but many requested
that the regulations prescribe a more definitive rule, specifying a
particular percentage of full-time employees and their dependents (with
comments suggesting various percentages) who need not be offered
coverage for this purpose.
After further study and consideration of the comments, the Treasury
Department and the IRS believe that they should exercise their
administrative authority to allow recognition of a margin of error
consistent with an intent to recognize the possibility of inadvertent
errors together with the specificity and administrability of a specific
percentage, and therefore have concluded that a clear and definitive 95
percent standard would be an administrable and appropriate
interpretation of the statutory provision. Accordingly, the proposed
regulations provide that an applicable large employer member will be
treated as offering coverage to its full-time employees (and their
dependents) for a calendar month if, for that month, it offers coverage
to all but five percent or, if greater, five of its full-time employees
(provided that an employee is treated as having been offered coverage
only if the employer also offered coverage to that employee's
dependents). The alternative margin of five full-time employees (and
their dependents), if greater than five percent of full-time employees
(and their dependents), is designed to accommodate relatively small
applicable large employer members because a failure to offer coverage
to a
[[Page 233]]
handful of full-time employees (and their dependents) might exceed five
percent of the applicable large employer member's full-time employees.
This relief applies to a failure to offer coverage to the specified
number or percentage of employees (and their dependents), regardless of
whether the failure to offer was inadvertent.
E. Application of the Section 4980H(c)(2)(D) 30-Employee Reduction
Section 4980H(c)(2)(D)(i) provides that the number of individuals
employed by an applicable large employer as full-time employees during
any month shall be reduced by 30 solely for purposes of calculating the
assessable payment under section 4980H(a) and the overall limit on the
liability under section 4980H(b)(2) for any calendar month (which is
equal to the product of the applicable payment amount described in
section 4980H(c)(1) and the number of individuals employed by the
employer as full-time employees during that calendar month). Section
4980H(c)(2)(D)(ii) further provides that in the case of persons treated
as a single applicable large employer under the aggregation rules, only
one 30-employee reduction is allowed with respect to those persons and
the reduction is allocated among them ratably on the basis of the
number of full-time employees employed by each. If an applicable large
employer has more than 30 applicable large employer members, with some
or all of the applicable large employer members receiving a ratable
allocation of more than zero but less than one full-time employee, the
proposed regulations provide that the applicable large employer
member's share of the 30-employee reduction will be rounded up to one
full-time employee (which may result in an overall reduction to all
members of the applicable large employer of more than 30 employees).
F. Section 4980H(a) Assessable Payment Amount
The assessable payment amount under section 4980H(a) equals, with
respect to any calendar month, the number of full-time employees of the
applicable large employer member (reduced by the allocable share of the
30-employee reduction) multiplied by the section 4980H(a) applicable
payment amount. The initial section 4980H(a) applicable payment amount
for a calendar month equals 1/12th of $2,000. For subsequent years,
that amount is adjusted for inflation pursuant to section 4980H(c)(5)
based upon the premium adjustment percentage (as defined in section
1302(c)(4) of the Affordable Care Act) for the calendar year, rounded
down to the next lowest multiple of $10.
V. Section 4980H(b) Liability
A. In General
If an applicable large employer member offers its full-time
employees (and their dependents) the opportunity to enroll in MEC under
an eligible employer-sponsored plan but nonetheless one or more full-
time employees have been certified for the payment of an applicable
premium tax credit or cost-sharing reduction, the employer generally is
liable for a section 4980H(b) penalty based on the number of its full-
time employees receiving an applicable premium tax credit or cost-
sharing reduction. This may occur because (1) the coverage under the
plan is unaffordable within the meaning of section 36(B)(c)(2)(C)(i)
for the employee (and the employer does not meet the requirements of
any of the affordability safe harbors described in section V.B.2. of
this preamble), (2) the coverage under the plan does not provide
minimum value within the meaning of section 36(B)(c)(2)(C)(ii), or (3)
the employer offers coverage to at least 95 percent (or, if greater,
five) but less than 100 percent of its full-time employees (and to
those employees' dependents) and one or more of those employees who are
not offered coverage receive a premium tax credit or cost-sharing
reduction. See section IV of the preamble; see also section
36B(c)(2)(C) and Sec. 1.36B-2(c)(3). Regulations under section 36B
were published on May 23, 2012 (77 FR 30377), as corrected on July 13,
2012 (77 FR 41270).
B. Affordable Coverage
1. In General
Generally, section 4980H(b) liability may arise because, with
respect to a full-time employee who has been certified to the employer
as having received an applicable premium tax credit or cost-sharing
reduction, the employer's coverage is unaffordable within the meaning
of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i) or does not provide minimum value within the
meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii). Therefore, section 4980H(b)
effectively creates an affordability test based on section 36B
affordability. For purposes of eligibility for the premium tax credit,
coverage for an employee under an employer-sponsored plan is affordable
if the employee's required contribution (within the meaning of section
5000A(e)(1)(B)) for self-only coverage does not exceed 9.5 percent of
the employee's household income for the taxable year. See sections
36B(c)(2)(C)(i) and 36B(d)(2), and section III.C. of the preamble.
As noted in of the Background section of the preamble, Notice 2011-
73 (2011-40 IRB 474) outlined a proposed affordability safe harbor
(referred to as the Form W-2 safe harbor) in connection with the
assessable payment under section 4980H(b) and requested comments on
other potential safe harbors. The comments with respect to the proposed
safe harbor generally were favorable and some commenters outlined other
potential safe harbors they argued could assist employers in their
efforts to determine affordability of coverage for purposes of section
4980H. See also Notice 2012-58 regarding reliance on the Form W-2 safe
harbor for 2014. In response to the comments, the proposed regulations
provide for the Form W-2 safe harbor and two additional safe harbors
for determining affordability, as described in section V.B.2. of the
preamble.
2. Affordability Safe Harbors
The three section 4980H(b) affordability safe harbors, as described
in this preamble and incorporated into the proposed regulations, would
apply only for purposes of determining whether an employer's coverage
satisfies the 9.5 percent affordability test for purposes of the
assessable payment under section 4980H(b). The section 4980H(b) safe
harbors do not apply for purposes of determining the assessable payment
under section 4980H(a). The safe harbors also would not affect an
employee's eligibility for a premium tax credit under section 36B,
which would continue to be based on the cost of employer-sponsored
coverage relative to an employee's household income. Accordingly, in
some instances, the effect of the safe harbor could be to treat an
employer's offer of coverage to an employee as affordable (based on
Form W-2 wages or one of the other affordability safe harbor standards)
for purposes of determining whether the employer is subject to an
assessable payment under section 4980H(b), while that same offer of
coverage could be treated as unaffordable (based on household income)
for purposes of determining whether the employee is eligible for a
premium tax credit under section 36B.
These safe harbors are all optional. An employer may choose to use
one or more of these safe harbors for all its employees or for any
reasonable category of employees, provided it does so on a uniform and
consistent basis for all employees in a category.
[[Page 234]]
a. Form W-2 Safe Harbor
The proposed regulations provide a safe harbor under which an
employer could determine affordability for purposes of section 4980H(b)
liability by reference to an employee's wages from that employer. Under
this proposed regulation, wages for this purpose would be the total
amount of wages as defined in section 3401(a), which is the amount
required to be reported in Box 1 of Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement
(referred to in this preamble as Form W-2 wages).
For the proposed Form W-2 wages safe harbor to apply, an employer
must meet certain requirements, including: (1) That the employer offers
its full-time employees (and their dependents) the opportunity to
enroll in minimum essential coverage under an eligible employer-
sponsored plan; and (2) that the required employee contribution toward
the self-only premium for the employer's lowest cost coverage that
provides minimum value (the employee contribution) not exceed 9.5
percent of the employee's Form W-2 wages for that calendar year. For
this purpose, an employer may count wages paid to its employees by a
third party that are reported on a Form W-2 that reflects the third
party's EIN, for example because the Form W-2 was filed by an agent
designated under section 3504 of the Code, or because the third party
paying the wages was treated as the employer for employment tax
purposes under section 3401(d)(1). If the employer satisfies both of
these requirements for a particular employee (as well as any other
conditions for the safe harbor), the employer will not be subject to an
assessable payment under section 4980H(b) with respect to that
particular employee, even if that employee receives a premium tax
credit or cost sharing reduction because the employee's actual
household income was less than the Form W-2 wages and, based on that
household income, the coverage offered was not affordable.
Application of this safe harbor is determined after the end of the
calendar year and on an employee-by-employee basis, taking into account
the employee's Form W-2 wages from the employer and the employee
contribution. So, for example, the employer determines whether it met
the Form W-2 safe harbor for 2014 for an employee by looking at that
employee's 2014 Form W-2 wages (meaning the wages reported on the 2014
Form W-2 that generally is furnished to the employee in January 2015)
and comparing 9.5 percent of that amount to the employee's 2014
employee contribution. Although the determination of whether an
employer actually satisfied the safe harbor is made after the end of
the calendar year, an employer could also use the safe harbor
prospectively, at the beginning of the year, to set the employee
contribution at a level so that the employee contribution for each
employee would not exceed 9.5 percent of that employee's Form W-2 wages
for that year (for example, by automatically deducting 9.5 percent, or
a lower percentage, from an employee's Form W-2 wages for each pay
period). See also the rate of pay affordability safe harbor and the
Federal poverty line safe harbor, discussed in section V.B.2. of this
preamble.
In response to Notice 2011-73, several commenters noted that Box 1
of the Form W-2 excludes elective deferrals that an employee makes into
a section 401(k) plan or section 403(b) plan, and excludes amounts that
an employee elects to contribute to a section 125 cafeteria plan
through salary reduction (for example, for health insurance
premiums,\4\ health flexible spending arrangements, dependent care
assistance, or health savings accounts). The commenters contended that
the measure of an employee's total compensation for purposes of the
affordability safe harbor calculation should include the employee's
elective deferrals to a retirement savings plan or cafeteria plan. The
proposed regulations do not adopt this comment. The determination of
whether employer-sponsored coverage is affordable for an employee under
section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i) is based on modified adjusted income and does
not take into account any elective deferrals to a section 401(k),
section 403(b) or cafeteria plan. Given that these amounts are not
taken into account in determining the affordability of coverage for
purposes of an employee's eligibility for a section 36B credit, it
would be inconsistent to allow employers to add back those amounts in
determining their liability under section 4980H(b), which is linked to
that employee's section 36B credit. However, see the rate of pay
affordability safe harbor described in this section V.B.2. of the
preamble, which could be used regardless of the amount of an employee's
elective deferrals.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ As a practical matter, if an employee makes a salary
reduction to pay for employer-provided MEC and thus is actually
receiving the employer-provided MEC, the employee will not be
eligible to receive the section 36B credit for that period. See
section 36B(c)(2)(C)((iii).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notice 2011-73 also requested comments on how wages and employee
contributions would need to be determined for employees employed for
less than a full year by an employer (for example, a new employee hired
during the calendar year or an employee who terminated employment
during the calendar year) or an employee who was not offered coverage
for the full year (for example, a new employee hired during the
calendar year or an employee who switches positions of employment
during the calendar year and so becomes eligible for coverage). Under
section 36B, affordability for a part-year period is determined by
comparing annual income to an annualized premium. See Sec. 1.36B-
2(c)(3)(v)(B). However, using this test to determine liability under
section 4980H(b) could, in certain cases, result in penalizing
employers that offer coverage that would be affordable based on the
wages paid to, and premiums charged to, an employee for a given period.
For example, if an employee was employed for six months of a calendar
year by an employer, and offered coverage for those six months with an
employee premium that did not exceed 9.5 percent of the employee's
wages for those six months, and if the employee was not employed by the
employer or any other employer for the other six months of the calendar
year, the annualized premium may be higher than 9.5 percent of the
employee's Form W-2 wages for the year. Commenters on Notice 2011-73
recommended several approaches, including prorating wages and premiums,
using a reasonable estimate of Form W-2 wages for the year, and
applying the safe harbor on a month-by-month basis.
The proposed regulations address this issue by providing that, for
an employee who was not a full-time employee for the entire calendar
year, the Form W-2 safe harbor is applied by adjusting the employee's
Form W-2 wages to reflect the period when the employee was offered
coverage, and then comparing those adjusted wages to the employee share
of the premium during that period. Specifically, the amount of the
employee's compensation for purposes of the safe harbor is determined
by multiplying the wages for the calendar year by a fraction equal to
the months for which coverage was offered to the employee over the
months the employee was employed. That adjusted wage amount is then
compared to the employee share of the premium for the months that
coverage was offered to determine whether the Form W-2 safe harbor was
satisfied for that employee. For example, if the employee worked eight
months of a calendar year, during five months of which the employee was
[[Page 235]]
offered coverage, and received a Form W-2 reflecting Form W-2 wages of
$24,000, the adjusted wages would be $24,000 multiplied by \5/8\ or
$15,000. That $15,000 is then treated as the adjusted Form W-2 wages
for purposes of determining whether the employee share of the premium
for each of the five months of coverage offered was affordable under
the section 4980H safe harbor (meaning the employee would be treated
for this purpose as earning $3,000 per month during that five-month
period).
b. Rate of Pay Safe Harbor
Notice 2011-73 requested comments on other possible safe harbor
methods for determining the affordability of employer-sponsored
coverage for purposes of section 4980H(b). Several commenters suggested
a safe harbor that is based on a rate of pay (either the employer's
lowest rate of pay or each employee's individual rate of pay). In
response to these comments, the proposed regulations provide a rate of
pay safe harbor under which the employer would (1) take the hourly rate
of pay for each hourly employee who is eligible to participate in the
health plan as of the beginning of the plan year, (2) multiply that
rate by 130 hours per month (the benchmark for full-time status for a
month under section 4980H), and (3) determine affordability based on
the resulting monthly wage amount. Specifically, the employee's monthly
contribution amount (for the self-only premium of the employer's lowest
cost coverage that provides minimum value) is affordable if it is equal
to or lower than 9.5 percent of the computed monthly wages (that is,
the employee's applicable hourly rate of pay x 130 hours). For salaried
employees, monthly salary would be used instead of hourly salary
multiplied by 130. An employer may use this safe harbor only if, with
respect to the employees for whom the employer applies the safe harbor,
the employer did not reduce the hourly wages of hourly employees or the
monthly wages of salaried employees during the year. The rate of pay
safe harbor is a design-based safe harbor that should be easy for
employers to apply and allows them to prospectively satisfy
affordability without the need to analyze every employee's wages and
hours.
c. Federal Poverty Line Safe Harbor
Some commenters suggested that determinations of affordability
should disregard employees whose income would qualify the employee for
coverage under Medicaid (and, accordingly, would disqualify the
employee from receiving the premium tax credit.) The suggestions
reflect that employees who cannot receive a premium tax credit, which
are not available by law to individuals with income below 100 percent
of the Federal poverty line, cannot trigger 4980H(b) liability.
In response to these suggestions, the proposed regulations provide
that an employer may also rely on a design-based safe harbor using the
Federal poverty line (FPL) for a single individual. Specifically, for
purposes of section 4980H, employer-provided coverage offered to an
employee is affordable if the employee's cost for self-only coverage
under the plan does not exceed 9.5 percent of the FPL for a single
individual. For households with families, the amount that is considered
to be below the poverty line is higher, so using the amount for a
single individual ensures that the employee contribution for affordable
coverage is minimized. In the interest of administrative convenience,
employers are permitted to use the most recently published poverty
guidelines as of the first day of the plan year of the applicable large
employer member's health plan.
C. Section 4980H(b) Assessable Payment Amount
The assessable payment amount under section 4980H(b) equals, for
any calendar month, the number of full-time employees of the applicable
large employer member who receive an applicable premium tax credit or
cost-sharing reduction multiplied by the section 4980H(b) applicable
payment amount. The initial section 4980H(b) applicable payment amount
for a calendar month equals 1/12th of $3,000. For subsequent years,
that amount is adjusted for inflation pursuant to section 4980H(c)(5)
based upon the premium adjustment percentage (as defined in section
1302(c)(4) of the Affordable Care Act) for the calendar year, rounded
down to the next lowest multiple of $10. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the assessable payment under section 4980H(b) cannot exceed the amount
of the assessable payment that would have been imposed under section
4980H(a) if the applicable large employer member had failed to offer
coverage to its full-time employees (and their dependents). Also, for
any employee for whom the employer satisfies at least one of the
affordability safe harbors described in section V.B.2. of this
preamble, the employer is not subject to an assessable payment under
section 4980H(b) for that employee if the coverage offered to that
employee otherwise satisfies minimum value.
VI. Assessment and Payment of Section 4980H Liability
Each applicable large employer member is liable for its section
4980H assessable payment, and is not liable for the section 4980H
assessable payment of any other entity in the controlled group
comprising the applicable large employer. With respect to a disregarded
entity, as defined in Sec. 301.7701-2, the proposed regulations regard
the entity for purposes of an assessable payment under section 4980H
and for purposes of reporting under section 6056. Therefore, the
assessable payment and reporting requirements are imposed on the
disregarded entity, and not on the owner of the disregarded entity. See
proposed Sec. 301.7701-2(c)(2)(v)(A)(5). These rules would also apply
to a qualified subchapter S subsidiary. See proposed Sec. 1.1361-
4(a)(8)(i)(E).
Any assessable payment under section 4980H is payable upon notice
and demand and is assessed and collected in the same manner as an
assessable penalty under subchapter B of chapter 68 of the Code.
Pursuant to regulations to be issued by HHS, the IRS will follow
procedures that ensure employers receive certification that one or more
employees have received premium tax credits or cost-sharing reductions
and are provided an opportunity to respond before the issuance of any
notice and demand for payment.
In complying with section 4980H, including relying on a look-back
measurement method for determining full-time employees and non full-
time employees and safe harbor methods for determining affordability
for purposes of section 4980H(b) (as described in sections II and
V.B.2. of this preamble), applicable large employer members are
responsible for insuring that they comply with the recordkeeping
requirements in section 6001, including Rev. Proc. 98-25 (1998-1 CB
689), (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter).
Pursuant to section 275(a)(6) regarding the nondeductibility of
certain excise taxes, including those under chapter 43, an assessable
payment imposed under section 4980H is not deductible.
VII. Information Reporting Under Section 6056
Applicable large employer members are required to report certain
information on employer-provided health coverage under section 6056.
Reporting will begin in 2015 for coverage provided on or after January
1,
[[Page 236]]
2014. Notice 2012-33 (2012-20 IRB 912) requests comments on section
6056 information reporting. The Treasury Department and the IRS intend
to publish separate proposed regulations implementing section 6056. For
purposes of this reporting requirement, the proposed regulations are
expected to apply to each applicable large employer member, as defined
for purposes of section 4980H. The proposed regulations are also
expected to align most definitions and rules so that, for example, if
an employer is treated as offering coverage for a month for purposes of
section 4980H, the employer would report the coverage was offered for
that month.
VIII. Public Health Service Act Section 2708--The 90-Day Maximum
Waiting Period
Public Health Service Act (PHS Act) section 2708 provides that, for
plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, a group health plan
or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage
shall not apply any waiting period that exceeds 90 days. PHS Act
section 2704(b)(4), ERISA section 701(b)(4), and Code section
9801(b)(4) define a waiting period to be the period that must pass with
respect to an individual before the individual is eligible to be
covered for benefits under the terms of the plan. PHS Act section 2708
does not require the employer to offer coverage to any particular
employee or class of employees, including part-time employees; but
merely prevents an otherwise eligible employee (or dependent) from
having to wait more than 90 days before coverage becomes effective.
Notice 2012-17 outlined various approaches under consideration with
respect to both the 90-day waiting period limitation and the employer
shared responsibility provisions under section 4980H,\5\ and invited
comments on the approaches contained in the notice, including a request
for comments on how rules relating to the potential look-back
measurement method for determining the full-time status of employees
under Code section 4980H should be coordinated with the 90-day waiting
period limitation of PHS Act section 2708. Subsequent guidance, under
Notice 2012-59, provided temporary guidance on compliance with PHS Act
section 2708, and provided that this temporary guidance would remain in
effect at least through the end of 2014.\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ Department of Labor Technical Release 2012-01, IRS Notice
2012-17, and HHS FAQs issued February 9, 2012.
\6\ Department of Labor Technical Release 2012-02, IRS Notice
2012-59, and HHS FAQs issued August 31, 2012.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
IX. Transition Rules
A. Plans With Fiscal Year Plan Years
Commenters on behalf of employers sponsoring plans with plan years
other than the calendar year (fiscal year plans) addressed two issues
in particular. First, these commenters noted that because the terms and
conditions of coverage are difficult to change in the middle of a plan
year, application of section 4980H to fiscal year plans as of January
1, 2014 would, in many cases, require compliance with section 4980H for
the entire fiscal year plan year beginning in 2013 (the 2013 plan
year). In addition, these commenters observed that, in order to use the
look-back measurement method to determine their employees' status as
full-time employees for the 2013 plan year ending in 2014, employers
with fiscal year plans would be required to determine the employees'
hours of service for periods before the publication of these proposed
regulations.
In response to these concerns, transition relief is being provided
for members of applicable large employer members with fiscal year
plans. If an applicable large employer member maintains a fiscal year
plan as of December 27, 2012, the relief applies with respect to
employees of the applicable large employer member (whenever hired) who
would be eligible for coverage, as of the first day of the first fiscal
year of that plan that begins in 2014 (the 2014 plan year) under the
eligibility terms of the plan as in effect on December 27, 2012. If an
employee described in the preceding sentence is offered affordable,
minimum value coverage no later than the first day of the 2014 plan
year, no section 4980H assessable payment will be due with respect to
that employee for the period prior to the first day of the 2014 plan
year.
While transition relief is provided with respect to all enrollees
(and other eligible employees) in fiscal year plans, further relief is
also provided for employers that have a significant percentage of their
employees eligible for or covered under one or more fiscal year plans
that have the same plan year as of December 27, 2012 and want to offer
certain other employees coverage under these plans. Specifically, if an
applicable large employer member has at least one-quarter of its
employees covered under one or more fiscal year plans that have the
same plan year as of December 27, 2012 or offered coverage under those
plans to one-third or more of its employees during the most recent open
enrollment period before December 27, 2012, no payment under section
4980H will be due for any month prior to the first day of the 2014 plan
year of that fiscal year plan with respect to employees who (1) are
offered affordable, minimum value coverage no later than the first day
of the 2014 plan year of the fiscal year plan, and (2) would not have
been eligible for coverage under any group health plan maintained by
the applicable large employer member as of December 27, 2012 that has a
calendar year plan year. For purposes of this transition relief, an
applicable large employer member may determine the percentage of its
employees covered under the fiscal year plan or plans as of the end of
the most recent enrollment period or any date between October 31, 2012
and December 27, 2012.
Employers using this transition relief will still be subject to the
reporting requirements under section 6056 for the entire 2014 calendar
year. The concerns described in this section of the preamble with
respect to the application of section 4980H do not apply with respect
to reporting by a fiscal year plan under section 6056. Because no
section 4980H liability will occur whether or not a full-time employee
is offered coverage during the portion of the 2013 plan year falling in
2014, the applicable large employer may determine the full-time
employees for that period for purposes of the section 6056 reporting
requirements after the period has ended, using actual service data
rather than the look-back measurement method, and use those
determinations for the reporting required at the beginning of 2015 to
cover the entire 2014 calendar year. In addition, the identification of
whether the coverage offered provides minimum value and the employee
portion of the applicable premium should be available to the employer
in time to complete the required reporting. Therefore, because this
reporting is essential to the administration of the premium tax credit
under section 36B, applicable large employers will be required to
report this information for the entire 2014 calendar year, even if
during some calendar months in 2014 section 4980H liability will not
apply due to application of the transition rules for fiscal year plan
years.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are developing appropriate
transition rules for employees of employers with fiscal year plans to
account for the fact that premium tax credits will first
[[Page 237]]
become available for the 2014 calendar year.
B. Salary Reduction Elections for Accident and Health Plans Provided
Through Cafeteria Plans for Cafeteria Plan Years Beginning in 2013
Many employers offer health plans to employees through salary
reduction under a section 125 cafeteria plan. Generally, cafeteria plan
elections must be made before the start of the plan year, and are
irrevocable during the plan year. See proposed Sec. 1.125-2. However,
the final regulations under Sec. 1.125-4 permit a cafeteria plan to
provide for changes in elections in certain circumstances, such as for
change in status events. An employer that wishes to permit such changes
in elections must incorporate the rules in Sec. 1.125-4 in its written
cafeteria plan.
In 2014, employees of an applicable large employer member covered
under their employer's health plan through salary reduction under their
employer's cafeteria plan may wish to enroll in coverage through an
Exchange and discontinue their employer's coverage. However, the
availability of health plan coverage through an Exchange beginning in
2014 does not constitute a change in status under Sec. 1.125-4. As a
result, employees would not be permitted to change their salary
reduction elections for accident and health coverage during the plan
year to cease salary reduction under the cafeteria plan and purchase
coverage through an Exchange. Conversely, to avoid the individual
responsibility payment under section 5000A, employees not covered under
their employer's health plan may wish to enroll in the plan beginning
after December 31, 2013.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that it is
appropriate to provide transition relief from the election rules in
proposed Sec. 1.125-2 with respect to salary reduction elections under
a cafeteria plan for an employer-provided accident and health plan with
a fiscal year beginning in 2013. This transition relief applies only to
the revocation, modification, or commencement of salary reductions for
accident and health coverage offered through a cafeteria plan of an
employer with a cafeteria fiscal year plan beginning in 2013 (and does
not apply to any other qualified benefit offered through a cafeteria
plan).
Thus, an applicable large employer member is permitted, at its
election, to amend one or more of its written cafeteria plans to permit
either or both of the following changes in salary reduction elections:
(1) An employee who elected to salary reduce through the cafeteria
plan for accident and health plan coverage with a fiscal plan year
beginning in 2013 is allowed to prospectively revoke or change his or
her election with respect to the accident and health plan once, during
that plan year, without regard to whether the employee experienced a
change in status event described in Sec. 1.125-4; and
(2) An employee who failed to make a salary reduction election
through his or her employer's cafeteria plan for accident and health
plan coverage with a fiscal plan year beginning in 2013 before the
deadline in proposed Sec. 1.125-2 for making elections for the
cafeteria plan year beginning in 2013 is allowed to make a prospective
salary reduction election for accident and health coverage on or after
the first day of the 2013 plan year of the cafeteria plan, without
regard to whether the employee experienced a change in status event
described in Sec. 1.125-4.
An applicable large employer member that wants to permit the change
in election rules under this transition relief for fiscal plan years
must incorporate these rules in its written cafeteria plan. Pursuant to
proposed Sec. 1.125-1(c), a plan may be amended at any time on a
prospective basis. Notwithstanding the general rule that amendments to
cafeteria plans may only be effective prospectively from the date of
the plan amendment, a cafeteria plan may be amended retroactively to
implement these transition rules. The retroactive amendment must be
made by December 31, 2014, and be effective retroactively to the date
of the first day of the 2013 plan year of the cafeteria plan.
C. Measurement Periods for Stability Periods Starting in 2014
Section 4980H is effective for months beginning after December 31,
2013. Employers that intend to utilize the look-back measurement method
for determining full-time status for 2014 will need to begin their
measurement periods in 2013 to have corresponding stability periods for
2014. The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize, however, that
employers intending to adopt a 12-month measurement period, and in turn
a 12-month stability period, will face time constraints in doing so.
Consequently, solely for purposes of stability periods beginning in
2014, employers may adopt a transition measurement period that is
shorter than 12 months but that is no less than 6 months long and that
begins no later than July 1, 2013 and ends no earlier than 90 days
before the first day of the plan year beginning on or after January 1,
2014 (90 days being the maximum permissible administrative period). For
example, an employer with a calendar year plan could use a measurement
period from April 15, 2013 through October 14, 2013 (six months),
followed by an administrative period ending on December 31, 2013. An
employer with a plan with a fiscal plan year beginning April 1 that
also elected to implement a 90-day administrative period could use a
measurement period from July 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013 (six
months), followed by an administrative period ending on March 31, 2014.
However, an employer with a fiscal plan year beginning on July 1, 2014
must use a measurement period that is longer than 6 months in order to
comply with the requirement that the measurement period begin no later
than July 1, 2013 and end no earlier than 90 days before the stability
period. For example, the employer could have a 10-month measurement
period from June 15, 2013 through April 14, 2014, followed by an
administrative period from April 15, 2014 through June 30, 2014. This
transition relief is solely for the application of a stability period
beginning in 2014 through the end of that stability period (including
any portion of the stability period falling in 2015).
Note that employers who use a full 12-month measurement period are
not required to begin the measurement period by July 1, 2013. For
example, an employer with a fiscal plan year beginning on November 1,
2014 could use a 12-month measurement period from September 1, 2013
through August 31, 2014, followed by an administrative period from
September 1, 2014 through October 31, 2014.
See section II.C.1. of this preamble for rules on changing
measurement periods from year to year.
D. Applicable Large Employer Members Participating in Multiemployer
Plans
Several comments requested a special rule for employers
participating in multiemployer plans in view of such plans' unique
operating structures. Multiemployer plans are maintained pursuant to
collective bargaining agreements, and have joint boards of trustees
representing employees and employers. Each participating employer's
relationship with the plan and the employee's participation in the plan
differs from the typical single-employer-sponsored arrangement. For
example, service at participating employers generally is aggregated to
determine an employee's eligibility to participate in the multiemployer
plan, even though the participating employers
[[Page 238]]
generally are not related. Because many of the collective bargaining
agreements governing multiemployer plans provide that contributions be
made to the multiemployer fund based on requirements other than hours
worked, such as on a days worked, projects completed, or percentage of
earnings basis, contributing employers may not be in a position to know
how many hours any individual employee worked. This problem is
exacerbated by the fact that covered employees often work for multiple
employers and it is thus impracticable for any one employer, or the
fund, to determine how many hours any individual employee worked. For
these reasons, further comments are requested on how section 4980H
should apply to employers participating in multiemployer plans.
The transition rule described in this section X.D. applies through
2014 for contributions made by applicable large employers participating
in a multiemployer plan. The rule is intended to provide an
administratively feasible means for employers that contribute to
multiemployer plans to comply with section 4980H. If any assessable
payment were due under section 4980H, it would be payable by a
participating applicable large employer member and that member would be
responsible for identifying its full-time employees for this purpose
(which would be based on hours of service for that employer). If the
applicable large employer contributes to one or more multiemployer
plans and also maintains a single employer plan, the rule applies to
each multiemployer plan but not to the single employer plan.
Under this transition rule, an applicable large employer member
will not be treated as failing to offer the opportunity to enroll in
minimum essential coverage to a full-time employee (and the employee's
dependents) for purposes of section 4980H(a), and will not be subject
to a penalty under section 4980H(b) with respect to a full-time
employee if (i) the employer is required to make a contribution to a
multiemployer plan with respect to the full-time employee pursuant to a
collective bargaining agreement or an appropriate related participation
agreement, (ii) coverage under the multiemployer plan is offered to the
full-time employee (and the employee's dependents), and (iii) the
coverage offered to the full-time employee is affordable and provides
minimum value. For purposes of the preceding sentence, whether the
employee is a full-time employee is determined under section
4980H(c)(4), whether coverage is affordable is determined under section
36(c)(2)(C)(i), and whether coverage provides minimum value is
determined under section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii). Notwithstanding this
transition relief, any waiting period for coverage under the plan must
separately comply with 90-day limitation on waiting periods in section
2708 of the Public Health Service Act. Further guidance under section
2708 of the Public Health Service Act will address this limitation.
For purposes of determining whether coverage under the
multiemployer plan is affordable, employers participating in the plan
may use any of the affordability safe harbors set forth in the proposed
regulations (and described in section V.B.2. of this preamble).
Coverage under a multiemployer plan will also be considered affordable
with respect to a full-time employee if the employee's required
contribution, if any, toward self-only health coverage under the plan
does not exceed 9.5 percent of the wages reported to the qualified
multiemployer plan, which may be determined based on actual wages or an
hourly wage rate under the applicable collective bargaining agreement.
E. Applicable Large Employer Determination for 2014
Section 4980H(c)(2) defines an applicable large employer with
respect to a calendar year as an employer that employed an average of
at least 50 full-time employees on business days during the preceding
calendar year. For purposes of determining whether an employer is an
applicable large employer, full-time equivalents (FTEs), which are
determined based on the hours of service of employees who are not full-
time employees, are taken into account. For most employers, their
status as an applicable large employer will be evident without the need
for an actual employee calculation (for example, employers with a
number of employees that is well in excess of the 50-employee
threshold). However, for some employers (those sufficiently close to
the 50-employee threshold), a calculation will be required and will be
performed for the first time. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that transition relief is appropriate for those employers
because they will be becoming familiar with the applicable large
employer determination method and applying it for the first time in
2013. Specifically, transition relief is provided for purposes of the
applicable large employer determination for the 2014 calendar year that
allows an employer the option to determine its status as an applicable
large employer by reference to a period of at least six consecutive
calendar months, as chosen by the employer, in the 2013 calendar year
(rather than the entire 2013 calendar year). Thus, an employer may
determine whether it is an applicable large employer for 2014 by
determining whether it employed an average of at least 50 full-time
employees on business days during any consecutive six-month period in
2013.
This will allow these employers to choose to use either, or both, a
period to prepare to count their employees and a period afterward to
ascertain and implement the results of the determination. For example,
an employer could use the period from January to February, 2013 to
establish its counting method, the period from March through August,
2013 to determine its applicable large employer status and, if it is an
applicable large employer, the period from September through December,
2013 to make any needed adjustments to its plan (or to establish a
plan) in order to comply with section 4980H.
F. Coverage for Dependents
A number of employers currently offer coverage only to their
employees, and not to dependents. For these employers, expanding their
health plans to add dependent coverage will require substantial
revisions to their plans and to their procedures for administration of
the plans. To provide employers sufficient time to implement these
changes, it is appropriate to provide transition relief with respect to
dependent coverage for plan years that begin in 2014. Accordingly, any
employer that takes steps during its plan year that begins in 2014
toward satisfying the section 4980H provisions relating to the offering
of coverage to full-time employees' dependents will not be liable for
any assessable payment under section 4980H solely on account of a
failure to offer coverage to the dependents for that plan year.
G. Variable Hour Employee Definition
The proposed regulations, consistent with Notice 2012-58, provide
that a new employee is a variable hour employee if, based on the facts
and circumstances at the start date, it cannot be determined that the
employee is reasonably expected to be employed on average at least 30
hours per week. A new employee who is expected to be employed initially
at least 30 hours per week may be a variable hour employee if, based on
the facts and circumstances at the start date, the period of employment
at more than 30 hours per week is reasonably expected to be of
[[Page 239]]
limited duration and it cannot be determined that the employee is
reasonably expected to be employed on average at least 30 hours per
week over the initial measurement period. Effective as of January 1,
2015, and except in the case of seasonal employees, the employer will
be required to assume for this purpose that although the employee's
hours of service might be expected to vary, the employee will continue
to be employed by the employer for the entire initial measurement
period; accordingly, the employer will not be permitted to take into
account the likelihood that the employee's employment will terminate
before the end of the initial measurement period. The effective date of
the rule described in the immediately preceding sentence is delayed
until 2015 to provide transition relief because some plan sponsors may
have interpreted Notice 2012-58 (which gave reliance for 2014) more
broadly. Even with respect to 2014, however, the status of any
individual employee as a variable hour employee cannot be based on
employer expectations regarding aggregate turnover. Rather there must
be objective facts and circumstances specific to the newly hired
employee at the start date demonstrating that the individual employee's
employment is reasonably expected to be of limited duration within the
initial measurement period.
X. Effective Dates and Reliance
Section 4980H is effective for months after December 31, 2013.
Employers may rely on these proposed regulations for guidance
pending the issuance of final regulations or other guidance. Final
regulations will be effective as of a date not earlier than the date
the final regulations are published in the Federal Register. If and to
the extent future guidance is more restrictive than the guidance in
these proposed regulations, the future guidance will be applied without
retroactive effect and employers will be provided with sufficient time
to come into compliance with the final regulations.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this notice of proposed rulemaking is
not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order
12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required.
It has also been determined that section 553(b) of the
Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to
this regulation, and because the regulation does not impose a
collection of information on small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply.
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, this notice of proposed
rulemaking has been submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small
business.
Comments and Public Hearing
Before the proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations,
consideration will be given to any written comments (a signed original
and eight (8) copies) or electronic comments that are submitted timely
to the IRS. The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on all
aspects of the proposed rules. All comments will be available for
public inspection and copying.
A public hearing has been scheduled for April 23, 2013, beginning
at 10:00 a.m. in the Auditorium, Internal Revenue Building, 1111
Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC. Due to building security
procedures, visitors must enter at the Constitution Avenue entrance. In
addition, all visitors must present photo identification to enter the
building. Because of access restrictions, visitors will not be admitted
beyond the immediate entrance area more than 30 minutes before the
hearing starts. For information about having your name placed on the
building access list to attend the hearing, see the FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section of this preamble.
The rules of 26 CFR 601.601(a)(3) apply to the hearing. Persons who
wish to present oral comments at the hearing must submit electronic or
written comments by March 18, 2013, and an outline of the topics to be
discussed and the time to be devoted to each topic (signed original and
eight (8) copies) by April 3, 2013. A period of 10 minutes will be
allotted to each person for making comments. An agenda showing the
scheduling of the speakers will be prepared after the deadline for
receiving outlines has passed. Copies of the agenda will be available
free of charge at the hearing.
Drafting Information
These proposed regulations were drafted by the Office of Tax Exempt
and Government Entities. Other personnel from the Treasury Department
and the IRS participated in the development of the regulations.
List of Subjects
26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
26 CFR Part 54
Excise taxes, Pensions, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
26 CFR Part 301
Employment taxes, Estate taxes, Excise taxes, Gift taxes, Income
taxes, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Proposed Amendments to the Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1, 54, and 301 are proposed to be amended
as follows:
PART 1--INCOME TAXES
0
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in
part as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
0
Par. 2. Section 1.1361-4 is amended as follows:
0
1. In paragraph (a)(8)(i)(C), the language ``and 4412; and'' is removed
and ``and 4412;'' is added in its place.
0
2. In paragraph (a)(8)(i)(D), the language ``or 6427.'' is removed and
``or 6427; and'' is added in its place.
0
3. Paragraphs (a)(8)(i)(E) is added.
0
4. In paragraph (a)(8)(ii), the language ``January 1, 2008.'' is
removed and ``January 1, 2008, except that paragraph (a)(8)(i)(E) of
this section applies for months after December 31, 2013.'' is added in
its place.
The additions read as follows:
Sec. 1.1361-4 Effect of QSub election.
(a) * * *
(8) * * *
(i) * * *
(E) Assessment and collection of an assessable payment imposed by
section 4980H and reporting required by section 6056.
* * * * *
PART 54--PENSION EXCISE TAXES
0
Par. 3. The authority citation for part 54 is amended by adding entries
in numerical order to read as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 54.4980H-3 is also issued under 26 U.S.C.
4980H(c)(4)(B).
0
Par. 4. Sections 54.4980H-0, 54.4980H-1, 54.4980H-2, 54.4980H-3,
54.4980H-4, 54.4980H-5, and 54.4980H-6 are added to read as follows:
Sec. 54.4980H-0 Table of contents.
This section lists the table of contents for Sec. Sec. 54.4980H-1
through 54.4980H-6.
Section 54.4980H-1 Definitions.
(a) Definitions.
[[Page 240]]
(1) Administrative period.
(2) Advance credit payment.
(3) Affordable Care Act.
(4) Applicable large employer.
(5) Applicable large employer member.
(6) Applicable premium tax credit.
(7) Calendar month.
(8) Church, or a convention or association of churches.
(9) Collective bargaining agreement.
(10) Cost sharing reduction.
(11) Dependent.
(12) Eligible employer-sponsored plan.
(13) Employee.
(14) Employer.
(15) Exchange.
(16) Federal poverty line.
(17) Form W-2 wages.
(18) Full-time employee.
(19) Full-time equivalent employee (FTE).
(20) Government entity.
(21) Hour of service.
(22) Initial measurement period.
(23) Minimum essential coverage.
(24) Minimum value.
(25) Month.
(26) New employee.
(27) Ongoing employee.
(28) Period of employment.
(29) Person.
(30) Plan year.
(31) Predecessor employer.
(32) Qualified health plan.
(33) Seasonal employee.
(34) Seasonal worker.
(35) Section 1411 certification.
(36) Section 4980H(a) applicable payment amount.
(37) Section 4980H(b) applicable payment amount.
(38) Self-only coverage.
(39) Stability period.
(40) Standard measurement period.
(41) Start date.
(42) United States.
(43) Variable hour employee.
(44) Week.
(b) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H-2 Applicable large employer and applicable large
employer member.
(a) In general.
(b) Determining applicable large employer status.
(1) In general.
(2) Seasonal worker exception.
(3) Employers not in existence in preceding calendar year.
(4) Special rules for government entities, churches, and
conventions and associations of churches.
(c) Full-time equivalent employees (FTEs).
(1) In general.
(2) Calculating the number of FTEs.
(d) Examples.
(e) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H-3 Determining full-time employees.
(a) In general.
(b) Hours of service.
(1) Hourly employee calculation.
(2) Non-hourly employee's calculation.
(c) Look-back measurement method.
(1) Ongoing employees.
(2) New non-variable hour and non-seasonal employees.
(3) New variable hour and new seasonal employees.
(4) Transition from new employee to ongoing employee.
(5) Examples.
(d) Change in employment status.
(1) In general.
(2) Examples.
(e) Employee rehires.
(1) Treatment as a new employee.
(2) Employment break period defined.
(3) Special unpaid leave defined.
(4) Averaging method for employment break periods and certain
other unpaid leave.
(5) Anti-abuse rule.
(6) Examples.
(f) Nonpayment or late payment of premiums.
(g) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H-4 Assessable payments under section 4980H(a).
(a) In general.
(b) Offer of coverage.
(c) Partial calendar month.
(d) Allocated reduction of 30 full-time employees.
(e) Example.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H-5 Assessable payments under section 4980H(b).
(a) In general.
(b) Offer of coverage.
(c) Partial calendar month.
(d) Applicability to applicable large employer member.
(e) Affordability.
(1) In general.
(2) Affordability safe harbors for section 4980H(b) purposes.
(f) Effective/applicability date.
Section 54.4980H-6 Administration and procedure.
(a) Reserved.
(b) Effective/applicability date.
Sec. 54.4980H-1 Definitions.
(a) Definitions. The definitions in this section apply to this
section and Sec. Sec. 54.4980H-2 through 54.4980H-6.
(1) Administrative period. The term administrative period is an
optional period, selected by an applicable large employer member, of no
longer than 90 days beginning immediately following the end of a
measurement period and ending immediately before the start of the
associated stability period.
(2) Advance credit payment. The term advance credit payment means
an advance payment of the premium tax credit as provided in Affordable
Care Act section 1412 (42 U.S.C. 18082).
(3) Affordable Care Act. The term Affordable Care Act means the
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Public Law 111-148 (124
Stat. 119 (2010)), and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act
of 2010, Public Law 111-152, (124 Stat. 1029 (2010)), as amended by the
Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 Public Law 111-309 (124
Stat. 3285 (2010)), the Comprehensive 1099 Taxpayer Protection and
Repayment of Exchange Subsidy Overpayments Act of 2011, Public Law 112-
9 (125 Stat. 28, (2011)), the Department of Defense and Full-Year
Continuing Appropriations Act, 2011, Public Law 112-10 (125 Stat. 38,
(2011)), and the 3% Withholding Repeal and Job Creation Act, Public Law
112-56 (125 Stat. 711 (2011)).
(4) Applicable large employer. The term applicable large employer
means, with respect to a calendar year, an employer that employed an
average of at least 50 full-time employees (including full-time
equivalent employees) on business days during the preceding calendar
year. For rules relating to the determination of applicable large
employer status, see Sec. 54.5980H-2.
(5) Applicable large employer member. The term applicable large
employer member means a person that, together with one or more other
persons, is treated as a single employer that is an applicable large
employer. For this purpose, if a person, together with one or more
other persons, is treated as a single employer that is an applicable
large employer on any day of a calendar month, that person is an
applicable large employer member for that calendar month. If the
applicable large employer comprises one person, that one person is the
applicable large employer member. An applicable large employer member
does not include a person that is not an employer or only an employer
of employees with no hours of service for the calendar year. For rules
for government entities, and churches, or conventions or associations
of churches, see Sec. 54.4980H-2(b)(4).
(6) Applicable premium tax credit. The term applicable premium tax
credit means any premium tax credit that is allowed or paid under
section 36B and any advance payment of such credit.
(7) Calendar month. The term calendar month means one of the 12
full months named in the calendar, such as January, February, or March.
(8) Church, or a convention or association of churches. The term
church, or a convention or association of churches has the same meaning
as provided in Sec. 1.170A-9(b) of this chapter.
(9) Collective bargaining agreement. The term collective bargaining
agreement means an agreement that the Secretary of Labor determines to
be a collective bargaining agreement, provided that the health benefits
provided under the collective bargaining agreement are the subject of
good faith bargaining between employee representatives and one or more
employers, and the agreement between
[[Page 241]]
employee representatives and one or more employers satisfies section
7701(a)(46).
(10) Cost-sharing reduction. The term cost-sharing reduction means
a cost-sharing reduction and any advance payment of the reduction as
defined under section 1402 of the Affordable Care Act.
(11) Dependent. The term dependent means a child (as defined in
section 152(f)(1)) of an employee who has not attained age 26. A child
attains age 26 on the 26th anniversary of the date the child was born.
Absent knowledge to the contrary, applicable large employer members may
rely on an employee's' representation about that employee's children
and the ages of those children. Dependent does not include the spouse
of an employee.
(12) Eligible employer-sponsored plan. The term eligible employer-
sponsored plan has the same meaning as provided under section
5000A(f)(2) and any applicable guidance thereunder.
(13) Employee. The term employee means an individual who is an
employee under the common-law standard. See Sec. 31.3401(c)-1(b) of
this chapter. For purposes of this paragraph, a leased employee (as
defined in section 414(n)(2)), a sole proprietor, a partner in a
partnership, or a 2-percent S corporation shareholder is not an
employee.
(14) Employer. The term employer means the person that is the
employer of an employee under the common-law standard. See Sec.
31.3121(d)-1(c) of this chapter. For purposes of determining whether an
employer is an applicable large employer, all persons treated as a
single employer under section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) are treated as a
single employer. Thus, all employees of a controlled group of entities
under section 414(b) or (c), an affiliated service group under section
414(m), or under section 414(o) are taken into account in determining
whether the members of the controlled group or affiliated service group
together are an applicable large employer. For purposes of determining
applicable large employer status, the term employer also includes a
predecessor employer and a successor employer.
(15) Exchange. The term Exchange means an Exchange as defined in 45
CFR 155.20.
(16) Federal Poverty Line. The term Federal poverty line means the
most recently published poverty guidelines (updated periodically in the
Federal Register by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under
the authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2)) as of the first day of the plan
year of the applicable large employer member's health plan.
(17) Form W-2 wages. The term Form W-2 wages with respect to an
employee refers to the amount of wages as defined under section 3401(a)
for the applicable calendar year (required to be reported in Box 1 of
the Form W-2) received from an applicable large employer.
(18) Full-time employee. The term full-time employee means, with
respect to a calendar month, an employee who is employed an average of
at least 30 hours of service per week with an employer. For this
purpose, 130 hours of service in a calendar month is treated as the
monthly equivalent of at least 30 hours of service per week, provided
the employer applies this equivalency rule on a reasonable and
consistent basis. For rules on the determination of whether an employee
is a full-time employee, including the look-back measurement method for
purposes of determining and computing liability under section 4980H
(but not for the purpose of determining status as an applicable large
employer), see Sec. 54.4980H-3.
(19) Full-time equivalent employee (FTE). The term full-time
equivalent employee, or FTE, means a combination of employees, each of
whom individually is not treated as a full-time employee because he or
she is not employed on average at least 30 hours of service per week
with an employer, who, in combination, are counted as the equivalent of
a full-time employee solely for purposes of determining whether the
employer is an applicable large employer. For rules on the method for
determining the number of an employer's full-time equivalent employees,
or FTEs, see Sec. 54.4980H-2(c).
(20) Government entity. The term government entity means the
government of the United States, any State or political subdivision
thereof, any Indian tribal government (as defined in section
7701(a)(40)) or subdivision of an Indian tribal government (determined
in accordance with section 7871(d)), or any agency or instrumentality
of any of the foregoing.
(21) Hour of service--(i) In general. The term hour of service
means each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
for the performance of duties for the employer; and each hour for which
an employee is paid, or entitled to payment by the employer for a
period of time during which no duties are performed due to vacation,
holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty,
military duty or leave of absence (as defined in 29 CFR 2530.200b-
2(a)). For the rules for determining an employee's hour of service, see
Sec. 54.4980H-3.
(ii) Service for other applicable large employer members. In
determining hours of service and status as a full-time employee for all
purposes under section 4980H, an hour of service for one applicable
large employer member is treated as an hour of service for all other
applicable large employer members for all periods during which the
applicable large employer members are part of the same group of
employers forming an applicable large employer.
(iii) Service of a nonresident alien individuals and service
outside the United States. Hours of service do not include hours of
service to the extent the compensation for those hours of service
constitutes income from sources without the United States (within the
meaning of section 862(a)(3)).
(22) Initial measurement period. The term initial measurement
period means a time period selected by an applicable large employer
member of at least three consecutive calendar months but not more than
12 consecutive calendar months used by the applicable large employer as
part of the process of determining whether certain new employees are
full-time employees under the look-back measurement method in Sec.
54.4980H-3(c). See Sec. 54.4980H-3(c)(1)(ii) for rules on pay periods
including the beginning and end dates of the measurement period.
(23) Minimum essential coverage. The term minimum essential
coverage (or MEC) has the same meaning as provided in section 5000A(f)
and any regulations or other administrative guidance thereunder.
(24) Minimum value. The term minimum value has the same meaning as
provided in section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii) and any regulations or other
administrative guidance thereunder.
(25) Month. The term month refers to the period that begins on any
date following the first day of a calendar month and that ends on the
immediately preceding date in the immediately following calendar month
(for example, from February 2 to March 1 or from December 15 to January
14) or that is a calendar month. See Sec. 54.4980H-1(a)(7) for the
definition of calendar month.
(26) New employee. The term new employee means an employee who has
been employed by an applicable large employer for less than one
complete standard measurement period. For treatment of the employee as
a new employee or ongoing employee following a period for which no
hours of service are earned, see the
[[Page 242]]
employment break period rules at Sec. 54.4980H-3(e).
(27) Ongoing employee. The term ongoing employee means an employee
who has been employed by an applicable large employer member for at
least one complete standard measurement period.
(28) Period of employment. The term period of employment means the
period of time beginning on the first date for which an employee is
credited with an hour of service for an applicable large employer
(including any member of that applicable large employer) and ending on
the last date on which the employee is credited with an hour of service
for that applicable large employer, both dates inclusive. An employee
may have one or more periods of employment with the same applicable
large employer.
(29) Person. The term person has the same meaning as provided in
section 7701(a)(1) and the regulations thereunder.
(30) Plan year. The plan year must be twelve consecutive months,
unless a short plan year of less than twelve consecutive months is
permitted for a valid business purpose. A plan year is permitted to
begin on any day of a year and must end on the preceding day in the
immediately following year (for example, a plan year that begins on
October 15, 2014, must end on October 14, 2015). A calendar year plan
year is a period of twelve consecutive months beginning on January 1
and ending on December 31 of the same calendar year. Once established,
a plan year is effective for the first plan year and for all subsequent
plan years, unless changed, provided that such change will only be
recognized if made for a valid business purposes. A change in the plan
year is not permitted if a principal purpose of the change in plan year
is to circumvent the rules of section 4980H or these regulations.
(31) Predecessor employer. [Reserved]
(32) Qualified health plan. The term qualified health plan means a
qualified health plan as defined in Affordable Care Act section 1301(a)
(42 U.S.C. 18021(a)), but does not include a catastrophic plan
described in Affordable Care Act section 1302(e) (42 U.S.C. 18022(e)).
(33) Seasonal employee. [Reserved]
(34) Seasonal worker. The term seasonal worker means a worker who
performs labor or services on a seasonal basis as defined by the
Secretary of Labor, including (but not limited to) workers covered by
29 CFR 500.20(s)(1), and retail workers employed exclusively during
holiday seasons. Employers may apply a reasonable, good faith
interpretation of the term ``seasonal worker'' and a reasonable good
faith interpretation of 29 CFR 500.20(s)(1) (including as applied by
analogy to workers and employment positions not otherwise covered under
29 CFR 500.20(s)(1)).
(35) Section 1411 Certification. The term Section 1411
Certification means the certification received as part of the process
established by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under which
an employee is certified to the employer under section 1411 of the
Affordable Care Act as having enrolled for a calendar month in a
qualified health plan with respect to which an applicable premium tax
credit or cost-sharing reduction is allowed or paid with respect to the
employee.
(36) Section 4980H(a) applicable payment amount. The term section
4980H(a) applicable payment amount means, with respect to any month, 1/
12 of $2,000, adjusted for inflation in accordance with section
4980H(c)(5) and any applicable guidance thereunder.
(37) Section 4980H(b) applicable payment amount. The term section
4980H(b) applicable payment amount means, with respect to any month, 1/
12 of $3,000, adjusted for inflation in accordance with section
4980H(c)(5) and any applicable guidance thereunder.
(38) Self-only coverage. The term self-only coverage means health
insurance coverage provided to only one individual, generally the
employee.
(39) Stability period. The term stability period means a time
period selected by an applicable large employer member that follows,
and is associated with, a standard measurement period or an initial
measurement period, and is used by the applicable large employer member
as part of the process of determining whether an employee is a full-
time employee under the look-back measurement method in Sec. 54.4980H-
3(c).
(40) Standard measurement period. The term standard measurement
period means a time period of at least three but not more than 12
consecutive months that an applicable large employer member selects and
uses in determining whether an ongoing employee is a full-time employee
under the look-back measurement method in Sec. 54.4980H-3(c). See
Sec. 54.4980H-3(c)(1)(ii) for rules on payroll periods that include
the beginning and end dates of the measurement period.
(41) Start date. The term start date means the first date on which
an employee is required to be credited with an hour of service with an
employer. For rules relating to when, following a period for which an
employee does not earn an hour of service, that employee may be treated
as a new employee with a new start date rather than a continuing
employee, see the averaging method for employment break periods at
Sec. 54.4980H-3(e).
(42) United States. The term United States means United States as
defined in section 7701(a)(9).
(43) Variable hour employee. The term variable hour employee means
an employee if, based on the facts and circumstances at the employee's
start date, the applicable large employer member cannot determine
whether the employee is reasonably expected to be employed on average
at least 30 hours of service per week during the initial measurement
period because the employee's hours are variable or otherwise
uncertain. For this purpose, the applicable large employer member may
not take into account the likelihood that the employee may terminate
employment with the applicable large employer (including any member of
the applicable large employer) before the end of the initial
measurement period.
(44) Week. The term week means any period of seven consecutive
calendar days applied consistently by the applicable large employer
member.
(b) Effective/applicability date. This section is applicable for
periods after December 31, 2013.
Sec. 54.4980H-2 Applicable large employer and applicable large
employer member.
(a) In general. Section 4980H applies to an applicable large
employer and to all of the applicable large employer members that
comprise that applicable large employer.
(b) Determining applicable large employer status--(1) In general.
An employer's status as an applicable large employer for a calendar
year is determined by taking the sum of the total number of full-time
employees (including any seasonal workers) for each calendar month in
the preceding calendar year and the total number of FTEs (including any
seasonal workers) for each calendar month in the preceding calendar
year, and dividing by 12. The result, if not a whole number, is then
rounded to the next lowest whole number. If the result of this
calculation is less than 50, the employer is not an applicable large
employer for the current calendar year. If the result of this
calculation is 50 or more, the employer is an applicable large employer
for the current calendar year, unless the seasonal worker exception in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section applies.
[[Page 243]]
(2) Seasonal worker exception. If the sum of an employer's full-
time employees and FTEs exceeds 50 for 120 days or less during the
preceding calendar year, and the employees in excess of 50 who were
employed during that period of no more than 120 days are seasonal
workers, the employer is not considered to employ more than 50 full-
time employees (including FTEs) and the employer is not an applicable
large employer for the current calendar year. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(2) only, four calendar months may be treated as the
equivalent of 120 days. The four calendar months and the 120 days are
not required to be consecutive.
(3) Employers not in existence in preceding calendar year. An
employer not in existence throughout the preceding calendar year is an
applicable large employer for the current calendar year if it is
reasonably expected to employ an average of at least 50 full-time
employees (taking into account FTEs) on business days during the
current calendar year and it actually employs an average of at least 50
full-time employees (taking into account FTEs) on business days during
the calendar year.
(4) Special rules for government entities, churches, and
conventions and associations of churches. [Reserved]
(c) Full-time equivalent employees (FTEs)--(1) In general. In
determining whether an employer is an applicable large employer, the
number of FTEs it employed during the preceding calendar year are taken
into account. All employees (including seasonal workers) who were not
employed on average at least 30 hours of service per week for a
calendar month in the preceding calendar year are included in
calculating the employer's FTEs for that calendar month.
(2) Calculating the number of FTEs. The number of FTEs for each
calendar month in the preceding calendar year is determined by
calculating the aggregate number of hours of service for that calendar
month for employees who were not full-time employees (but not more than
120 hours of service for any employee) and dividing that number by 120.
In determining the number of FTEs for each calendar month, fractions
are taken into account.
(d) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of
paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section. In these examples, hours of
service are computed following the rules set forth in Sec. 54.4980H-3,
and references to years refer to calendar years unless otherwise
specified. The Employers in Examples 2 through 5 are each the sole
applicable large employer member of the applicable large employer, as
determined under section 414(b), (c), (m) and (o).
Example 1. Applicable large employer/controlled group. (i)
Facts. For 2015 and 2016, corporation P owns 100 percent of all
classes of stock of corporation S and corporation T. P has no
employees at any time in 2015. For every calendar month in 2015, S
has 40 full-time employees and T has 60 full-time employees. P, S,
and T are a controlled group of corporations under section 414(b).
(ii) Conclusion. Because P, S and T have a combined total of 100
full-time employees during 2015, P, S, and T is an applicable large
employer for 2016. Each of P, S and T is an applicable large
employer member for 2016.
Example 2. Applicable large employer with FTEs. (i) Facts.
During each calendar month of 2015, Employer L has 20 full-time
employees each of whom averages 35 hours of service per week, 40
employees each of whom averages 90 hours of service per month, and
no seasonal workers.
(ii) Conclusion. Each of the 20 employees who average 35 hours
of service per week count as one full-time employee for each month.
To determine the number of FTEs for each month, the total hours of
service of the employees who are not full-time employees (but not
more than 120 hours of service per employee) are aggregated and
divided by 120. The result is that the employer has 30 FTEs for each
month (40 x 90 = 3,600, and 3,600 / 120 = 30). Because Employer L
has 50 full-time employees (the sum of 20 full-time employees and 30
FTEs) during each month in 2015, and because the seasonal worker
exception is not applicable, Employer L is an applicable large
employer for 2016.
Example 3. Seasonal worker exception. (i) Facts. During 2015,
Employer N has 40 full-time employees for the entire calendar year,
none of whom are seasonal workers. In addition, Employer N also has
80 seasonal full-time workers who work for Employer N from September
through December, 2015. Employer N has no FTEs during 2015.
(ii) Conclusion. Before applying the seasonal worker exception,
Employer N has 40 full-time employees during each of eight calendar
months of 2015, and 120 full-time employees during each of four
calendar months of 2015, resulting in an average of 66.5 employees
for the year (rounded down to 66 full-time employees). However,
Employer N's workforce equaled or exceeded 50 full-time employees
(counting seasonal workers) for no more than four calendar months
(treated as the equivalent of 120 days) in calendar year 2015, and
the number of full-time employees would be less than 50 during those
months if seasonal workers were disregarded. Accordingly, because
after application of the seasonal worker exception in paragraph
(b)(2) of this section Employer N is not considered to employ more
than 50 full-time employees, Employer N is not an applicable large
employer for 2016.
Example 4. Seasonal workers and other FTEs. (i) Facts. Same
facts as in Example 3, except that Employer N has 20 FTEs in August,
some of whom are seasonal workers.
(ii) Conclusion. The seasonal worker exception in paragraph
(b)(2) of this section does not apply if the number of an employer's
full-time employees (including seasonal workers) and FTEs equals or
exceeds 50 employees for more than 120 days during the calendar
year. Because Employer N has at least 50 full-time employees for a
period greater than four calendar months (treated as the equivalent
of 120 days) during 2015, the exception in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section does not apply. Employer N averaged 68 full-time employees
in 2015: [(40 x 7) + (60 x 1) + (120 x 4)] / 12 = 68.33, rounded
down to 68, and accordingly, Employer N is an applicable large
employer for calendar year 2016.
Example 5. New employer. (i) Facts. Corporation A is
incorporated on January 1, 2015. On January 1, 2015, Corporation A
has three employees. However, prior to incorporation, Corporation
A's owners purchased a factory intended to open within two months of
incorporation and to employ approximately 100 employees. By March
15, 2015, Corporation A has more than 75 full-time employees.
(ii) Conclusion. Because Corporation A can reasonably be
expected to employ on average at least 50 full-time employees on
business days during 2015, and actually employs an average of at
least 50 full-time employees on business days during 2015,
Corporation A is an applicable large employer (and an applicable
large employer member).
(e) Effective/applicability date. This section is applicable for
periods after December 31, 2013.
Sec. 54.4980H-3 Determining full-time employees.
(a) In general. This section sets forth the rules for determining
hours of service and status as a full-time employee for all purposes of
section 4980H, provided that the look-back measurement methods for
determining status as a full-time employee under paragraph (c) of this
section apply solely for purposes of determining and calculating
liability under section 4980H(a) and (b) (and not for purposes of
determining status as an applicable large employer). See Sec.
54.4980H-1(a)(18) for the definition of full-time employee.
(b) Hours of service--(1) Hourly employees calculation. For
employees paid on an hourly basis, an employer must calculate actual
hours of service from records of hours worked and hours for which
payment is made or due.
(2) Non-hourly employees calculation--(i) In general. For employees
paid on a non-hourly basis, an employer must calculate hours of service
by using one of the following methods:
(A) Using actual hours of service from records of hours worked and
hours for which payment is made or due.
(B) Using a days-worked equivalency whereby the employee is
credited with eight hours of service for each day for
[[Page 244]]
which the employee would be required to be credited with at least one
hour of service in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(C) Using a weeks-worked equivalency whereby the employee is
credited with 40 hours of service for each week for which the employee
would be required to be credited with at least one hour of service in
accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(ii) Change in method. An employer must use one of the three
methods in paragraph (b)(2) of this section for calculating the hours
of service for non-hourly employees. An employer is not required to use
the same method for all non-hourly employees, and may apply different
methods for different classifications of non-hourly employees, provided
the classifications are reasonable and consistently applied. Similarly,
an applicable large employer member is not required to apply the same
methods as other applicable large employer members of the same
applicable large employer for the same or different classifications of
non-hourly employees, provided that in each case the classifications
are reasonable and consistently applied by the applicable large
employer member.
(iii) Prohibited use of equivalencies. The number of hours of
service calculated using the days-worked or weeks-worked equivalency
must reflect generally the hours actually worked and the hours for
which payment is made or due. An employer is not permitted to use the
days-worked equivalency or the weeks-worked equivalency if the result
is to substantially understate an employee's hours of service in a
manner that would cause that employee not to be treated as full-time.
For example, an employer may not use a days-worked equivalency in the
case of an employee who generally works three 10-hour days per week,
because the equivalency would substantially understate the employee's
hours of service as 24 hours of service per week, which would result in
the employee being treated as not a full-time employee. Rather, the
number of hours of service calculated using the days-worked or weeks-
worked equivalency method must reflect generally the hours actually
worked and the hours for which payment is made or due.
(c) Look-back measurement method--(1) Ongoing employees--(i) In
general. Under the look-back measurement method for ongoing employees,
an applicable large employer determines each ongoing employee's full-
time status by looking back at the standard measurement period. The
applicable large employer member determines the months in which the
standard measurement period starts and ends, provided that the
determination must be made on a uniform and consistent basis for all
employees in the same category (see paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this section
for a list of permissible categories). For example, if an applicable
large employer member chooses a standard measurement period of 12
months, the applicable large employer member could choose to make it
the calendar year, a non-calendar plan year, or a different 12-month
period, such as one that ends shortly before the start of the plan's
annual open enrollment period. If the applicable large employer member
determines that an employee was employed on average at least 30 hours
per week during the standard measurement period, then the applicable
large employer member treats the employee as a full-time employee
during a subsequent stability period, regardless of the employee's
number of hours of service during the stability period, so long as he
or she remains an employee.
(ii) Use of payroll periods. For payroll periods that are one week,
two weeks, or semi-monthly in duration, an employer is permitted to
treat as a measurement period a period that ends on the last day of the
payroll period preceding the payroll period that includes the date that
would otherwise be the last day of the measurement period, provided
that the measurement period begins on the first day of the payroll
period that includes the date that would otherwise be the first day of
the measurement period. An employer may also treat as a measurement
period a period that begins on the first day of the payroll period that
follows the payroll period that includes the date that would otherwise
be the first day of the measurement period, provided that the
measurement period ends on the last day of the payroll period that
includes the date that would otherwise be the last day of the
measurement period. For example, an employer using the calendar year as
a measurement period could exclude the entire payroll period that
included January 1 (the beginning of the year) if it included the
entire payroll period that included December 31 (the end of that same
year), or, alternatively, could exclude the entire payroll period that
included December 31 of a calendar year if it included the entire
payroll period that included January 1 of that calendar year.
(iii) Employee determined to be employed an average of at least 30
hours of service per week. An employee who was employed on average at
least 30 hours of service per week during the standard measurement
period must be treated as a full-time employee for a stability period
that begins immediately after the standard measurement period and any
applicable administrative period. The stability period must be at least
six consecutive calendar months but no shorter in duration than the
standard measurement period.
(iv) Employee determined not to be employed on average at least 30
hours of service per week. If an employee was not employed an average
at least 30 hours of service per week during the standard measurement
period, the applicable large employer member may treat the employee as
not a full-time employee during the stability period that follows, but
is not longer than, the standard measurement period. The stability
period must begin immediately after the end of the measurement period
and any applicable administrative period.
(v) Permissible employee categories. Subject to the rules governing
the relationship between the length of the measurement period and the
stability period, applicable large employer members may use measurement
periods and stability periods that differ either in length or in their
starting and ending dates for the following categories of employees:
(A) Collectively bargained employees and non-collectively bargained
employees.
(B) Each group of collectively bargained employees covered by a
separate collective bargaining agreement.
(C) Salaried employees and hourly employees.
(D) Employees whose primary places of employment are in different
States.
(vi) Optional administrative period. An applicable large employer
member may provide for an administrative period that begins immediately
after the end of a standard measurement period and that ends
immediately before the associated stability period; however, any
administrative period between the standard measurement period and the
stability period for ongoing employees may neither reduce nor lengthen
the measurement period or the stability period. The administrative
period following the standard measurement period may last up to 90
days. To prevent this administrative period from creating a gap in
coverage, the administrative period must overlap with the prior
stability period, so that, during any such administrative period
applicable to ongoing employees following a standard measurement
period, ongoing employees who are
[[Page 245]]
enrolled in coverage because of their status as full-time employees
based on a prior measurement period must continue to be covered through
the administrative period. Applicable large employer members may use
administrative periods that differ in length for the categories of
employees identified in paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this section.
(vii) Change in position of employment or other employment status.
If an ongoing employee's position of employment or other employment
status changes before the end of a stability period, the change will
not affect the application of the classification of the employee as a
full-time employee (or not a full-time employee) for the remaining
portion of the stability period. For example, if an ongoing employee in
a certain position of employment is not treated as a full-time employee
during a stability period because the employee's hours of service
during the prior measurement period were insufficient for full-time-
employee treatment, and the employee changes position of employment to
a position that involves an increased level of hours of service, the
treatment of the employee as a non-full time employee during the
remainder of the stability period is unaffected. Similarly, if an
ongoing employee in a certain position of employment is treated as a
full-time employee during a stability period because the employee's
hours of service during the prior measurement period were sufficient
for full-time-employee treatment, and the employee changes position of
employment to a position that involves a lower level of hours of
service, the treatment of the employee as a full-time employee during
the remainder of the stability period is unaffected.
(viii) Example. The following example illustrates the application
of paragraph (c)(1) of this section:
(i) Facts. Employer W is an applicable large employer member and
computes hours of service following the rules in this section. Employer
W chooses to use a 12-month stability period that begins January 1 and
a 12-month standard measurement period that begins October 15.
Consistent with the terms of Employer W's group health plan, only
employees classified as full-time employees using the look-back
measurement method are eligible for coverage. Employer W chooses to use
an administrative period between the end of the standard measurement
period (October 14) and the beginning of the stability period (January
1) to determine which employees were employed on average 30 hours of
service per week during the measurement period, notify them of their
eligibility for the plan for the calendar year beginning on January 1
and of the coverage available under the plan, answer questions and
collect materials from employees, and enroll those employees who elect
coverage in the plan. Previously-determined full-time employees already
enrolled in coverage continue to be offered coverage through the
administrative period.
Employee A and Employee B have been employed by Employer W for
several years, continuously from their start date. Employee A was
employed on average 30 hours of service per week during the standard
measurement period that begins October 15, 2015 and ends October 14,
2016 and for all prior standard measurement periods. Employee B also
was employed on average 30 hours of service per week for all prior
standard measurement periods, but is not a full-time employee during
the standard measurement period that begins October 15, 2015 and ends
October 14, 2016.
(ii) Conclusions. Because Employee A was employed for the entire
standard measurement period that begins October 15, 2015 and ends
October 14, 2016, Employee A is an ongoing employee with respect to the
stability period running from January 1, 2017 through December 31,
2017. Because Employee A was employed on average 30 hours of service
per week during that standard measurement period, Employee A is offered
coverage for the entire 2017 stability period (including the
administrative period from October 15, 2017 through December 31, 2017).
Because Employee A was employed on average 30 hours of service per week
during the prior standard measurement period, Employee A is offered
coverage for the entire 2016 stability period and, if enrolled, would
continue such coverage during the administrative period from October
15, 2016 through December 31, 2016.
Because Employee B was employed for the entire standard measurement
period that begins October 15, 2015 and ends October 14, 2016, Employee
B is also an ongoing employee with respect to the stability period in
2017. Because Employee B did not work full-time during this standard
measurement period, Employee B is not required to be offered coverage
for the stability period in 2017 (including the administrative period
from October 15, 2017 through December 31, 2017). However, because
Employee B was employed on average 30 hours of service per week during
the prior standard measurement period, Employee B is offered coverage
through the end of the 2016 stability period and, if enrolled, would
continue such coverage during the administrative period from October
15, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Employer W complies with the
standards of paragraph (c)(1) of this section because the measurement
and stability periods are no longer than 12 months, the stability
period for ongoing employees who work full-time during the standard
measurement period is not shorter than the standard measurement period,
the stability period for ongoing employees who do not work full-time
during the standard measurement period is no longer than the standard
measurement period, and the administrative period is no longer than 90
days.
(2) New non-variable hour and non-seasonal employees. If an
employee is reasonably expected at his or her start date to be a full-
time employee (and is not a seasonal employee), an employer that
sponsors a group health plan that offers coverage to the employee at or
before the conclusion of the employee's initial three full calendar
months of employment will not be subject to an assessable payment under
section 4980H by reason of its failure to offer coverage to the
employee for up to the initial full three calendar months of
employment; however, if the employer did not offer coverage to the
employee by the end of the employee's initial three full calendar
months of employment, the employer may be subject to a section 4980H
assessable payment for those months as well as for any subsequent
months for which coverage was not offered.
(3) New variable hour and new seasonal employees--(i) In general.
For new variable hour employees and new seasonal employees, applicable
large employer members are permitted to determine whether the new
employee is a full-time employee using an initial measurement period of
between three and 12 months (as selected by the applicable large
employer member) that begins on any date between the employee's start
date and the first day of the first calendar month following the
employee's start date. The applicable large employer member measures
the new employee's hours of service during the initial measurement
period and determines whether the employee was employed on average at
least 30 hours of service per week during this period. The stability
period for such employees must be the same length as the stability
period for ongoing employees.
(ii) Employees determined to be employed on average at least 30
hours of service per week. If a new variable hour employee or new
seasonal employee has on average at least 30
[[Page 246]]
hours of service per week during the initial measurement period, the
applicable large employer member must treat the employee as a full-time
employee during the stability period that begins after the initial
measurement period (and any associated administrative period). The
stability period must be a period of at least six consecutive calendar
months that is no shorter in duration than the initial measurement
period.
(iii) Employees determined not to be employed on average at least
30 hours of service per week. If a new variable hour employee or new
seasonal employee does not have on average at least 30 hours of service
per week during the initial measurement period, the applicable large
employer member is permitted to treat the employee as not a full-time
employee during the stability period that follows the initial
measurement period. This stability period for such employees must not
be more than one month longer than the initial measurement period and,
in accordance with paragraph (c)(4) of this section, must not exceed
the remainder of the standard measurement period (plus any associated
administrative period) in which the initial measurement period ends.
(4) Transition from new employee to ongoing employee--(i) In
general. Once a new variable hour employee or new seasonal employee has
been employed for an entire standard measurement period, the applicable
large employer must test the employee for full-time employee status,
beginning with that standard measurement period, at the same time and
under the same conditions as apply to other ongoing employees.
Accordingly, for example, an applicable large employer member with a
calendar year standard measurement period that also uses a one-year
initial measurement period beginning on the employee's start date would
test a new variable hour employee whose start date is February 12 for
full-time status first based on the initial measurement period
(February 12 through February 11 of the following year) and again based
on the calendar year standard measurement period (if the employee
continues in employment for that entire standard measurement period)
beginning on January 1 of the year after the start date.
(ii) Employee determined to be employed an average of at least 30
hours of service per week. An employee who was employed an average of
at least 30 hours of service per week during an initial measurement
period or standard measurement period must be treated as a full-time
employee for the entire associated stability period. This is the case
even if the employee was employed an average of at least 30 hours of
service per week during the initial measurement period but was not
employed an average of at least 30 hours of service per week during the
overlapping or immediately following standard measurement period. In
that case, the applicable large employer member may treat the employee
as not a full-time employee only after the end of the stability period
associated with the initial measurement period. Thereafter, the
applicable large employer member must determine the employee's status
as a full-time employee in the same manner as it determines such status
in the case of its other ongoing employees as described in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section.
(iii) Employee determined not to be employed an average of at least
30 hours of service per week. If the employee was not employed an
average of at least 30 hours of service per week during the initial
measurement period, but was employed at least 30 hours of service per
week during the overlapping or immediately following standard
measurement period, the employee must be treated as a full-time
employee for the entire stability period that corresponds to that
standard measurement period (even if that stability period begins
before the end of the stability period associated with the initial
measurement period). Thereafter, the applicable large employer member
must determine the employee's status as a full-time employee in the
same manner as it determines such status in the case of its other
ongoing employees as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
(iv) Permissible differences in measurement or stability periods
for different categories of employees. Subject to the rules governing
the relationship between the length of the measurement period and the
stability period, applicable large employer members may use measurement
periods and stability periods that differ either in length or in their
starting and ending dates for the categories of employees identified in
paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this section).
(v) Optional administrative period--(A) In general. Subject to the
limits in paragraph (c)(4)(v)(B) of this section, an applicable large
employer member is permitted to apply an administrative period in
connection with an initial measurement period and before the start of
the stability period. This administrative period must not exceed 90
days in total. For this purpose, the administrative period includes all
periods between the start date of a new variable hour employee or new
seasonal employee and the date the employee is first offered coverage
under the applicable large employer member's group health plan, other
than the initial measurement period. Thus, for example, if the
applicable large employer member begins the initial measurement period
on the first day of the first month following a new variable hour or
new seasonal employee's start date, the period between the employee's
start date and the first day of the next month must be taken into
account in applying the 90-day limit on the administrative period.
Similarly, if there is a period between the end of the initial
measurement period and the date the employee is first offered coverage
under the plan, that period must be taken into account in applying the
90-day limit on the administrative period. Applicable large employer
members may use administrative periods that differ in length for the
categories of employees identified in paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this
section.
(B) Limit on combined length of initial measurement period and
administrative period. In addition to the specific limits on the
initial measurement period (which must not exceed 12 months) and the
administrative period (which must not exceed 90 days), there is a limit
on the combined length of the initial measurement period and the
administrative period applicable to a new variable hour employee or new
seasonal employee. Specifically, the initial measurement period and
administrative period together cannot extend beyond the last day of the
first calendar month beginning on or after the first anniversary of the
employee's start date. For example, if an applicable large employer
member uses a 12-month initial measurement period for a new variable
hour employee, and begins that initial measurement period on the first
day of the first calendar month following the employee's start date,
the period between the end of the initial measurement period and the
offer of coverage to a new variable hour employee who works full time
during the initial measurement period must not exceed one month.
(5) Examples. The following examples illustrate the look-back
measurement methods described in paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(4) of
this section. In all of the following examples, the applicable large
employer member offers all of its full-time employees (and their
dependents) the opportunity to enroll in minimum essential coverage
under an eligible employer-sponsored plan. The coverage is affordable
within the
[[Page 247]]
meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i) (or is treated as affordable
coverage under one of the affordability safe harbors described in Sec.
54.4980H-5) and provides minimum value within the meaning of section
36B(c)(2)(C)(ii). In Example 1 through Example 8, the new employee is a
new variable hour employee, and the employer has chosen to use a 12-
month standard measurement period for ongoing employees starting
October 15 and a 12-month stability period associated with that
standard measurement period starting January 1. (Thus, during the
administrative period from October 15 through December 31 of each
calendar year, the employer continues to offer coverage to employees
who qualified for coverage for that entire calendar year based upon
working on average at least 30 hours per week during the prior standard
measurement period.) Also, the employer offers health plan coverage
only to full-time employees (and their dependents). In Example 9 and
Example 10, the new employee is a new variable hour employee, and the
employer uses a six-month standard measurement period, starting each
May 15 and November 15, with six-month stability periods associated
with those standard measurement periods starting January 1 and July 1.
Example 1 (12-Month Initial Measurement Period Followed by 1+
Partial Month Administrative Period). (i) Facts. For new variable
hour employees, Employer B uses a 12-month initial measurement
period that begins on the start date and applies an administrative
period from the end of the initial measurement period through the
end of the first calendar month beginning on or after the end of the
initial measurement period. Employer B hires Employee Y on May 10,
2015. Employee Y's initial measurement period runs from May 10,
2015, through May 9, 2016. Employee Y has an average of 30 hours of
service per week during this initial measurement period. Employer B
offers coverage to Employee Y for a stability period that runs from
July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Employee Y has an average of 30 hours of
service per week during his initial measurement period and Employer
B uses an initial measurement period that does not exceed 12 months;
an administrative period totaling not more than 90 days; and a
combined initial measurement period and administrative period that
does not last beyond the final day of the first calendar month
beginning on or after the one-year anniversary of Employee Y's start
date. Accordingly, from Employee Y's start date through June 30,
2017, Employer B is not subject to any payment under section 4980H
with respect to Employee Y, because Employer B complies with the
standards for the initial measurement period and stability periods
for a new variable hour employee. Employer B must test Employee Y
again based on the period from October 15, 2015 through October 14,
2016 (Employer B's first standard measurement period that begins
after Employee Y's start date).
Example 2 (11-Month Initial Measurement Period Followed by 2+
Partial Month Administrative Period). (i) Facts. Same as Example 1,
except that Employer B uses an 11-month initial measurement period
that begins on the start date and applies an administrative period
from the end of the initial measurement period until the end of the
second calendar month beginning after the end of the initial
measurement period. Employer B hires Employee Y on May 10, 2015.
Employee Y's initial measurement period runs from May 10, 2015,
through April 9, 2016. Employee Y has an average of 30 hours of
service per week during this initial measurement period. Employer B
offers coverage to Employee Y for a stability period that runs from
July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Same as Example 1.
Example 3 (11-Month Initial Measurement Period Preceded by
Partial Month Administrative Period and Followed by 2-Month
Administrative Period). (i) Facts. Same as Example 1, except that
Employer B uses an 11-month initial measurement period that begins
on the first day of the first calendar month beginning after the
start date and applies an administrative period that runs from the
end of the initial measurement period through the end of the second
calendar month beginning on or after the end of the initial
measurement period. Employer B hires Employee Y on May 10, 2015.
Employee Y's initial measurement period runs from June 1, 2015,
through April 30, 2016. Employee Y has an average of 30 hours of
service per week during this initial measurement period. Employer B
offers coverage to Employee Y for a stability period that runs from
July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Same as Example 1.
Example 4 (12-Month Initial Measurement Period Preceded by
Partial Month Administrative Period and Followed by 2-Month
Administrative Period). (i) Facts. For new variable hour employees,
Employer B uses a 12-month initial measurement period that begins on
the first day of the first month following the start date and
applies an administrative period that runs from the end of the
initial measurement period through the end of the second calendar
month beginning on or after the end of the initial measurement
period. Employer B hires Employee Y on May 10, 2015. Employee Y's
initial measurement period runs from June 1, 2015, through May 31,
2016. Employee Y has an average of 30 hours of service per week
during this initial measurement period. Employer B offers coverage
to Employee Y for a stability period that runs from August 1, 2016
through July 31, 2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer B does not satisfy the standards for
the look-back measurement method in paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this
section because the combination of the initial partial month delay,
the 12-month initial measurement period, and the two month
administrative period means that the coverage offered to Employee Y
does not become effective until after the first day of the second
calendar month following the first anniversary of Employee Y's start
date. Accordingly, Employer B is potentially subject to a payment
under section 4980H.
Example 5 (Continuous Full-Time Employee). (i) Facts. Same as
Example 1; in addition, Employer B tests Employee Y again based on
Employee Y's hours of service from October 15, 2015 through October
14, 2016 (Employer B's first standard measurement period that begins
after Employee Y's start date), determines that Employee Y has an
average of 30 hours of service a week during that period, and offers
Employee Y coverage for July 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017.
(Employee Y already has an offer of coverage for the period of
January 1, 2017 through June 30, 2017 because that period is covered
by the initial stability period following the initial measurement
period, during which Employee Y was determined to be a full-time
employee.)
(ii) Conclusion. Employer B is not subject to any payment under
section 4980H for 2017 with respect to Employee Y.
Example 6 (Initially Full-Time Employee, Becomes Non-Full-Time
Employee). (i) Facts. Same as Example 1; in addition, Employer B
tests Employee Y again based on Employee Y's hours of service from
October 15, 2015 through October 14, 2016 (Employer B's first
standard measurement period that begins after Employee Y's start
date), and determines that Employee Y has an average of 28 hours of
service a week during that period. Employer B continues to offer
coverage to Employee Y through June 30, 2017 (the end of the
stability period based on the initial measurement period during
which Employee Y was determined to be a full-time employee), but
does not offer coverage to Employee Y for the period of July 1, 2017
through December 31, 2017.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer B is not subject to any payment under
section 4980H for 2016 with respect to Employee Y, provided that it
offers coverage to Employee Y from July 1, 2016 through June 30,
2017 (the entire stability period associated with the initial
measurement period).
Example 7 (Initially Non-Full-Time Employee). (i) Facts. Same as
Example 1, except that Employee Y has an average of 28 hours of
service per week during the period from May 10, 2015 through May 9,
2016 and Employer B does not offer coverage to Employee Y in 2016.
(ii) Conclusion. From Employee Y's start date through the end of
2016, Employer B is not subject to any payment under section 4980H,
because Employer B complies with the standards for the measurement
and stability periods for a new variable hour employee with respect
to Employee Y.
Example 8 (Initially Non-Full-Time Employee, Becomes Full-Time
Employee). (i) Facts. Same as Example 7; in addition, Employer B
tests Employee Y again based on Employee Y's hours of service from
October 15, 2015 through October 14, 2016 (Employer B's first
standard measurement period that begins after Employee Y's start
date), determines that Employee Y has an average of 30 hours of
service per week during this standard measurement period, and offers
coverage to Employee Y for 2017.
[[Page 248]]
(ii) Conclusion. Employer B is not subject to any payment under
section 4980H for 2017 with respect to Employee Y.
Example 9 (Initially Full-Time Employee). (i) Facts. For new
variable hour employees, Employer C uses a six-month initial
measurement period that begins on the start date and applies an
administrative period that runs from the end of the initial
measurement period through the end of the first full calendar month
beginning after the end of the initial measurement period. Employer
C hires Employee Z on May 10, 2015. Employee Z's initial measurement
period runs from May 10, 2015, through November 9, 2015, during
which Employee Z has an average of 30 hours of service per week.
Employer C offers coverage to Employee Z for a stability period that
runs from January 1, 2016 through June 30, 2016.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer C uses an initial measurement period
that does not exceed 12 months; an administrative period totaling
not more than 90 days; and a combined initial measurement period and
administrative period that does not last longer than the final day
of the first calendar month beginning on or after the one-year
anniversary of Employee Z's start date. From Employee Z's start date
through June 30, 2016, Employer C is not subject to any payment
under section 4980H, because Employer C complies with the standards
for the measurement and stability periods for a new variable hour
employee with respect to Employee Z. Employer C must test Employee Z
again based on Employee Z's hours of service during the period from
November 15, 2015 through May 14, 2016 (Employer C's first standard
measurement period that begins after Employee Z's start date).
Example 10 (Initially Full-Time Employee, Becomes Non-Full-Time
Employee). (i) Facts. Same as Example 9; in addition, Employer C
tests Employee Z again based on Employee Z's hours of service during
the period from November 15, 2015 through May 14, 2016 (Employer C's
first standard measurement period that begins after Employee Z's
start date), during which period Employee Z has an average of 28
hours of service per week. Employer C continues to offer coverage to
Employee Z through June 30, 2016 (the end of the initial stability
period based on the initial measurement period during which Employee
Z has an average of 30 hours of service per week), but does not
offer coverage to Employee Z from July 1, 2016 through December 31,
2016.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer C is not subject to any payment under
section 4980H with respect to Employee Z for 2016.
Example 11 (Seasonal Employee, 12-Month Initial Measurement
Period; 1+ Partial Month Administrative Period). (i) Facts. Employer
D offers health plan coverage only to full-time employees (and their
dependents). Employer D uses a 12-month initial measurement period
for new variable hour employees and seasonal employees that begins
on the start date and applies an administrative period from the end
of the initial measurement period through the end of the first
calendar month beginning after the end of the initial measurement
period. Employer D hires Employee S, a ski instructor, on November
15, 2015 with an anticipated season during which Employee S will
work running through March 15, 2016. Employer D determines that
Employee S is a seasonal employee based upon a reasonable good faith
interpretation of that term. Employee S's initial measurement period
runs from November 15, 2015, through November 14, 2016. Employee S
is expected to have 50 hours of service per week from November 15,
2015 through March 15, 2016, but is not reasonably expected to
average 30 hours of service per week for the 12-month initial
measurement period.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer D cannot determine whether Employee S
is reasonably expected to average at least 30 hours of service per
week for the 12-month initial measurement period. Accordingly,
Employer D may treat Employee S as a variable hour employee during
the initial measurement period.
Example 12 (Variable Hour Employee). (i) Facts. Employer E is in
the trade or business of providing temporary workers to numerous
clients that are unrelated to Employer E and to one another.
Employer E is the common law employer of the temporary workers based
on all of the facts and circumstances. Employer E offers health plan
coverage only to full-time employees (including temporary workers
who are full-time employees) and their dependents. Employer E uses a
12-month initial measurement period for new variable hour employees
and new seasonal employees that begins on the start date and applies
an administrative period from the end of the initial measurement
period through the end of the first calendar month beginning after
the end of the initial measurement period. Employer E hires Employee
T on January 1, 2015 and anticipates that it will assign Employee T
to provide services for various clients. As of the beginning of the
initial measurement period, Employer E reasonably expects that, over
the initial measurement period, Employee T is likely to be offered
short-term assignments with several different clients, with
significant gaps between the assignments and that the assignments
will differ in the average hours of service per week (meaning
averaging both above and below 30 hours of service per week), all
depending on client needs and Employee T's availability. The number
of actual assignments that Employee T will be offered, the number
that Employee T will accept, the duration of assignments, the length
of the gaps between assignments, and whether various assignments
will result in Employee T being employed on average at least 30
hours of service per week during the assignment, are all uncertain.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer E cannot determine whether Employee T
is reasonably expected to average at least 30 hours of service per
week for the 12-month initial measurement period. Accordingly,
Employer E may treat Employee T as a variable hour employee during
the initial measurement period.
Example 13 (Variable Hour Employee). (i) Facts. Employee A is
hired on an hourly basis by Employer Y to fill in for employees who
are absent and to provide additional staffing at peak times.
Employer Y expects that Employee A will average 30 hours of service
per week or more for A's first few months of employment, while
assigned to a specific project, but also reasonably expects that the
assignments will be of unpredictable duration, that there will be
gaps of unpredictable duration between assignments, that the hours
per week required by subsequent assignments will vary, and that A
will not necessarily be available for all assignments.
(ii) Conclusion. Employer Y cannot determine whether Employee A
is reasonably expected to average at least 30 hours of service per
week for the initial measurement period. Accordingly, Employer Y may
treat Employee A as a variable hour employee.
(d) Change in employment status--(1) In general. If the position of
employment or other employment status of a new variable hour employee
or new seasonal employee materially changes before the end of the
initial measurement period in such a way that, if the employee had
begun employment in the new position or status, the employee would have
reasonably been expected to be employed on average at least 30 hours of
service per week, the employer is not required to treat the employee as
a full-time employee for purposes of determining and calculating any
liability under section 4980H until the first day of the fourth month
following the change in employment status or, if earlier and the
employee averages more than 30 hours of service per week during the
initial measurement period, the first day of the first month following
the end of the initial measurement period (including any optional
administrative period associated with the initial measurement period).
(2) Example. The following example illustrates the provisions of
paragraph (d)(1) of this section. In the following example, the
applicable large employer member offers all of its full-time employees
(and their dependents) the opportunity to enroll in minimum essential
coverage under an eligible employer-sponsored plan. The coverage is
affordable within the meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i) (or is treated
as affordable coverage under one of the affordability safe harbors
described in Sec. 54.4980H-5) and provides minimum value within the
meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(ii).
Example (Change in employment from variable hour employee to
non-variable hour employee). (i) Facts. For new variable hour
employees, Employer A uses a 12-month initial measurement period
that begins on the start date and applies an administrative period
from the end of the initial measurement period through the end of
the first calendar month beginning on or after the end of the
initial measurement period. Employer A hires Employee Z on May 10,
[[Page 249]]
2015. Employer A's initial measurement period runs from May 10,
2015, through May 9, 2016, with the optional administrative period
ending June 30, 2016. At Employee Z's May 10, 2015 start date,
Employee Z is a variable hour employee. On September 15, 2015,
Employer A promotes Employee Z to a position that can reasonably be
expected to average at least 30 hours of service per week.
(ii) Conclusion. For purposes of determining Employer A's
potential liability under section 4980H, Employee Z must be treated
as a full-time employee as of January 1, 2016, because that date is
the earlier of the first day of the fourth calendar month following
the change in position (January 1, 2016) or the first day of the
calendar month after the end of the initial measurement period plus
the optional administrative period (July 1, 2016).
(e) Employees rehired after termination of employment or resuming
service after other absence--(1) Treatment as a new employee after a
period of absence. Solely for purposes of section 4980H, an employee
who resumes providing services to (or is otherwise credited with an
hour of service for) an applicable large employer after a period during
which the employee was not credited with any hours of service may be
treated as having terminated employment and having been rehired, and
therefore may be treated as a new employee upon the resumption of
services only if the employee did not have an hour of service for the
applicable large employer for a period of at least 26 consecutive weeks
immediately preceding the resumption of services or, if chosen by the
applicable large employer, for a shorter period (measured in weeks) of
at least four consecutive weeks that exceeds the number of weeks of
that employee's period of employment with the applicable large employer
immediately preceding the period during which the employee was not
credited with any hours of service. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, the duration of the period of employment immediately
preceding the period during which the employee was not credited with
any hours of service is determined after application to that period of
employment of the averaging methods described in paragraph (e)(4) of
this section, if applicable. An employee treated as a continuing
employee retains, upon resumption of services, the status that employee
had with respect to the application of any stability period (for
example, if the continuing employee returns during a stability period
in which the employee is treated as a full-time employee, the employee
is treated as a full-time employee upon return and through the end of
that stability period). For purpose of the preceding sentence, a
continuing employee treated as a full-time employee will be treated as
offered coverage upon resumption of services if the employee is offered
coverage as of the first day that employee is credited with an hour of
service, or, if later, as soon as administratively practicable. This
rule set forth in this paragraph (e)(1) applies solely for the purpose
of determining whether the employee, upon the resumption of services,
is treated as a new employee or as a continuing employee, and does not
determine whether the employee is treated as a continuing full-time
employee or a terminated employee during the period during which no
hours of service are credited.
(2) Employment break period defined. An employment break period is
a period of at least four consecutive weeks (disregarding special
unpaid leave as defined in paragraph (e)(3) of this section) during
which an employee of an educational organization is not credited with
hours of service for an applicable large employer.
(3) Definitions--(i) Special unpaid leave defined. For purposes of
this paragraph (e), special unpaid leave refers to--
(A) Unpaid leave that is subject to the Family and Medical Leave
Act of 1993 (FMLA), Public Law 103-3, 20 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.,
(B) Unpaid leave that is subject to the Uniformed Services
Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA), Public Law
103-353, 38 U.S.C. 4301 et seq., or
(C) Unpaid leave on account of jury duty.
(ii) Educational organization. For purposes of this paragraph (e),
educational organization means an entity described in Sec. 1.170A-
9(c)(1) of this chapter, whether or not described in section 501(c)(3)
and exempt under section 501(a). Thus, the term educational
organization includes taxable entities, tax-exempt entities and
government entities.
(4) Averaging method for special unpaid leave and employment break
periods. For purposes of applying the look-back measurement method
described in paragraph (c) of this section to an employee who is not
treated as a new employee under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the
employer determines the employee's average hours of service for a
measurement period by computing the average after excluding any special
unpaid leave (and, in the case of an employer that is an educational
organization, also excluding any employment break period) during that
measurement period and by using that average as the average for the
entire measurement period. Alternatively, for purposes of determining
the employee's average hours of service for the measurement period, the
employer may choose to treat the employee as credited with hours of
service for any periods of special unpaid leave (and, in the case of an
employer that is an educational organization, any employment break
period) during that measurement period at a rate equal to the average
weekly rate at which the employee was credited with hours of service
during the weeks in the measurement period that are not part of a
period of special unpaid leave (or, in the case of an employer that is
an educational organization, an employment break period).
Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, no more than 501 hours of
service during employment break periods in a calendar year are required
to be excluded (under the first sentence) or credited (under the second
sentence) by an educational organization, provided that this 501-hour
limit does not apply to hours of service required to be excluded or
credited (as the case may be) in respect of special unpaid leave. In
applying the preceding sentence, an employer that uses the method
described in the first sentence of this paragraph (e)(4) determines the
number of hours excluded by multiplying the average weekly rate for the
measurement period (determined as in the second sentence of this
paragraph (e)(4)) by the number of weeks in the employment break period
and periods of special unpaid leave. For purposes of this paragraph
(e)(4), in computing the average weekly rate, employers are permitted
to use any reasonable method if applied on a consistent basis. In
addition, if an employee's average weekly rate under this paragraph
(e)(4) is being computed for a measurement period and that measurement
period is shorter than six months, the six-month period ending with the
close of the measurement period is used to compute the average hours of
service.
(5) Averaging rules for employment break periods for employers
other than educational organizations. [RESERVED]
(6) Anti-abuse rule. For purposes of this paragraph (e), any hour
of service will be disregarded if the hour of service is credited, or
the services giving rise to the crediting of the hour of service are
requested or required of the employee, for a purpose of avoiding or
undermining the application of the employee rehire rules under
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, or the application of the averaging
method for employment break periods under paragraph (e)(4) of
[[Page 250]]
this section. For example, if an employee of an educational
organization would otherwise have a period with no hours of service to
which the rules under paragraph (e)(4) of this section would apply, but
for the employer's request or requirement that the employee perform one
or more than one hour of service for a purpose of avoiding the
application of those rules, any such hours of service for the week are
disregarded, and the rules under paragraphs (e)(4) of this section will
apply.
(7) Examples. The following examples illustrate the provisions of
paragraph (e) of this section. All employers in these examples are
applicable large employer members, each is in a different applicable
large employer group, and each computes hours of service under the
rules in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. None of the
periods during which an employee is not credited with an hour of
service for an employer involve special unpaid leave (as defined in
paragraph (e)(3) of this section) or the employee being credited with
hours of service for any applicable large employer member in the same
applicable large employer as the employer.
Example 1. (i) Facts. As of April 1, 2015, Employee A has been
an employee of Employer Z (which is not an educational organization
as defined in paragraph (e)(3) of this section) for 10 years. On
April 1, 2015, Employee A terminates employment and is not credited
with an hour of service until September 1, 2015 when Employer Z
rehires Employee A and Employee A continues as an employee through
December 31, 2015, which is the close of the measurement period as
applied by employer Z.
(ii) Conclusion. Because Employee A's period for which he is not
credited with any hour of service is not longer than Employee A's
prior period of employment and is less than 26 weeks, Employee A is
not treated as having terminated employment and been rehired for
purposes of determining whether Employee A is treated as a new
employee upon resumption of services. Therefore, Employee A's hours
of service prior to termination are required to be taken into
account for purposes of the measurement period, and, Employee A's
period with no hours of service is taken into account as a period of
zero hours of service during the measurement period.
Example 2. (i) Facts. Same facts as Example 1, except that
Employee A is rehired on December 1, 2015.
(ii) Conclusion. Because the period during which Employee A is
not credited with an hour of service for Employer Z, exceeds 26
weeks, Employee A may be treated as having terminated employment on
April 1, 2015 and having been rehired as a new employee on December
1, 2015, for purposes of determining Employee A's full-time employee
status. Because Employee A is treated as a new employee, Employee
A's hours of service prior to termination are not required to be
taken into account for purposes of the measurement period, and the
period between termination and rehire with no hours of service is
not taken into account in the new measurement period that begins
after the employee is rehired.
Example 3. (i) Facts. Employee B is employed by Employer X, an
educational organization as defined in paragraph (e)(3) of this
section. Employee B is employed for 38 hours of service per week on
average from September 7, 2013 through May 22, 2014, and then does
not provide services (and is not otherwise credited with an hour of
service) during the summer break when the school is generally not in
session except for limited summer classes and activities. Employee B
resumes providing services for Employer X on September 5, 2014, when
the new school year begins.
(ii) Conclusion. Because the period from May 23 through
September 4, 2014 (a total of 15 weeks) during which Employee B is
not credited with an hour of service does not exceed 26 weeks, and
also does not exceed the number of weeks of Employee B's immediately
preceding period of employment, Employee B is not treated as having
terminated employment on May 23, 2014 and having been rehired on
September 5, 2014. Also, for purposes of determining Employee B's
average hours per week for the measurement period, Employee B is
credited, under the averaging method for employment break periods
applicable to educational organizations, as having an average of 38
hours per week for the 15 weeks between May 23 and September 4,
2014, during which Employee B otherwise was credited with no hours
of service.
(f) Nonpayment or late payment of premiums. An applicable large
employer member will not be treated as failing to offer to a full-time
employee (and his or her dependents) the opportunity to enroll in
minimum essential coverage under an eligible employer-sponsored plan
for an employee whose coverage under the plan is terminated during the
coverage period solely due to the employee failing to make a timely
payment of the employee portion of the premium. This treatment
continues only through the end of the coverage period (typically the
plan year). For this purpose, the rules in Sec. 54.4980B-8, Q&A-5(a),
(c), (d) and (e) apply under this section to the payment for coverage
with respect to a full-time employee in the same manner that they apply
to payment for COBRA continuation coverage under Sec. 54.4980B-8.
(g) Effective/applicability date. This section is applicable for
periods after December 31, 2013.
Sec. 54.4980H-4 Assessable payments under section 4980H(a).
(a) In general. If an applicable large employer member fails to
offer to its full-time employees (and their dependents) the opportunity
to enroll in minimum essential coverage under an eligible employer-
sponsored plan for any calendar month, and the applicable large
employer member has received a Section 1411 Certification with respect
to at least one full-time employee, an assessable payment is imposed.
For the calendar month, the applicable large employer member will owe
an assessable payment equal to the product of the section 4980H(a)
applicable payment amount and the number of full-time employees of the
applicable large employer member (adjusted in accordance with paragraph
(d) of this section). For purposes of this paragraph (a), an applicable
large employer member is treated as offering such coverage to its full-
time employees (and their dependents) for a calendar month if, for that
month, it offers such coverage to all but five percent (or, if greater,
five) of its full-time employees (provided that an employee is treated
as having been offered coverage only if the employer also offers
coverage to that employee's dependents).
(b) Offer of coverage. An applicable large employer member will not
be treated as having made an offer of coverage to a full-time employee
for a plan year if the employee does not have an effective opportunity
to elect to enroll (or decline to enroll) in the coverage no less than
once during the plan year. Whether an employee has an effective
opportunity is determined based on all the relevant facts and
circumstances, including adequacy of notice of the availability of the
offer of coverage, the period of time during which acceptance of the
offer of coverage may be made, and any other conditions on the offer.
(c) Partial calendar month. If an applicable large employer member
fails to offer coverage to a full-time employee for any day of a
calendar month, that employee is treated as not offered coverage during
that entire month. However, in a calendar month in which the employment
of a full-time employee terminates, if the employee would have been
offered coverage for the entire month had the employee been employed
for the entire month, the employee is treated as having been offered
coverage for that entire month.
(d) Allocated reduction of 30 full-time employees. For purposes of
the liability calculation under paragraph (a) of this section, an
applicable large employer member's number of full-time employees is
reduced by that member's allocable share of 30. The applicable large
employer member's allocation is equal to 30 allocated ratably among all
[[Page 251]]
members of the applicable large employer on the basis of the number of
full-time employees employed by each applicable large employer member
during the calendar year. If an applicable large employer member's
total allocation is a fractional number that is less than one, it will
be rounded up to one. This rounding rule may result in the aggregate
reduction for the entire group of applicable large employer members
exceeding 30.
(e) Example. The following example illustrates the provisions of
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
Example. (i) Facts. Applicable large employer member A and
applicable large employer member B are the two members of an
applicable large employer. Applicable large employer member A
employs 40 full-time employees in each calendar month of 2015.
Applicable large employer member B employs 35 full-time employees in
each calendar month of 2015. For 2015, the applicable payment amount
for a calendar month is $2,000 divided by 12. Applicable large
employer member A does not sponsor an eligible employer-sponsored
plan for any calendar month of 2015, and receives a Section 1411
Certification for 2015 with respect to at least one of its full-time
employees. Applicable large employer member B sponsors an eligible
employer-sponsored plan under which all of its full-time employees
are eligible for minimum essential coverage.
(ii) Conclusion. Pursuant to section 4980H(a) and this section,
applicable large employer member A is subject to an assessable
payment under section 4980H(a) for 2015 of $48,000, which is equal
to 24 x $2,000 (40 full-time employees reduced by 16 (its allocable
share of the 30-employee offset ((40/75) x 30 = 16)) and then
multiplied by $2,000). Applicable large employer member B is not
subject to an assessable payment under section 4980H(a) for 2015.
(f) Effective/applicability date. This section is applicable for
periods after December 31, 2013.
Sec. 54.4980H-5 Assessable payments under section 4980H(b).
(a) In general. If an applicable large employer member offers to
its full-time employees (and their dependents) the opportunity to
enroll in minimum essential coverage under an eligible employer-
sponsored plan for any calendar month (including an offer of coverage
to all but five percent or less (or, if greater, five or less) of its
full-time employees (and their dependents)) and the applicable large
employer member has received a Section 1411 Certification with respect
to one or more full-time employees of the applicable large employer,
then there is imposed on the applicable large employer member an
assessable payment equal to the product of the number of full-time
employees of the applicable large employer member for which it has
received a Section 1411 Certification (minus the number of those
employees who are new full-time employees during their first three
months of employment, who are new variable hour or new seasonal
employees during the months of that employee's initial measurement
period (and associated administrative period) under Sec. 54.4980H-
3(c)(3), or who were offered the opportunity to enroll in minimum
essential coverage under an eligible employer-sponsored plan that
satisfied minimum value and met one or more of the affordability safe
harbors described in paragraph (e) of this section) and the section
4980H(b) applicable payment amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
aggregate amount of assessable payment determined under this paragraph
(a) with respect to all employees of an applicable large employer for
any calendar month may not exceed the product of the section 4980H(a)
applicable payment amount and the number of full-time employees of the
applicable large employer member during that calendar month (reduced by
the applicable large employer member's ratable allocation of the 30
employee reduction under Sec. 54.4980H-4(d).
(b) Offer of coverage. For purposes of this section, the same
rules, with respect to an offer of coverage for purposes of section
4980H(a), apply. See Sec. 54.4980H-4(b).
(c) Partial calendar month. If an applicable large employer member
fails to offer coverage to a full-time employee for any day of a
calendar month, that employee is treated as not offered coverage during
that entire month. However, in a calendar month in which a full-time
employee's employment terminates, if the employee would have been
offered coverage if the employee had been employed for the entire
month, the employee is treated as having been offered coverage during
that month.
(d) Applicability to applicable large employer member. The
liability for an assessable payment under section 4980H(b) for a
calendar month with respect to a full-time employee applies solely to
the applicable large employer member that was the employer of that
employee for that calendar month, provided that, if the employee was an
employee of more than one applicable large employer member during that
calendar month, the liability for the assessable payment under section
4980H(b) is allocated among the different members in accordance with
the number of hours of service the employee had from each such member
for that calendar month. For a calendar month, an applicable large
employer member may be liable for an assessable payment under section
4980H(a) or under section 4980H(b), but may not be liable for an
assessable payment under both section 4980H(a) and section 4980H(b).
(e) Affordability--(1) In general. An employee who is offered
coverage by an applicable large employer member may be eligible for a
premium tax credit or cost reduction if that offer of coverage is not
affordable within the meaning of section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i). Under section
36B(c)(2)(C)(i), coverage under an employer-sponsored plan is
affordable to a particular employee if the employee's required
contribution (within the meaning of section 5000A(e)(1)(B)(i)) to the
plan does not exceed 9.5 percent of the employee's household income for
the taxable year. For this purpose, section 36B(d)(2)(A) defines the
term household income to mean the modified adjusted gross income of the
employee and any members of the employee's family (which would include
any spouse and dependents) who are required to file a federal income
tax return. Section 36B(d)(2)(B) and Sec. 1.36B-1(e)(2) of this
chapter define the term modified adjusted gross income for this purpose
as adjusted gross income (within the meaning of section 62) increased
by--
(i) Amounts excluded from gross income under section 911,
(ii) The amount of any tax-exempt interest a taxpayer receives or
accrues during the taxable year, and
(iii) An amount equal to the portion of the taxpayer's social
security benefits (as defined in section 86(d)) which is not included
in gross income under section 86 for the taxable year.
(2) Affordability safe harbors for section 4980H(b) purposes. The
following affordability safe harbors apply solely for purposes of
section 4980H(b), so that an applicable large employer member that
offers minimum essential coverage providing minimum value will not be
subject to an assessable payment under section 4980H(b) with respect to
any employee receiving the premium tax credit or cost sharing reduction
for a period for which the coverage is determined to be affordable
under the requirements of an affordability safe harbor. This rule
applies even if the applicable large employer member's offer of
coverage that meets the requirements of an affordability safe harbor is
not affordable for a particular employee under section 36B(c)(2)(C)(i)
and a premium tax credit or cost-sharing is
[[Page 252]]
allowed or paid with respect to that employee
(i) Conditions of using an affordability safe harbor. An applicable
large employer member may use one or more of the affordability safe
harbors described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section only if the
employer offers its full-time employees and their dependents the
opportunity to enroll in MEC under an eligible employer-sponsored plan
that provides minimum value with respect to the self-only coverage
offered to the employee. Use of any of the safe harbors is optional for
an applicable large employer, and an applicable large employer member
may choose to apply the safe harbors for any reasonable category of
employees, provided it does so on a uniform and consistent basis for
all employees in a category.
(ii) Form W-2 safe harbor -(A) Full-year offer of coverage. An
employer will not be subject to an assessable payment under section
4980H(b) with respect to a full-time employee if that employee's
required contribution for the calendar year for the employer's lowest
cost self-only coverage that provides minimum value during the entire
calendar year (excluding COBRA or other continuation coverage) does not
exceed 9.5 percent of that employee's Form W-2 wages from the employer
for the calendar year. Application of this safe harbor is determined
after the end of the calendar year and on an employee-by-employee
basis, taking into account the Form W-2 wages and the required employee
contribution for that year. In addition, to qualify for this safe
harbor, the employee's required contribution must remain a consistent
amount or percentage of all Form W-2 wages during the calendar year (or
for plans with fiscal year plan years, within the portion of each plan
year during the calendar year) so that an applicable large employer
member is not permitted to make discretionary adjustments to the
required employee contribution for a pay period. A periodic
contribution that is based on a consistent percentage of all Form W-2
wages may be subject to a dollar limit specified by the employer.
(B) Adjustment for partial-year offer of coverage. For an employee
not offered coverage for an entire calendar year, the Form W-2 safe
harbor is applied by adjusting the Form W-2 wages to reflect the period
for which coverage was offered, then determining whether the employee's
required contribution for the employer's lowest cost self-only coverage
that provides minimum value, totaled for the periods during which
coverage was offered, does not exceed 9.5 percent of the adjusted
amount of Form W-2 wages. To adjust Form W-2 wages for this purpose,
the Form W-2 wages are multiplied by a fraction equal to the number of
calendar months for which coverage was offered over the number of
calendar months in the employee's period of employment with the
employer during the calendar year. For this purpose, if coverage is
offered during at least one day during the calendar month, or the
employee is employed for at least one day during the calendar month,
the entire calendar month is counted in determining the applicable
fraction.
(iii) Rate of pay safe harbor. An applicable large employer member
satisfies the rate of pay safe harbor with respect to an employee for a
calendar month if the employee's required contribution for the month
for the applicable large employer member's lowest cost self-only
coverage that provides minimum value does not exceed 9.5 percent of an
amount equal to 130 hours multiplied by the employee's hourly rate of
pay as of the first day of the coverage period (generally the first day
of the plan year). For salaried employees, monthly salary is used
instead of 130 multiplied by the hourly rate of pay, and, solely for
purposes of this paragraph (e)(2)(iii), an applicable large employer
member may use any reasonable method for converting payroll periods to
monthly salary. An applicable large employer member may use this safe
harbor only to the extent it does not reduce the hourly wage of hourly
employees or the monthly wages of salaried employees during the
calendar year (including through the transfer of employment to another
applicable large employer member of the same applicable large
employer). For this purpose, if coverage is offered during at least one
day during the calendar month, the entire calendar month is counted
both for purposes of determining the assumed income for the calendar
month and for determining the employee's share of the premium for the
calendar month.
(iv) Federal poverty line safe harbor. An applicable large employer
member satisfies the Federal poverty line safe harbor with respect to
an employee for a calendar month if the employee's required
contribution for the calendar month for the applicable large employer
member's lowest cost self-only coverage that provides minimum value
does not exceed 9.5 percent of a monthly amount determined as the
Federal poverty line for a single individual for the applicable
calendar year, divided by 12. For this purpose, if coverage is offered
during at least one day during the calendar month, the entire calendar
month is counted both for purposes of determining the assumed income
for the calendar month and for determining the employee's share of the
premium for the calendar month. For this purpose, the applicable
Federal poverty line is the Federal poverty line for the State in which
the employee is employed.
(v) Examples. The following examples illustrate the application of
the affordability safe harbors described in paragraph (e)(2) of this
section:
Example 1. (Form W-2 wages safe harbor). (i) Facts. Employee A
is employed by applicable large employer member Z consistently from
January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015. In addition, Z offers
Employee A and his dependents minimum essential coverage during that
period that meets the minimum value requirements. The employee
contribution for self-only coverage is $100 per calendar month, or
$1,200 for the calendar year. For 2015, Employee A's Form W-2 wages
with respect to employment with Z are $24,000.
(ii) Conclusion. Because the employee contribution for 2015 is
less than 9.5% of Employee A's Form W-2 wages for 2015, the coverage
offered is treated as affordable with respect to Employee A for 2015
($1,200 is 5% of $24,000).
Example 2. (Form W-2 wages safe harbor). (i) Facts. Employee B
is employed by applicable large employer member Y from January 1,
2015 through September 30, 2015. In addition, Y offers Employee B
and his dependents minimum essential coverage during that period
that meets the minimum value requirements. The employee contribution
for self-only coverage is $100 per calendar month, or $900 for
Employee B's period of employment. For 2015, Employee B's Form W-2
wages with respect to employment with Y are $18,000. For purposes of
applying the affordability safe harbor, the Form W-2 wages are
multiplied by \9/9\ (9 calendar months of coverage offered over 9
months of employment during the calendar year) or 1. Accordingly,
affordability is determined by comparing the adjusted Form W-2 wages
($18,000) to the employee contribution for the period for which
coverage was offered ($900).
(ii) Conclusion. Because the result is less than 9.5% of
Employee B's Form W-2 wages for 2015, the coverage offered is
treated as affordable with respect to Employee B for 2015 ($900 is
5% of $18,000).
Example 3. (Form W-2 wages safe harbor). (i) Facts. Employee C
is employed by applicable large employer member X from May 15, 2015
through December 31, 2015. In addition, X offers Employee C and her
dependents minimum essential coverage during the period from August
1, 2015 through December 31, 2015 that meets the minimum value
requirements. The employee contribution for self-only coverage is
$100 per calendar month, or $500 for Employee C's period of
employment. For 2015, Employee C's Form W-2 wages with respect to
employment with X are $15,000. For purposes of applying the
affordability safe harbor, the Form W-2 wages are multiplied
[[Page 253]]
by \5/8\ (5 calendar months of coverage offered over 8 months of
employment during the calendar year). Accordingly, affordability is
determined by comparing the adjusted Form W-2 wages ($9,375 or
$15,000 x \5/8\) to the employer contribution for the period for
which coverage was offered ($500).
(ii) Conclusion. Because $500 is less than 9.5% of $9,375
(Employee C's adjusted Form W-2 wages for 2015), the coverage
offered is treated as affordable with respect to Employee C for 2015
($500 is 5.33% of $9,375).
Example 4. (Rate of pay safe harbor). (i) Facts. Employee D is
employed by applicable large employer member W from January 1, 2015
through December 31, 2015. In addition, W offers Employee D and his
dependents minimum essential coverage during that period that meets
the minimum value requirements. The employee contribution for self-
only coverage is $85 per calendar month. Employee D is paid at a
rate of $7.25 per hour (the minimum wage in Employer W's
jurisdiction), for the entire year 2015. For purposes of applying
the affordability safe harbor, W may assume that Employee D earned
$942.50 per calendar month (130 hours of service multiplied by $7.25
per hour). Accordingly, affordability is determined by comparing the
assumed income per month ($942.50) to the employee contribution per
month ($85).
(ii) Conclusion. Because $85 is less than 9.5% of Employee D's
assumed income, the coverage offered is treated as affordable with
respect to Employee D for 2015 ($85 is 9.01% of $942.50).
Example 5. (Rate of pay safe harbor). (i) Facts. Employee E is
employed by applicable large employer member V from May 15, 2015
through December 31, 2015. In addition, V offers Employee E and her
dependents minimum essential coverage from August 1, 2015 through
December 31, 2015 that meets the minimum value requirements. The
employee contribution for self-only coverage is $100 per calendar
month. From May 15, 2015 through October 31, 2015, Employee E is
paid at a rate of $10 per hour. From November 1, 2015 through
December 31, 2015, Employee E is paid at a rate of $12 per hour. For
purposes of applying the affordability safe harbor V may assume that
Employee E earned $1,300 per calendar month (130 hours of service
multiplied by the lowest hourly rate of pay for the calendar year,
or $10). Accordingly, affordability is determined by comparing the
assumed income ($1,300 per month) to the employee contribution ($100
per month).
(ii) Conclusion. Because $100 is less than 9.5% of Employee E's
assumed monthly income, the coverage offered is treated as
affordable with respect to Employee E for 2015 ($100 is 7.69% of
$1,300).
Example 6. (Federal poverty line safe harbor). (i) Facts.
Employee F is employed by applicable large employer member W from
January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015. In addition, W offers
Employee F and his dependents minimum essential coverage during that
period that meets the minimum value requirements. W uses the look-
back measurement method. Under that method as applied by W, Employee
F is treated as a full-time employee for the entire calendar year
2015. Employee F is regularly credited with 35 hours of service per
week but is credited with only 20 hours of service during the month
of March, 2015 and only 15 hours of service during the month of
August, 2015. Assume for this purpose that the Federal poverty line
for 2015 for an individual is $11,170. With respect to Employee F, W
determines the monthly employee contribution for employee single-
only coverage for each calendar month of 2015 as an amount equal to
9.5% multiplied by $11,170, which is $1,061.15, and that amount is
then divided by 12, and the result is $88.43.
(ii) Conclusion. Regardless of Employee F's actual wages for any
calendar month, including the months of March, 2015 and August, 2015
when Employee F has lower wages because of significantly lower hours
of service, the coverage under the plan is treated as affordable
with respect to Employee F.
(f) Effective/applicability date. This section is applicable for
periods after December 31, 2013.
Sec. 54.4980H-6 Administration and Procedure
(a) In general. [Reserved]
(b) Effective/applicability date. This section is applicable for
periods after December 31, 2013.
PART 301--PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION
0
Par. 5. The authority citation for part 301 continues to read in part
as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
0
Par. 6. Section 301.7701-2 is amended as follows:
0
1. In paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A)(3), the language ``and 4412; and'' is
removed and ``and 4412;'' is added in its place.
0
2. In paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A)(4), the language ``or 6427.'' is removed
and ``or 6427; and'' is added in its place.
0
3. Paragraphs (c)(2)(v)(A)(5) and (e)(6)(iii) are added.
The additions read as follows:
Sec. 301.7701-2 Business entities; definitions.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) * * *
(A) * * *
(5) Assessment and collection of an assessable payment imposed by
section 4980H and reporting required by section 6056.
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(6) * * *
(iii) Paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A)(5) of this section applies for periods
after December 31, 2013.
* * * * *
Steven T. Miller,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.
[FR Doc. 2012-31269 Filed 12-28-12; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4830-01-P